BrainsWay
Annual Report 2022

Plain-text annual report

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 20-F ☐ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 ☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 OR For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 OR ☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from to ☐ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 Date of event requiring this shell company report Commission file number: 001-35165 BrainsWay Ltd. (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) Israel (Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 19 Hartum Street, Bynet Building, 3rd Floor, Har HaHotzvim, Jerusalem, 9777518, Israel (Address of principal executive offices) R. Scott Areglado Senior Vice President, and Chief Financial Officer 1 Van de Graaff Drive, Burlington, MA 01803 Tel: +1-844-386-7001 (Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person) Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act. Title of each class American Depositary Shares each representing two Ordinary Shares (1) Trading Symbol(s) BWAY Name of each exchange on which registered NASDAQ Global Market Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.04 per share BWAY Tel Aviv Stock Exchange (1) Evidenced by American Depositary Receipts Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: 33,053,323 Ordinary Shares. Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes ☐ No ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer," accelerated filer,” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large Accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ☐ Non-accelerated filer ☒ Emerging growth company ☒ If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ † The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012. Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐ If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐ Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing: U.S. GAAP ☐ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ☒ Other ☐ If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. Item 17 ☐ Item 18 ☐ If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒ TABLE OF CONTENTS ITEM 1. ITEM 2. ITEM 3. ITEM 4. ITEM 4A. ITEM 5. ITEM 6. ITEM 7. ITEM 8. ITEM 9. ITEM 10. ITEM 11. ITEM 12. ITEM 13. ITEM 14. ITEM 15. ITEM 16. ITEM 16A. ITEM 16B. ITEM 16C. ITEM 16D. ITEM 16E. ITEM 16F. ITEM 16G. ITEM 16H. ITEM 16I. ITEM 17. ITEM 18. ITEM 19. GLOSSARY OF TERMS EXHIBIT INDEX IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE KEY INFORMATION INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS FINANCIAL INFORMATION THE OFFER AND LISTING ADDITIONAL INFORMATION QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES [RESERVED] AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT CODE OF ETHICS PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS EXHIBITS i 1 1 1 66 118 118 138 168 173 173 174 186 187 189 189 189 191 191 191 191 192 192 193 193 193 194 194 194 194 194 Introduction Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to “BrainsWay,” “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company” and similar designations refer to BrainsWay Ltd., a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel, and its consolidated subsidiaries. The term “including” means “including but not limited to”, whether or not explicitly so stated. The “BrainsWay” name and design logo are our registered trademarks. BrainsWay also asserts all rights, including but not limited to trademark, with respect to the term “Deep TMS.” Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks, and trade names referred to in this Annual Report are without the ® and TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, service marks, and trade names. This Annual Report contains additional trademarks, service marks, and trade names of others, which are the property of their respective owners. All trademarks, service marks, and trade names appearing in this Annual Report are, to our knowledge, the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trademarks, service marks or trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies. Financial and Other Information The term “NIS” refers to New Israeli Shekels, the lawful currency of the State of Israel, the terms “dollar”, “US$”, “$” or “U.S.” refer to U.S. dollars, the lawful currency of the United States of America. Our functional and presentation currency is the U.S. dollar. Unless otherwise indicated, U.S. dollar amounts herein (other than amounts originally receivable or payable in dollars) have been translated for the convenience of the reader from the original NIS amounts at the representative rate of exchange as of December 31, 2022 ($1 = NIS 3.519). The dollar amounts presented should not be construed as representing amounts that are receivable or payable in dollars or convertible into dollars, unless otherwise indicated. Foreign currency transactions in currencies other than U.S. dollars are translated in this Annual Report into U.S. dollars using exchange rates in effect at the date of the transactions. Statistical Information This Annual Report includes statistics and other data relating to markets, market sizes, and other industry data pertaining to our business that we have obtained from industry publications, surveys, and other information available to us. Industry publications and surveys generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. Market data and statistics are inherently predictive, speculative and are not necessarily reflective of actual market conditions. Such statistics are based on market research, which itself is based on sampling and subjective judgments by both the researchers and the respondents, including judgments about what types of products and transactions should be included in the relevant market. In addition, the value of comparisons of statistics for different markets is limited by many factors, including that (i) the markets are defined differently, (ii) the underlying information was gathered by different methods, and (iii) different assumptions were applied in compiling the data. Likewise, market size calculations and definitions are based on shifting and sometimes limited assumptions, including but not limited to relating to pricing models for our products. Accordingly, the market statistics included in this Annual Report should be viewed with caution. We believe that information from these industry publications included in this Annual Report is reliable. ii CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS Some of the statements under the sections entitled “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors,” “Item 4. Information on the Company,” “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and elsewhere in this Annual Report may include forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms including “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,” “predicts,” “projects,” “should,” “will,” “would,” and similar expressions intended to identify forward-looking statements. Forward- looking statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are based on assumptions and subject to risks and uncertainties. In addition, the sections of this Annual Report entitled “Item 4. Information on the Company” contain information obtained from independent industry and other sources that we may not have independently validated. You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Unless we are required to do so under U.S. federal securities laws or other applicable laws, we do not intend to update or revise any forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: ● market perception and acceptance of Deep Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation, or Deep TMS™, technology (“Deep TMS”) and patient satisfaction with the effectiveness and benefits of Deep TMS; ● availability of reimbursement from third-party payors, including insurance companies and Medicare; ● the adequacy of our existing capital to meet our future capital requirements; ● our ability to commercialize Deep TMS, including internationally, by ourselves or through third-party distributors; ● our ability to develop enhancements to our Deep TMS system through our research and development efforts; ● our reliance on third parties to conduct our clinical trials and manufacture our product candidates for clinical testing; ● our ability to complete and obtain favorable results from existing clinical trials, and to launch and successfully complete new clinical trials, for Deep TMS indications; ● our ability to obtain and comply with regulatory approvals of Deep TMS and enhancements to our Deep TMS system on our anticipated time frames, or at all; ● our ability to obtain and maintain adequate protection of our intellectual property, including intellectual property licensed to us; and ● our ability to operate within the changing market conditions caused by the COVID-19 or other global pandemics, geopolitical instability, economic downturns and disrupted global supply chain. ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS Not applicable. ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE Not applicable. ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION A. B. [Reserved] Capitalization and Indebtedness Not applicable. C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds Not applicable. D. Risk Factors You should carefully consider the risks we describe below, in addition to the other information set forth elsewhere in this Annual Report, including our financial statements and the related notes beginning on page F-1. The risks and uncertainties described below in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2022 are not the only risks facing us. We may face additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial. Any of the risks described below or incorporated by reference in this Form 20-F, and any such additional risks, could materially adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition or results of operations. Summary of Risk Factors The following is a summary of some of the principal risks we face. The list below is not exhaustive, and investors should read this “Risk Factors” section in full. Financial Condition and Capital Requirement Risks · We have a history of operating losses. We expect to incur additional losses in the future and may never be profitable and we cannot ensure that our existing capital will be sufficient to meet our capital requirements. 1 · Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing shareholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidate(s). Business, Economic and Industry risks · Our success depends on Deep TMS as a safe treatment option for patients, as well as market perception and acceptance of TMS generally, and patient satisfaction with the effectiveness of Deep TMS. · Our long-term growth depends on our ability to increase market penetration and further commercialize Deep TMS, as well as develop enhancements and features to the Deep TMS system through our research and development efforts. If we fail to do so, we may be unable to achieve future growth. · We operate in a very competitive environment and if we are unable to compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors, our revenues and operating results may be negatively affected. · We are dependent on physicians and if we are unable to adequately train physicians and other treatment providers and operators or if they use the Deep TMS inadequately, we may be unable to achieve our expected growth. · Failure to secure or maintain adequate coverage and reimbursement of our Deep TMS system for the currently authorized indications and other indications for which we obtain FDA authorization in the future, if any, may make physicians reluctant to use or recommend Deep TMS and have a material adverse effect on our sales, results of operations, and financial condition. · We rely on third-parties, including suppliers for some components used in manufacturing our Deep TMS products, distributors to market and distribute our products internationally and third-parties to conduct our clinical trials, which exposes us to uncertainty and instability. · Clinical trials involve a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, which may delay or cause us to abandon the development of Deep TMS for additional indications. 2 · Our collaboration arrangements may not be successful, which could adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our products. · We bare the risk of product liability lawsuits and warranty claims which we might harm our business, exceed our insurance policy coverage and we may not have enough funds to cover such claims or lawsuits damages. · Our operations could be affected in the event of further COVID-19 or other global pandemic or other outbreaks, supply chain disruptions, unfavorable market or political conditions or other negative global trends or disruptions. · We rely on the use of technology which may adversely affect our business if we become subject to cyber-terrorism or other compromises and shut- downs or if we experience significant disruptions in our information technology systems. Such security and privacy breaches may expose us to liability and harm our business and reputation. · We may seek to grow our business through acquisitions or investments in new or complementary businesses, products or technologies, through the licensing of products or technologies from third parties. The failure to manage acquisitions, investments, licenses or other strategic alliances, or the failure to integrate them with our existing business, could harm our business. Government Regulatory Risks Our products and operations are subject to extensive government regulation and oversight both in the United States and abroad, and our failure to comply with applicable requirements or to obtain and/or maintain needed clearances could harm our business. 3 · Modifications to our Deep TMS systems and treatments may require new 510(k) clearances, de novo classification or PMA, and may require us to cease marketing or recall the modified products until authorizations are obtained. · Our products must be manufactured in accordance with federal and state regulations, and we could be forced to recall our installed systems or terminate production if we fail to comply with these regulations. · If treatment guidelines for the clinical conditions we are targeting change or the standard of care evolves, we may need to redesign and seek new marketing authorization from the FDA for one or more of our products. · The misuse or off-label use of Deep TMS may harm our reputation in the marketplace, result in injuries that lead to product liability suits or result in costly investigations, fines or sanctions by regulatory bodies, particularly if we are deemed to have engaged in the promotion of these uses, any of which could be costly to our business. · Deep TMS may cause or contribute to adverse medical events that we are required to report to the FDA, and if we fail to do so, we would be subject to sanctions that could harm our reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations. The discovery of serious safety issues with our products, or a recall of our products either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA or another governmental authority, could have a negative impact on us. · If we or our distributors do not obtain and maintain international regulatory registrations or approvals for Deep TMS, we will be unable to market and sell our products outside of the United States. · We are subject to certain federal, state, and foreign fraud and abuse laws, health information privacy and security laws, and transparency laws, which, if violated, could subject us to substantial penalties. Additionally, any challenge to or investigation into our practices under these laws could cause adverse publicity and be costly to respond to, and thus could harm our business. · Healthcare policy changes, including recently enacted legislation reforming the U.S. healthcare system, could harm our cash flows, financial condition, and results of operations. Intellectual Property Risks · We depend on our intellectual property, and our future success is dependent on our ability to protect our intellectual property and not infringe on the rights of others. 4 · The lives of our patents may not be sufficient to effectively protect our products and business. · Our right to the essential intellectual property upon which the Deep TMS technology is based results from in-license agreements with government agencies and research institutions, the termination of which would prevent us from commercializing Deep TMS. · Our license agreements for our critical patents and related intellectual property impose significant monetary obligations and other requirements that may adversely affect our ability to successfully execute our business plan. · The key patents of our Deep TMS technology are subject to the U.S. government’s royalty free usage rights on a worldwide basis for any discovery based on such patents, which may have unexpected, adverse consequences upon the market for our products. · If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets or know-how, such proprietary information may be used by others to compete against us. · Legal proceedings or third-party claims of intellectual property infringement and other challenges may require us to spend substantial time and money and could prevent us from developing or commercializing Deep TMS. Foreign Country Risks · The Israeli government grants that we have received require us to meet several conditions and may restrict our ability to manufacture our Deep TMS systems and transfer relevant know-how outside of Israel and require us to pay royalties and satisfy specified conditions, including increased royalties if we manufacture our Deep TMS systems outside of Israel or payment of a redemption fee if we transfer relevant know-how outside of Israel. · Our manufacturing, assembly and other significant functions are located in Israel and, therefore, our business and operations may be adversely affected by political, economic and military conditions in Israel. · Exchange rate fluctuations between the U.S. dollar, the New Israeli Shekel, the Euro, and other foreign currencies may negatively affect our future revenues. · The price of the ADSs may be volatile and may fluctuate due to factors beyond our control. 5 · The significant share ownership position of our officers, directors, and entities affiliated with certain of our directors may limit your ability to influence corporate matters. Risks Related to our Financial Condition and Capital Requirements We have a history of operating losses. We expect to incur additional losses in the future and may never be profitable and we cannot ensure that our existing capital will be sufficient to meet our capital requirements. We have incurred net losses since our inception, largely reflecting research and development, general and administrative expenses, and sales and marketing expenses. We have experienced net losses of $13.3 million and $6.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. As a result of ongoing losses, as of December 31, 2022, we had an accumulated deficit of $97.1 million. While we have sold and leased Deep TMS systems in various markets over the last few years, we expect to continue to incur significant sales and marketing, product development, regulatory and other expenses as we continue to pursue our commercialization efforts to increase adoption of Deep TMS and expand existing relationships with our customers, to obtain regulatory clearances or approvals for Deep TMS in additional countries and for additional indications, and to develop new enhancements or features to our existing Deep TMS systems. The net losses we may incur may fluctuate significantly from period to period. We will need to generate additional revenues to achieve and sustain profitability, and even if we achieve profitability, we cannot be sure that we will remain profitable for any substantial period of time. Our failure to achieve or maintain profitability could negatively impact the value of our shares. 6 We believe that our existing capital and other sources of liquidity will be sufficient to meet our capital requirements. To date we have funded our operations primarily through offerings of our securities, research and development grants from the Israel Innovation Authority and other sources, a loan under our credit facility, which has been repaid, and a Paycheck Protection Program loan through the Unites States Small Business Administration, which has been forgiven. We expect to generate revenues primarily through sales, lease and other potential income generated by the commercial distribution of Deep TMS systems for approved indications. The adequacy of our available funds to meet our operating and capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our ability to achieve revenue growth and maintain favorable operating margins; our ability to increase the market share of Deep TMS and expand our operations and offerings, including our sales and marketing efforts; the cost, progress and results of our future research, product development and clinical programs for additional enhancements to Deep TMS and future indications for the system; the costs and timing of obtaining regulatory approvals for future indications of Deep TMS; our ability to improve or maintain coverage and reimbursement arrangements with third- party and government payors; the terms and conditions of commercial agreements for marketing and distribution of Deep TMS; the effect of competing technological and market developments; and costs incurred in enforcing and defending certain of the patents and other intellectual property rights upon which our technologies are based, to the extent such rights are challenged. We cannot be certain that in the future alternative financing sources will be available to us at such times or in the amounts we need or whether we can negotiate commercially reasonable terms or at all, or that our actual cash requirements will not be greater than anticipated. Any issuance of additional equity or equity-linked securities could be dilutive to our existing shareholders, and any new equity securities could have rights, preferences, and privileges superior to those of holders of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs. Additional debt financing, if available, may involve covenants restricting our operations or our ability to incur additional debt, pay dividends, repurchase our shares, make investments and engage in merger, consolidation, or asset sale transactions. If we are unable to obtain future financing through the methods we described above or through other means, our business may be materially impaired and we may be unable to complete our business objectives and may be required to cease operations, curtail one or more product development or commercialization programs, significantly reduce expenses, sell assets, seek a merger or joint venture partner, file for protection from creditors, or liquidate all our assets. Risks Related to our Business and Industry Our success depends on Deep TMS as a safe treatment option for patients, as well as market perception and acceptance of TMS generally. Our business currently depends entirely on the success of Deep TMS, our proprietary TMS solution. TMS is an emerging treatment option for patients. As a result, physician and patient awareness of TMS therapy as a treatment option for applicable brain disorders, and experience with TMS therapies, is limited. Because the market for TMS therapy is still developing and contains a limited number of market participants, sales of Deep TMS could be negatively impacted by unfavorable market reactions to TMS generally, Deep TMS in particular, and/or negative developments in the industry. For example, with respect to TMS generally, in June 2018 researchers in medical centers of the U.S. Veterans Affairs reported research findings that showed that approximately 40% of the 81 patients with treatment-resistant major depression achieved remission in a randomized trial of a competitor’s TMS device, but the rate was virtually the same with sham treatments versus active stimulation. As another example, with respect to Deep TMS in particular, in February 2020, we announced that a multicenter study of our Deep TMS system for Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) was discontinued after interim results showed subjects treated with the H-Coil that was involved in the study (i.e., the same as that used in our multicenter OCD study) did not demonstrate sufficient efficacy relative to the sham group. 7 If the use of our Deep TMS system or other TMS therapies results in serious adverse events (e.g., seizures), or such products malfunction or are misused, patients and physicians may attribute such negative events to TMS and/or Deep TMS, which may adversely affect market adoption of this form of therapy. For example, a paper entitled “Seizure risk with repetitive TMS: Survey results from over a half-million treatment sessions” published in 2021 in Brain Stimulation claims that Deep TMS appears to be associated with a higher relative seizure risk than with generic figure-8 coil TMS. While the authors of the paper themselves cite numerous reasons to view the results with caution and while the claims in the paper were based on a small data set obtained from an informal survey which appear to be inconsistent with other more comprehensive studies, we may nonetheless be unable to successfully educate the public about these often nuanced and technical deficiencies and thus the overall safety of our technology. In addition, if patients undergoing treatment with any available TMS solutions perceive the benefits to be inadequate or the administration of TMS to be too burdensome or inconvenient, and/or if adverse events and/or factors such as discomfort and noise with available TMS solutions are too numerous or severe compared to the relevant rates of alternative therapies or pharmaceutical options, it will be difficult to demonstrate the value of Deep TMS to patients and physicians. Additionally, psychiatrists may find it difficult to train existing employees and/or hire additional staff, allocate sufficient space or operate our device given that psychiatry is a field not traditionally associated with medical equipment treatment options. As a result of any one or a combination of these reasons, demand for and the use of Deep TMS may decline or may not increase at the pace or to the levels we expect. These reported findings may have a negative effect on market perception of the effectiveness of the TMS therapy in general, and by extension Deep TMS. Even if TMS therapy is widely accepted by physicians and patients, our success will depend in large part on our ability to educate and train physicians and patients, and to successfully demonstrate the safety, tolerability, ease of use, efficacy, cost effectiveness and other advantages of Deep TMS. We have been engaging in an active marketing campaign to raise awareness of Deep TMS and its benefits, but we cannot assure that these efforts will be successful or that they will not prove to be too costly. Physicians may find patient set up and the subsequent procedures for future treatment sessions to be difficult or complicated compared to competing treatment methods. Any of these factors could slow market adoption of Deep TMS. 8 Our long-term growth depends on our ability to increase market penetration and further commercialize Deep TMS, as well as develop enhancements and features to the Deep TMS system through our research and development efforts. If we fail to do so, we may be unable to achieve future growth. Our strategy depends on our ability to further commercialize and increase market penetration of Deep TMS for MDD (including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression), OCD, and smoking addiction, develop and seek regulatory approvals of Deep TMS for new indications and add new enhancements or features for the Deep TMS system. These goals are also designed to respond to changing customer demands, competitive pressures, and technologies. Our industry is characterized by intense competition, including from existing treatments , a growing number of Traditional TMS competitors, rapid technological changes, new product introductions and enhancements, price competition, and evolving industry standards. It is important that we anticipate changes in technology and market demand, as well as physician practices to successfully develop, obtain clearance or approval, if required, and successfully introduce new, enhanced, and competitive technologies to meet our prospective customers’ needs on a timely and cost- effective basis. We might be unable to further commercialize Deep TMS for approved indications or develop or obtain regulatory clearances or approvals to market Deep TMS for new indications, or to develop and obtain regulatory approvals for enhancements or new features for the Deep TMS system. Additionally, Deep TMS for MDD (including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression), OCD, smoking addiction, and any future indications, even if cleared, might not be sufficiently accepted by physicians or the third-party payers who reimburse for the procedures performed with our products. We may be unable to devise pricing strategies that are attractive to customers. The success of any new indications, enhancements or features for the Deep TMS system will depend on numerous additional factors, including but not limited to, our ability to properly identify and anticipate clinician and patient needs; demonstrate the benefits associated with the use of Deep TMS when compared to the products and devices of our competitors; demonstrate the safety and efficacy of new indications, and obtain regulatory approvals of Deep TMS for such indications; adequately protect our intellectual property and avoid infringing upon the intellectual property rights of third parties; and develop and obtain the necessary regulatory clearances or approvals for enhancements or features for the Deep TMS system. 9 If we do not develop and obtain regulatory clearances or approvals for new indications, enhancements or features in time to meet market demand, or if there is insufficient demand for these indications, enhancements or features, our results of operations will suffer. Our research and development efforts may require a substantial investment of time and resources before we are adequately able to determine the commercial viability of a new indication for Deep TMS, any enhancements to the Deep TMS system or any other innovation. In addition, even if we are able to develop enhancements or new features for Deep TMS, these enhancements or features may not produce sales in excess of the costs of development and they may be quickly rendered obsolete by changing customer preferences or the introduction by our competitors of products embodying new technologies or enhancements or features. Furthermore, we must carefully manage our introduction of new indications. If potential customers believe such indications will be subject to additional future enhancements or features or may become available at a more attractive price, they may delay purchases until such indications are available. We may also have excess or obsolete inventory as we upgrade to newer models of our products and/or transition to new indications, and we have limited experience in managing product transitions. We operate in a very competitive environment and if we are unable to compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors, our revenues and operating results may be negatively affected. Our Deep TMS systems for MDD (including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression), OCD, smoking addiction, and any future indications are or will be subject to intense competition. The industry in which we operate is subject to rapid change and is highly sensitive to the introduction of new products or other market activities of current or new industry participants. Our ability to compete successfully will depend on our ability to develop and obtain regulatory clearances of Deep TMS for indications that reach the market in a timely manner, to receive adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, and to successfully demonstrate to physicians and patients the merits of Deep TMS compared to the products of our competitors. If we are not successful in convincing others of the merits of Deep TMS or educating them on the use of the Deep TMS system, they may not use our system or use them effectively and we may be unable to increase our revenues. 10 Deep TMS competes with several existing Traditional TMS competitors, including Neuronetics, Magventure, MAG & More, CloudTMS, Magstim, and Nexstim. Competing TMS therapy companies have developed or may develop treatments that have improved efficacy when compared to our products or that require a less significant investment of resources from physicians. Likewise, psychiatrists and other customers may not be able to easily compare Deep TMS to our focal TMS competitors given limited data from head-to-head studies and marketing campaigns and tactics employed by competitors which may have access to greater resources than we do. We also face competition from pharmaceutical and other companies, many of which have greater resources than we do, that develop competitive products, such as anti- depressant medications (including but not limited to a nasal spray utilizing the drug esketamine, which was recently approved by the FDA for use in conjunction with an oral antidepressant) and to a lesser degree, ECT, home-use alternatives such as transcranial direct current stimulation (TDCS) devices, prescription digital therapeutics (PDTs), and other neuromodulation treatment options. Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if these competitors develop and commercialize anti-depressant medications or other treatments that are safer or more effective than Deep TMS, or are offered at more competitive prices, are more easily administered to patients or are otherwise more attractive to our customers and patients. At any time, these and other potential market entrants may develop treatment alternatives that may make Deep TMS less competitive. We also note that competition varies based on the indication, and some of the indications we are advancing may face marketability challenges based on existing treatment options. For example, there are a variety of smoking cessation products currently available on the market, including nicotine patch treatment. Electronic cigarettes, or e-cigarettes, are also widely available substitutes for tobacco smoking. Deep TMS for smoking cessation may not be a marketable alternative to these existing options, particularly to the extent smokers need to pay out-of-pocket given the unavailability of reimbursement for this indication. Our competitors may also develop and patent processes or products earlier than we can or obtain domestic or international regulatory clearances or approvals for competing products more rapidly than we can, which could impair our ability to develop and commercialize similar products. Furthermore, our educational efforts to distinguish between Deep TMS and traditional TMS may be limited, and our competitors may thereby succeed in obtaining regulatory pathways for their products based on our clinical data without having to invest in clinical trials themselves. In addition, we compete with our competitors to engage the services of independent distributors outside the United States, both those presently working with us and those with whom we hope to work as we expand. 11 Furthermore, our competitors may be seeking predicate FDA approvals in other psychiatric and neurological indications, and TMS products of various companies are frequently used off-label, and in certain circumstances, are marketed outside of the United States for other indications. Additionally, if either TMS competitors or other medical device or pharmaceutical companies introduce new and disruptive products or forms of therapy, our market share may be reduced and our financial performance and ability to compete may be significantly impacted. Moreover, our relationships with large clinic networks, which we rely on, can be jeopardized depending on developments with these networks and/or by the deepening of relationships between these networks and our competitors, thus leading to potential financial difficulties that may negatively affect our revenues. For example, any exclusivity or other commercial arrangements between our competitors and large clinic networks we also work with may hinder the deployment of our Deep TMS systems in such networks. Furthermore, any financial instability of these networks can have an adverse effect on our revenues. In addition, our competitors may be acquired by enterprises that have more established distribution networks than we do, thus gaining an integral distribution advantage over us. We are dependent on physicians and if we are unable to adequately train physicians and other treatment providers and operators or if they use the Deep TMS inadequately, we may be unable to achieve our expected growth. There is a learning process involved for treatment providers to become proficient in the use of our Deep TMS systems, which requires us to spend considerable time and resources for training. It is critical to the success of our commercialization efforts to train a sufficient number of physicians and to provide them with adequate, ongoing instruction and training in the use of our Deep TMS systems. This training process generally requires physicians to review and study product materials and engage in hands-on training sessions. This training process may also take longer than expected or be more complicated than the physicians or their personnel are comfortable with and may therefore affect our ability to increase sales. Convincing physicians to dedicate the time and energy necessary for adequate training is challenging, and we may not be successful in these efforts. The use of our Deep TMS system to treat OCD requires a special procedure to provoke the patient to exhibit symptoms of OCD while the patient is treated with Deep TMS. This procedure requires special training and may make the treatment more difficult to apply than alternative treatments, as the treatment must be tailored for the condition of each patient. As a result, this may lead to a variability of the overall results and between patients, which could discourage use of Deep TMS for OCD. In addition, if the physicians and operators do not apply the treatment of OCD patients properly or experience difficulties in the use of the system for OCD, this could reduce the level of satisfaction with this system for OCD, and adversely affect our revenues and our operating results. 12 To the extent our customer physicians do not properly diagnose or select appropriate patient candidates for Deep TMS treatment and/or utilize unprescribed protocols it could result in variability of the treatment efficacy and results for the patient. Our ability to generate significant revenues from Deep TMS relies on patients’ satisfaction with the effectiveness of Deep TMS and if patients are not satisfied with the results of Deep TMS, our reputation, and future results of operations may be adversely affected. We may be unable to manage our anticipated growth effectively, which could make it difficult to execute our business strategy and we may even be unable to forecast our future growth accurately We have a relatively short history of operating as a commercial-stage company. We intend to continue to grow our business operations and may experience periods of rapid growth and expansion. This anticipated growth could create a strain on our organizational, administrative and operational infrastructure, including our supply chain operations, quality control, technical support and customer service, sales force management and general and financial administration. These risks increase as we expand into new countries, each requiring varied and often time-consuming regulatory challenges. We may be unable to maintain the quality, regulatory infrastructure, or delivery timelines, of our products or customer service or satisfy customer demand if our business grows too rapidly. Our ability to manage our growth properly will require us to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, and our reporting systems and procedures. We may implement new enterprise software systems in a number of areas affecting a broad range of business processes and functional areas. The time and resources required to implement these new systems is uncertain and failure to complete this in a timely and efficient manner could harm our business. As our commercial operations and sales volume grow, we will need to continue to increase our workflow capacity for our supply chain, regulatory expansion, customer service, training and education personnel, billing, accounting reporting and general process improvements and expand our internal quality assurance program, among other things. Our current work force may not be sufficient to handle our expanding growth and we will be required to expand and train these personnel as we increase our sales efforts. We may not successfully implement these increases in scale or the expansion of our personnel, which could harm our business. Moreover, we may be unable to predict future growth related to Deep TMS for MDD (including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression), OCD, smoking addiction, and other psychiatric indications because some of these disorders are inherently difficult to diagnose and there are frequent co-morbidities (overlap) in these disorders that complicate treatment methods. Diagnosis for psychiatric disorders, such as MDD and OCD, is based on an individual’s reported experiences and mental status examination, and accordingly is subject to significant error. For example, it is estimated that about half of the individuals in the United States who experience a major depressive episode annually are not diagnosed correctly. In addition, there is a rising trend in which primary care providers, rather than mental health professionals, prescribe anti-depressant medications. Primary care providers often prescribe anti-depressants without a psychiatric diagnosis of disease. In 73% of visits in which a primary care provider prescribed an anti- depressant, patients did not have a psychiatric diagnosis. Without a psychiatric diagnosis, treatment cannot be tailored to the underlying condition. Accordingly, a significant portion of MDD patients that are considered treatment-resistant may be unresponsive to first-line treatment as a result of incorrect diagnosis, and any such patients may not respond to Deep TMS treatment. In addition, the H-Coils for our Deep TMS systems may prove to be interchangeable and clinicians may be able to treat patients with multiple disorders in the same procedure. With respect to comorbidities, there is a high rate of tobacco use amongst patients suffering from mental health conditions such as depression and anxiety. Approximately 3 of every 10 cigarettes smoked by adults in the United States are smoked by persons with mental health conditions. As a result of the foregoing factors, the addressable market for Deep TMS for MDD (including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression), OCD, and smoking addiction, may be smaller than we currently anticipate, and predictions for our future growth may prove to be inaccurate. This may have a materially adverse effect on our future results of operations. 13 If we are unable to successfully expand our sales and customer support team and adequately address our customers’ needs, it could negatively impact revenues and market acceptance of Deep TMS and we may never generate sufficient revenues to achieve or sustain profitability. As of December 31, 2022, we had 134 employees, including 60 employees in sales and marketing. Our operating results are directly dependent upon the sales and marketing efforts of our sales and customer support team and, to a lesser extent, on our independent third party distributors outside of the United States. If our employees or our independent distributors fail to adequately promote, market and sell or lease our Deep TMS systems, our revenues could significantly decrease and/or fail to meet our targets. In addition, our future revenues will largely depend on our ability to successfully execute our marketing efforts and adequately address our customers’ needs. We believe it is necessary to expand our sales force, including by hiring additional sales representatives or distributors with specific technical backgrounds that can support our customers’ needs. As we develop and seek regulatory clearances for new indications, enhancements and features and increase our marketing efforts, we will need to expand the reach of our marketing and sales networks. Our future success will depend largely on our ability to continue to hire, train, retain and motivate skilled employees, and distributors with significant technical knowledge in various areas. New hires require training and take time to achieve full productivity. If we fail to train new hires adequately, or if we experience high turnover in our sales force in the future, new hires may not become as productive as may be necessary to maintain or increase our sales. If we are unable to expand our sales and marketing capabilities domestically and internationally, we may be unable to effectively commercialize our Deep TMS systems, which could harm our business. Failure to secure or maintain adequate coverage and reimbursement of our Deep TMS system for the currently authorized indications and other indications for which we obtain FDA authorization in the future, if any, may make physicians reluctant to use or recommend Deep TMS and have a material adverse effect on our sales, results of operations, and financial condition. Patients generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with outpatient treatment services. Patients may, thus, be unwilling to undergo, and physicians may be unwilling to prescribe, a given course of treatment in the absence of adequate coverage and reimbursement. Accordingly, our ability to successfully commercialize our Deep TMS system depends significantly on the extent to which treatment sessions using Deep TMS are covered and reimbursed by government healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid (among others), commercial health insurers, managed care organizations, and other third-party payors. 14 Third-party payors are increasingly examining the medical necessity and cost effectiveness of medical products and services, in addition to safety and efficacy. Significant uncertainty exists as to the reimbursement status of any newly approved (or cleared) products or therapies, such as Deep TMS for smoking addiction, which represent novel approaches to treatment of a disease, addiction, or condition. Even if a third-party payor covers a particular treatment that uses Deep TMS, the resulting reimbursement rate may not be adequate to cover a provider’s cost to purchase or lease the Deep TMS system or ensure such transaction is profitable for the provider. Reimbursement by a third-party payor may depend upon a number of factors, including the third-party payor’s determination that a treatment is neither experimental nor investigational, safe, effective, and medically necessary, appropriate for the specific patient, cost-effective, supported by peer-reviewed medical journals and included in clinical practice guidelines. In the United States, there is no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement among third-party payors, including private insurers. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for treatments can differ significantly from payor to payor. However, many third-party payors often rely upon Medicare coverage policies and payment limitations in setting their own coverage and reimbursement policies and methodologies. Private insurance coverage for Deep TMS as a treatment for MDD generally requires one to four failures of anti- depressant medications. Medicare coverage for Deep TMS as a treatment for MDD generally requires that certain, specified clinical criteria relating to medical necessity are met (and documented). In particular, subject to variations by payor and locale, under applicable payor policies, Deep TMS may be covered for MDD if: (i) prescribed by a licensed physician, knowledgeable in the use of TMS (ii) as a treatment for an adult with a confirmed diagnosis of MDD and no contraindications, (iii) where there is sufficient documentation of failure of between 1 and 2 previous medication trials (depending on the relevant Medicare Administrative Contractor policy). Other relevant coverage factors considered under these policies include resistance to treatment with psychopharmacologic agents for depression, history of response to repetitive TMS, and whether the individual is a candidate for electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) and TMS is less burdensome to the patient. Reimbursement for Deep TMS as an MDD treatment is also generally limited to 36 treatment sessions. In 2021 and 2022, there has been emerging reimbursement coverage for Deep TMS for the treatment of OCD. While the criteria for this emerging Deep TMS for OCD coverage varies with each payor, generally, coverage requires the failure of a combination of between two and four medication trials of two different classes (with most requiring two failed trials), for specified periods, and may also require a trial of psychotherapy, before qualifying for reimbursement. Maintaining the reimbursement coverage obtained during 2021 and 2022 and obtaining coverage from additional payors may be difficult, and payors may condition coverage subject to satisfaction of varied criteria. 15 Obtaining adequate reimbursement of Deep TMS for smoking addiction, or for any future indications, as applicable, may be difficult unless there is sufficient published clinical data to support clinical efficacy and cost effectiveness based upon the treatment continuum of care. Currently, there is no third-party coverage of Deep TMS as a treatment for smoking addiction, as payers that have evaluated Deep TMS for smoking addiction coverage have not yet concluded that it is a reasonable and necessary therapy for smoking addiction. We are working to gather and submit additional clinical data in order to sufficiently demonstrate the efficacy of Deep TMS for the treatment of smoking addiction. These efforts may be expensive and time-consuming. Therefore, it may take significant time to obtain sufficient reimbursement coverage of Deep TMS for smoking addiction. We may be required to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies to justify coverage and reimbursement or the level of reimbursement compared to existing approved biologics and other therapies. There may be significant delays in obtaining coverage and reimbursement for newly approved therapies in the United States, and coverage may be more limited than the indications for which the product is approved by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States. Further, there is no guarantee that Deep TMS will ever be adequately covered or reimbursed for smoking addiction, if at all, or any other future indication for which we obtain authorization, if any. Nonetheless, the availability of reimbursement coverage in any given indication is not always the exclusive path to commercialization, and we may pursue and/or develop cash-pay, corporate wellness programs, and/or other alternate models in order to monetize these indications. In addition, the U.S. federal government and state legislatures have continued to implement cost containment programs, including price controls and restrictions on coverage and reimbursement. To contain costs, governmental healthcare programs and third-party payers are increasingly challenging the price, scrutinizing the medical necessity, and reviewing the cost-effectiveness of medical treatments. Outside of the United States, reimbursement systems vary significantly by country. Many foreign markets have government-managed healthcare systems that govern reimbursement for psychiatric treatments and procedures and certain markets, including Japan, impose additional criteria that must be met (such as the need for approval by sometimes insular medical societies) before coverage may be practically obtained even on approved procedures. Additionally, some foreign reimbursement systems provide for limited payments in a given period and therefore result in extended payment periods. If adequate levels of reimbursement from third-party payers outside of the United States, including Japan, are not obtained, international sales and lease transactions for the Deep TMS system may not materialize or grow significantly. The marketability of Deep TMS may suffer if the government and third-party payors fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future. Clinical trials involve a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, which may delay or cause us to abandon the development of Deep TMS for additional indications. We are currently at various stages of completed, ongoing or planned clinical trials of Deep TMS for new indications. Development of medical devices includes pre-clinical studies and sometimes clinical trials, and is a long, expensive, and uncertain process, subject to delays and failure at any stage. Clinical trials for Deep TMS involve certain specific risks, including factors related to trial design and patient enrollment. Additionally, if we are unable to recruit a sufficient number of patients for our clinical trials, we may be unable to generate sufficient data to support marketing authorization. Moreover, our research and development, pre-clinical and clinical trial activities are subject to extensive regulation and review by numerous governmental authorities. We cannot predict whether we will encounter problems with any of our completed, ongoing or planned clinical trials, which would cause us or regulatory authorities to delay or suspend clinical trials, or delay the analysis of data from completed or ongoing clinical trials. We estimate that clinical trials involving various indications of Deep TMS will continue for several years; however, such trials may also take significantly longer to complete and may cost more money than we have expected. 16 Furthermore, the data obtained from the studies and trials may be inadequate to support regulatory authorizations or to enable market acceptance of certain indications of Deep TMS. Failure can occur at any stage of testing, and we may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, the clinical trial process that could delay or prevent commercialization of the current, or a future, version of, Deep TMS, for any particular indication, including but not limited to delays in securing clinical investigators or trial sites for the clinical trial and in obtaining institutional review board and other regulatory approvals to commence a clinical trial; slower than anticipated patient recruitment and enrollment; negative or inconclusive results from clinical trials; unforeseen safety issues; an inability to monitor patients adequately during or after treatment; placement of a clinical trial on hold by the FDA, institutional review boards/ethics committees or other regulatory authorities; changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions, including governmental changes in permissible endpoints or other measures utilized in clinical trials; problems with investigator or patient compliance with the trial protocols; the FDA or other regulators disagreeing as to the design, protocol or implementation of our clinical trials; exceeding budgeted costs due to difficulty in accurately predicting costs associated with clinical trials; the quality of the products falling below acceptable standards; and the inability to manufacture sufficient quantities of our products to commence or complete clinical trials. Additionally, the FDA or other regulatory entities may disagree with our interpretation of the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, or may find the clinical trial design, conduct or results inadequate to demonstrate safety or efficacy, and may require us to pursue additional pre-clinical studies or clinical trials, which could further delay authorization of additional indications for Deep TMS. A number of companies in the medical device and biotechnology industries, including those with greater resources and experience than us, have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials, even after seeing promising results in earlier clinical trials. We do not know whether any clinical trials we or our clinical partners may conduct will demonstrate adequate efficacy and safety to result in regulatory authorization to market new indications for Deep TMS. In addition, the results of our past clinical trials of Deep TMS may not be predictive of future trial results. If later-stage clinical trials involving Deep TMS for new indications do not produce favorable results, our ability to obtain regulatory authorization for such indications may be adversely impacted, which will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We rely on third-parties, including suppliers for some components used in manufacturing our Deep TMS products, distributors to market and distribute our products internationally and third-parties to conduct our clinical trials, which exposes us to uncertainty and instability. We rely on suppliers for most of the components used in manufacturing Deep TMS, including the computer controlling the stimulator, the helmet, and the arm of the helmet, and we may not have sufficient contractual assurances for the long-term supply of these components. We now assemble our proprietary stimulator in our new-generation Deep TMS systems; however, we remain dependent on a single source third-party supplier for stimulators used in older versions of our Deep TMS system, and accordingly we must still rely on third-party suppliers for those older versions. In addition, we rely on the outsourcing company utilized for the manufacture of certain components in our newer systems, including our proprietary stimulator and various other components. For us to be successful, our suppliers and contract manufacturer must be able to provide us with components in sufficient quantities, in compliance with quality and regulatory requirements, in accordance with agreed upon specifications, at acceptable costs and on a timely basis. While these suppliers have generally met our demand requirements on a timely basis in the past, their ability, and willingness to continue to do so going forward may be limited for several reasons, including our lack of long-term agreements with those suppliers, our relative importance as a customer of those suppliers, or, as applicable, their ability to produce the components for or provide assembly services to manufacture our Deep TMS systems. An interruption in our commercial operations could occur if we encounter delays or difficulties in securing these components, if we cannot obtain an acceptable substitute. In addition, we have experienced, and may continue to experience, more general supply chain issues, which are in part related to, or exacerbated by, the COVID-19 pandemic. See “—Our operations could be affected in the event of further COVID-19 or other global pandemic or other outbreaks, supply chain disruptions, unfavorable market or political conditions or other outbreaks or other negative global trends or disruptions..” Any transition to a new supplier or contract manufacturer could be time-consuming and expensive, may result in interruptions in our operations and product delivery, could affect the performance specifications of Deep TMS or could require that we modify its design. If we are required to change our contract manufacturer, we will be required to verify that the new manufacturer maintains facilities, procedures, and operations that comply with our quality and applicable regulatory requirements, which could further impede our ability to manufacture Deep TMS systems in a timely manner. If the change in manufacturer results in a significant change to any product, a new 510(k) clearance from the FDA or similar non-U.S. regulatory authorization may be necessary before we implement the change, which could cause a substantial delay. We cannot assure you that we will be able to identify and engage alternative suppliers or contract manufacturers on similar terms or without delay. Furthermore, our contract manufacturer could require us to move to a different production facility. The occurrence of any of these events could harm our ability to meet the demand for Deep TMS in a timely and cost-effective manner. 17 In addition, we rely, and expect to rely in the future, on a network of third-party distributors to market and distribute our products in international markets. We are assessing the opportunity to continue expanding into other international markets. We may face significant challenges and risks in managing a geographically dispersed distribution network. We have limited ability to control any third-party distributors and agents. Our distributors and agents may be unable to successfully market, lease, and sell our products and may not devote sufficient time and resources to support the marketing, sales, education, and training efforts that we believe enable the products to develop, achieve or sustain market acceptance. Additionally, in some international jurisdictions, we rely on our distributors to manage the regulatory process, while complying with all applicable rules and regulations, and we are dependent on their ability to do so effectively. In addition, if a dispute arises with a distributor or if a distributor is terminated by us or goes out of business, it may take time to locate an alternative distributor, to seek appropriate regulatory approvals with the new distributor and to train new personnel to market our products, and our ability to sell those systems in the region formerly serviced by such terminated distributor could be harmed. Any of these factors could reduce our revenues from affected markets, increase our costs in those markets or damage our reputation. In addition, if an independent distributor or agent were to depart and be retained by one of our competitors, we may be unable to prevent that distributor or agent from helping competitors solicit business from our existing customers, which could further adversely affect our sales. As a result of our reliance on third-party distributors and agents, we may be subject to disruptions and increased costs due to factors beyond our control, including labor strikes, third-party error, and other issues. During the COVID-19 global pandemic, our distributors have faced operational challenges, clinic closures due to governmental quarantine mandates and various other financial and operational difficulties. We believe that these difficulties have limited our ability to penetrate these markets. If the services of any of these third-party distributors and agents become unsatisfactory, we may experience delays in meeting our customers’ demands, and we may be unable to find a suitable replacement on a timely basis or on commercially reasonable terms. Any failure to deliver products in a timely manner may damage our reputation and could cause us to lose potential customers. We also rely on third-parties in our clinical trials, which are managed by our both own staff and personnel as well as certain third-parties, including clinical trial sites, medical institutions, clinical research organizations, or CROs, and private practices, for, among other things, site monitoring, statistical work, and electronic data capture in our clinical trials. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with applicable protocols, and legal, regulatory, and scientific standards, including current good clinical practices, or cGCPs, which are set forth in regulations and guidelines enforced by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for clinical trials. If we or any such third parties fail to comply with applicable cGCPs, the clinical data generated in such trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials before granting a marketing authorization for any particular indication. In addition, if such third parties do not devote sufficient time and resources to our clinical trials or otherwise carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they assist in obtaining is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols, regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory authorization for or successfully commercialize Deep TMS for a specified indication. 18 We face risks associated with our international business. We currently market and sell Deep TMS systems outside of the United States in various countries and/or intend to market and expand the commercialization of Deep TMS in other markets, including Canada, Europe, Australia, and various Middle Eastern, Central/South American, and Asian countries. We are assessing the opportunity to expand into other international markets. However, our expansion plans may not be realized, or if realized, may not be successful. We expect each market to have particular regulatory hurdles to overcome, and future developments in these markets, including the uncertainty relating to governmental policies and regulations, could harm our business. In addition, the sale, lease, and shipment of the Deep TMS system across international borders, as well as the purchase of components and products from international sources, subjects us to extensive U.S. and other foreign governmental trade, import, export, regulatory, and customs regulations and laws. Compliance with these regulations and laws is costly and exposes us to penalties for non- compliance. We expect our international activities will be dynamic over the foreseeable future as we continue to pursue opportunities in international markets. Our international business operations are subject to a variety of risks, including but not limited to difficulties in staffing and managing foreign and geographically dispersed operations, to the extent we establish non-U.S. operations; differing and multiple payer reimbursement regimes, government payers or patient self-pay systems; difficulties in determining and creating the proper sales pathway in new, international markets; compliance with various U.S. and international law and regulations, including export control laws and the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (FCPA) and similar international laws, anti-money laundering laws and differing regulatory requirements for obtaining marketing authorizations for our products in non-U.S. jurisdictions; changes in, or uncertainties relating to, foreign rules and regulations that may impact our ability to sell our products, perform services or repatriate profits to the United States; tariffs and trade barriers, export regulations, sanctions, and other regulatory and contractual limitations on our ability to sell our products in certain foreign markets; potential adverse tax consequences, including imposition of limitations on or increase of withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by foreign subsidiaries or joint ventures; imposition of differing labor laws and standards; armed conflicts or economic, political, and/or social instability in foreign countries and regions; fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; supply lags, inefficiencies, difficulty managing expenses in our local currency in the event that its value diverges from that of the currencies of the jurisdictions where we earn income, and other risks created by any sourcing, manufacture, assembly and/or production of our products/components outside of the U.S., while commercial activities are largely focused in the U.S.; an inability, or reduced ability, to protect our intellectual property, including any effect of compulsory licensing imposed by government action; and availability of government subsidies or other incentives that benefit competitors in their local markets that are not available to us 19 Our collaboration arrangements may not be successful, which could adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our products. We are currently involved in a number of research and development collaborations with third parties relating to the development of new technology and additional uses of Deep TMS. These and any future collaborations that we enter into may not be successful. The success of our collaboration arrangements will depend heavily on the efforts and activities of our collaborators. If any of our collaboration arrangements are not successful, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Collaborations are subject to numerous risks, which may include that collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to collaborations; collaborators may not pursue development and commercialization of our products or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs based on trial or test results or may change their strategic focus due to the acquisition of competitive products or may independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our products or product candidates; availability of funding or other external factors, such as a business combination that diverts resources or creates competing priorities; a collaborator with marketing, manufacturing, and distribution rights to one or more products may not commit sufficient resources to or otherwise not perform satisfactorily in carrying out these activities; we could grant exclusive rights to our collaborators that would prevent us from collaborating with others; we may be forced to terminate, litigate, and/or renegotiate arrangements with our collaborators due to default on their obligations to us or due to their improper maintaining or defending our intellectual property rights or their use of our intellectual property or proprietary information in a way that gives rise to actual or threatened litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential liability; our collaborators may have claims that we breached our obligations to them which may result in termination, renegotiation, litigation or delays in performance of such arrangements; disputes may arise between us and a collaborator that causes the delay or termination of the research, development, and/or commercialization of our current or future products or that results in costly litigation or arbitration that diverts management attention and resources; collaborations may be terminated, and, if terminated, may result in a need for additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable current or future products; collaborators may own or co-own intellectual property covering our products that results from our collaborating with them, and in such cases, we would not have the exclusive right to develop or commercialize such intellectual property; and a collaborator’s sales and marketing activities or other operations may not be in compliance with applicable laws resulting in civil or criminal proceedings. 20 We bare the risk of product liability lawsuits and warranty claims which might harm our business, exceed our insurance policy coverage and we may not have enough funds to cover such claims or lawsuits damages Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the testing, manufacture, and sale of medical devices for the treatment of MDD (including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression), OCD, smoking addiction, and other potential indications. Our treatments are designed for patients who suffer from significant psychiatric, neurological disorders, and addictions, and these patients are more likely to experience significant adverse health outcomes, which could increase the risk of product liability lawsuits. Furthermore, if physicians and other operators are not sufficiently trained in the use of our Deep TMS systems, they may misuse or ineffectively use our system, which may result in unsatisfactory patient outcomes. We could become the subject of product liability lawsuits alleging that component failures, malfunctions, manufacturing flaws, design defects or inadequate disclosure of product-related risks or product-related information resulted in an unsafe condition or injury to Regardless of the merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in decreased demand for Deep TMS; injury to our reputation and brand; significant litigation costs or substantial monetary awards to or costly settlements with patients; product recalls; loss of revenues; the inability to commercialize new indications, enhancements, or features; and diversion of management attention from pursuing our business strategy. We do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter. Some of the policies we currently maintain include public liability, employer's liability, property, third party liability, umbrella, workers’ compensation, products and clinical trial liability, and directors’ and officers’ insurance. We do not know, however, if these policies will provide us with adequate levels of coverage. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts, which would adversely affect our cash position and results of operations. If a product liability claim or series of claims is brought against us for uninsured liabilities or in excess of our insurance coverage, our business could suffer. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could result in the increase of our product liability insurance rates or the inability to secure coverage in the future. In addition, a recall of some of our products, whether or not related to a product liability claim, could result in significant costs and loss of customers. In addition, we bear the risk of warranty claims on the products we supply, often for the entire contract term for systems which are leased, and generally for one year for Deep TMS systems we sell to customers. There can be no assurance that we will have sufficient funds, devices, components and/or personnel to cover future warranty claims. We may not be successful in claiming recovery of relevant components from our suppliers or vendors in the event of a successful warranty claim against us by a customer or that any recovery from such vendor or supplier would be adequate. In addition, warranty claims brought by our customers related to third-party components may arise after our ability to bring corresponding warranty claims against such suppliers expires, which could result in costs to us. We could be negatively impacted by violations of applicable anti-corruption laws or violations of our internal policies designed to ensure ethical business practices. We operate in a number of countries throughout the world, and we may operate in countries that may not have as strong a commitment to anti- corruption and ethical behavior that is required by U.S. laws or by our corporate policies. We are subject to the risk that we, our U.S. employees or any future employees or consultants located in other jurisdictions or any third parties such as our distributors that we engage to do work on our behalf in foreign countries may take action determined to be in violation of anti- corruption laws in any jurisdiction in which we conduct business, including the FCPA. The FCPA generally prohibits covered entities and their intermediaries from engaging in bribery or making other prohibited payments, offers or promises to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or other advantages. In addition, the FCPA imposes recordkeeping and internal controls requirements on publicly traded corporations and their foreign affiliates, which are intended to, among other things, prevent the diversion of corporate funds to the payment of bribes and other improper payments, and to prevent the establishment of “off books” slush funds from which such improper payments can be made. 21 We will face significant risks if we fail to comply with the FCPA and other laws that prohibit improper payments, offers or promises of payment to foreign governments and their officials and political parties by us and other business entities for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or other advantages. In many foreign countries, particularly in countries with developing economies, it may be a local custom that businesses operating in such countries engage in business practices that are prohibited by the FCPA or other laws and regulations. We have implemented or are in the process of implementing company policies relating to compliance with the FCPA and similar laws. However, such policies may not be effective at preventing all potential FCPA or other violations. Although our agreements with our international distributors state our expectations for our distributors’ compliance with U.S. laws, including the FCPA, and provide us with various remedies upon any non-compliance, including the ability to terminate the agreement, our distributors may not comply with U.S. laws, including the FCPA. Any violation of the FCPA or any similar anti-corruption law or regulation could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil and/or criminal penalties and curtailment of operations in certain jurisdictions, and might harm our business, financial condition, or results of operations. Our operations could be affected in the event of further COVID-19 or other global pandemic or other outbreaks, supply chain disruptions, unfavorable market or political conditions or other outbreaks or other negative global trends or disruptions. The COVID-19 global pandemic outbreaks have led governments and authorities around the globe to take various precautionary measures in order to limit the spread of the virus, including government-imposed quarantines, lockdowns, and other public health safety measures, which have had major effects on the global markets and its economy, including on the availability and pricing of materials, manufacturing and delivery efforts, sales to existing and potential customers and leads, collections from accounts, and other aspects of the global economy. In 2022 these effects continued, albeit to a lesser extent than seen during the initial onset of the pandemic in 2020, which resulted in less commercial activity than could have otherwise been achieved. Additionally, we continue to experience supply chain and shipping delays, shortages and challenges forcing us to adapt our production line, forecasting and other logistical processes to address these challenges. Further outbreaks of the COVID-19 or other global pandemics could exacerbate disruptions to production, cause additional delays in the supply and delivery of products used in our operations, further divert the attention and efforts of the medical community to coping with the pandemic, impact our ability to recruit subjects for ongoing and planned clinical trials, disrupt the marketplace in which we operate, and may have a material adverse effects on our operations, sales, revenues, collection from accounts and ability to raise funds. Our third-party suppliers source certain components and materials of our Deep TMS systems from Asia and other countries, and any continued spreading of the pandemic may adversely impact their development, manufacture, and supply processes. In addition, treatment sessions conducted with our Deep TMS system, which are generally scheduled or non-emergency procedures, may be postponed to the extent hospitals and healthcare centers shift resources to patients affected by any further outbreaks of the pandemic. Additionally, we have seen a significate rise in the price of many of the electronic components needed for our system. These price increases are largely attributable to supply and demand factors, and in some cases, shortages, relating to these parts across the globe. The extent to which the COVID- 19 or other global pandemic impacts our results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including further outbreaks of existing or new variant strains, new information which may emerge concerning the nature and effects of the pandemic, and/or any governmental mandates or other similar actions instituted to contain the virus or treat its impact, among others. Moreover, the COVID-19 global pandemic has caused substantial adverse effects on general commercial activity and the world economy, and our business and results of operations could be adversely affected to the extent that this or any other epidemic causes further harms to the global economy. 22 In addition, we have experienced, and may continue to experience, disruptions to the transportation channels used in our supply chain and distribution operations, including increased airport and shipping port congestion, a lack of transportation capacity, increased fuel expenses, import or export controls or delays, and labor disputes or shortages. Transport operators are exposed to various risks, such as extreme weather conditions, natural disasters, work stoppages, personnel shortages, and operating hazards, as well as interstate and international transportation requirements. If we experience transportation problems, or if there are other significant changes in the cost of these services, we may not be able to arrange efficient alternatives and timely means to obtain raw materials or ship products to our customers. Disruptions in our container shipments may result in increased costs, including the additional use of air freight to meet demand. Congestion to ports can affect previously negotiated contracts with shipping companies, resulting in unexpected increases in shipping costs and reduction in our profitability. In particular, the COVID-19 global pandemic has resulted in several disruptions and delays, as well as quantity limits and price increases, in our global transportation channels. In the period following the onset of the pandemic, as part of the global supply chain crisis, we have seen a significant rise in the price of many of the electronic components needed for our systems. These price increases are largely attributable to supply and demand factors, and, in some cases, shortages relating to these parts across the globe. On a related point, the lead time for receiving electronic components shipped by suppliers has increased significantly amid the worldwide supply chain crisis. This has compelled us to significantly increase buffer inventory levels to ensure that future demand for our systems can be timely met. Within the broader context of electronic component supply issues, the third party we rely on for the outsourced manufacture of our newer generation systems halted production in 2021 for a period due to the shortage in PC computers which are needed for these systems. The shortage in PC computers, including due to a worldwide shortage in PC boards, relative to our demand is an ongoing issue which may impact ongoing supply capabilities in the near term. While after the brief 2021 halt we were able to adapt our standard manufacturing process to allow for the integration of these PC components at a later stage of the production line once inventory levels were restocked, this is illustrative of the continuing risks and challenges posed by the worldwide supply chain crisis. These risks may be further exacerbated in light of geopolitical events, including the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine. 23 The recent supply chain backlog has caused a dramatic rise in the cost of delivery of our systems, including sharp increases in air freight cost. The heavy weight of our systems translates into a significant increase in the amount we spend on shipping our systems to customers, which also requires additional labor on the part of our logistical staff to obtain multiple competitive shipping quotes from a variety of carriers in the industry. Any exacerbation or continuation of these shipping cost pressures may cause corresponding pressures on the pricing of our products which can have an adverse impact on our customers and their ability to purchase our systems. Expedited, reliable shipping is essential to our operations. We rely heavily on providers of transport services for reliable and secure point-to-point transport of our products to our customers and for tracking of these shipments. Should a carrier encounter delivery performance issues such as loss, damage or destruction of any systems, it would be costly to replace such systems in a timely manner, and such occurrences may damage our reputation and lead to decreased demand for our products and increased cost and expense to our business. In addition, any significant increase in shipping rates could adversely affect our operating margins and results of operations. Similarly, strikes, severe weather, natural disasters or other service interruptions affecting delivery services we use would adversely affect our ability to process orders for our products on a timely basis. Worldwide economic and political conditions have also been adversely impacted by continued political instability and military hostilities in multiple geographies including the conflict between Ukraine and Russia. These conditions have made and may continue to make it difficult for our customers and potential customers to afford our products, and could cause our customers to stop using our products or to use them less frequently. If that were to occur, our revenue may decrease and our performance may be negatively impacted. In addition, the pressure on consumers to absorb more of their own health care costs has resulted in some cases in higher deductibles and limits on durable medical equipment, which may cause seasonality in purchasing patterns. Furthermore, during economic uncertainty, some customers experience job losses and may continue to have issues gaining timely access to sufficient health insurance or credit, which could result in their unwillingness to purchase products or impair their ability to make timely payments to us. While the potential economic impact brought by the COVID-19 pandemic may be difficult to assess or predict, it has already caused, and is likely to result in further, significant disruption of global financial markets, which may reduce our ability to access capital on favorable terms or at all. A recession, depression or other sustained adverse market event could materially and adversely affect our business and the value of our common stock. We cannot predict the reoccurrence of any economic slowdown or the strength or sustainability of the economic recovery, worldwide, in the United States, or in our industry. These and other economic factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our reliance on the use of technology may adversely affect our business if we become subject to cyber-terrorism or other compromises and shut-downs or if we experience significant disruptions in our information technology systems, and security and privacy breaches may expose us to liability and harm our reputation and business. We depend on our information technology systems for the efficient functioning of our business accounting, data storage, compliance, purchasing, and inventory management. While we will attempt to mitigate interruptions, we may experience difficulties in implementing upgrades to our information technology systems, which would impact our business operations, or experience difficulties in operating our business during the upgrade, either of which could disrupt our operations, including our ability to timely ship and track product orders, project inventory requirements, manage our supply chain, and otherwise adequately service our customers. In the event we experience significant disruptions as a result of the current implementation of our information technology systems, we may be unable to repair our systems in an efficient and timely manner. Accordingly, such events may disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our entire operation and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. 24 We are increasingly dependent on sophisticated information technology for our infrastructure. Our information systems require an ongoing commitment of significant resources to maintain, protect, and enhance existing systems. Failure to maintain or protect our information systems and data integrity effectively could have a materially adverse effect on our business. We rely heavily on our internal computer and information technology systems. Our information technology systems may be subject to cyber-terrorism or other compromises and shut-downs, which may result in unauthorized access to our proprietary information, destruction of our data or disability, degradation or sabotage of our systems, often through the introduction of computer viruses, cyber-attacks, and other means, and could originate from a variety of sources, including internal or unknown third parties. We cannot predict what effects such cyber-attacks or compromises or shut-downs may have on our business, and the consequences could be material. Cyber incidents may remain undetected for an extended period, which could exacerbate these consequences. If our information systems or other technology are compromised, it could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, part of our business we may receive and process information about our customers, partners and, potentially, their patients, including protected health information (PHI), and we may configure our devices to collect, transmit or store or contract with third parties to collect, transmit or store our customers’ data, including PHI. PHI, a subset of “individually identifiable information,” is defined under the federal level by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), as amended by the Health Information and Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (HITECH), including applicable implementing regulations. HIPAA, along with various analogous laws at the state level, governs the protection and confidentiality of PHI, and other sensitive information, as applicable (as more fully described below). To the extent we, or third parties we contract with, collect, store or transfer PHI, we may be required to safeguard PHI in accordance with HIPAA. Furthermore, to the extent we qualify as a business associate under HIPAA, we may be directly subject to HIPAA’s Privacy Rule. While we implemented security measures relating to our operations, generally, those measures may not prevent security breaches that could harm our business or expose us to liability under HIPAA and/or applicable state privacy laws. Advances in computer capabilities, inadequate technology or facility security measures or other factors may result in a compromise or breach of our systems and any data we store and process. Our security measures may be breached as a result of actions by third parties or employee error or malfeasance, among many other possibilities. A party who is able to circumvent our security measures or exploit inadequacies in our security measures, could, among other things, misappropriate proprietary information, including information about our customers and their patients, cause the loss or disclosure of some or all of this information, cause interruptions in our or our customers’ operations or expose our customers to computer viruses or other disruptions or vulnerabilities. Any compromise of our systems or the data we store or process could implicate reporting requirements, civil penalties, and other enforcement actions under applicable laws, result in a loss of confidence in the security of our software, damage our reputation, disrupt our business, lead to legal liability, and adversely affect our results of operations. Moreover, a compromise of our systems could remain undetected for an extended period of time, exacerbating the impact of that compromise. Actual or perceived vulnerabilities may lead to claims against us by our customers, their patients or other third parties, including the federal and state governments. While our customer agreements typically contain provisions that seek to limit our liability, there is no assurance these provisions will be enforceable and effective under applicable law. In addition, the cost and operational consequences of implementing further data protection measures could be significant. 25 We may seek to grow our business through acquisitions or investments in new or complementary businesses, products or technologies, through the licensing of products or technologies from third parties. The failure to manage acquisitions, investments, licenses or other strategic alliances, or the failure to integrate them with our existing business, could harm our business. Our success depends in part on our ability to continually enhance and broaden our product offerings in response to changing customer demands, competitive pressures, technologies, and market pressures. Accordingly, from time to time, we may consider opportunities to acquire, make investments in or license other technologies, products, and businesses that may enhance our capabilities, complement our current products, or expand the breadth of our markets or customer base. Potential and completed acquisitions, strategic investments, licenses, and other alliances involve numerous risks, including but not limited to difficulty assimilating or integrating acquired or licensed technologies, products or business operations; issues maintaining uniform standards, procedures, controls, and policies; unanticipated costs associated with acquisitions or strategic alliances, including the assumption of unknown or contingent liabilities and the incurrence of debt or future write-offs of intangible assets or goodwill; diversion of management’s attention from our core business and disruption of ongoing operations; adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers, distributors, and customers; risks associated with entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience; potential losses related to investments in other companies; potential loss of key employees of the acquired businesses; and increased legal and accounting compliance costs. 26 We do not know if we will be able to identify acquisitions or strategic relationships we deem suitable, whether we will be able to successfully complete any such transactions on favorable terms or at all or whether we will be able to successfully integrate any acquired business, product or technology into our business or retain any key personnel, suppliers or distributors. Foreign acquisitions involve unique risks in addition to those mentioned above, including those related to integration of operations across different cultures, languages, legal, and regulatory environments, currency risks and the particular economic, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries. To finance any acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances, we may choose to issue Ordinary Shares, ADSs or other equity-linked securities as consideration, which could dilute the ownership of our shareholders. Additional funds may not be available on terms that are favorable to us, or at all. If the price of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs is low or volatile, we may be unable to consummate any acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances using our shares as consideration. Risks Related to Employee Matters If we are not able to retain our key management, or attract and retain qualified scientific, technical, and business personnel, our ability to implement our business plan may be adversely affected. Our success largely depends on the skill, experience, and effort of our senior management. The loss of the service of any of these persons would likely result in a significant loss in the knowledge and experience that we possess and could significantly delay or prevent successful product development and other business objectives. Our ability to achieve our strategic growth plans depends in part on our ability to recruit and maintain a talented sales and operations team members. New hires are often subject to a time intensive educational onboarding period before they can successfully identify potential customer leads and close sales. This can lead to delays before we can ramp up our commercial initiatives and achieve sales targets. It can also divert attention from our existing sales leadership and personnel who are needed to train these new hires. Additionally, we have experienced certain challenges in hiring and/or maintaining employees that we believe are related to current and previous trends in the workforce. In 2021, the number of voluntary resignations by employees across the U.S. and Israeli economies increased, and 2022 saw large-scale layoffs particularly among technology companies. We believe that these events have created a climate of volatility in employment relations throughout the economy that has affected our ability to recruit, train and retain employees including effective sales professionals. The employee turnover we have experienced, including in our salesforce, has limited our ability to ramp up our sales and marketing force as quickly as would have otherwise been possible. There is intense competition between numerous medical device, pharmaceutical, and biotechnology companies, universities, governmental entities, and other research institutions, all of whom are seeking to employ qualified individuals in the technical fields in which we operate, and we may not be able to attract and retain the qualified personnel necessary for the successful development and commercialization of Deep TMS. 27 Employment litigation and unfavorable publicity could negatively affect our future business. Employees may, from time to time, bring lawsuits against us regarding injury, creating a hostile work place, discrimination, wage and hour, sexual harassment, and other employment issues. In recent years there has been an increase in the number of discrimination and harassment claims generally. Coupled with the expansion of social media platforms and similar devices that allow individuals access to a broad audience, these claims have had a significant negative impact on some businesses. Companies that have faced employment or harassment related lawsuits have had to terminate management or other key personnel, and have suffered reputational harm that has negatively impacted their sales. If we were to face any employment related claims, our business could be negatively affected. Under applicable employment laws, we may not be able to enforce covenants not to compete. Our employment agreements generally include covenants not to compete. These agreements prohibit our employees, if they cease working for us, from competing directly with us or working for our competitors for a limited period. We may be unable to enforce these agreements under the laws of the jurisdictions in which our employees work. For example, Israeli courts have required employers seeking to enforce covenants not to compete to demonstrate that the competitive activities of a former employee will harm one of a limited number of material interests of the employer, such as the secrecy of a company’s confidential commercial information or the protection of its intellectual property. If we cannot demonstrate that such an interest will be harmed, we may be unable to prevent our competitors from benefiting from the expertise of our former employees and our competitiveness may be diminished. Risks Related to Government Regulation Our products and operations are subject to extensive government regulation and oversight both in the United States and abroad, and our failure to comply with applicable requirements or to obtain and/or maintain needed clearances could harm our business. We are subject to extensive regulation in the United States and elsewhere, including by the FDA, FTC, and their foreign counterparts. The FDA and foreign regulatory agencies regulate, among other things, with respect to medical devices: design, development, and manufacturing; testing, labeling, content and language of instructions for use and storage; clinical trials; product safety; marketing, sales and distribution; premarket clearance and approval; record keeping procedures; advertising and promotion; recalls and field safety corrective actions; post-market surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious injuries and malfunctions that, if they were to recur, could lead to death or serious injury; post-market approval studies; and product import and export. 28 The regulations to which we are subject are complex and stringently enforced. Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales. The FDA enforces these regulatory requirements through, among other means, periodic unannounced inspections. We do not know whether we will pass any future FDA inspections. Failure to comply with applicable regulations could jeopardize our ability to sell our products and result in enforcement actions such as: warning letters; fines; injunctions; civil penalties; termination of distribution; recalls or seizures of products; delays in the introduction of products into the market; total or partial suspension of production; refusal to grant future clearances or approvals; withdrawals or suspensions of current clearances or approvals, resulting in prohibitions on sales of our products; and in the most serious cases, criminal penalties. An element of our strategy is to continue to upgrade our Deep TMS systems, add new enhancements and features, and expand clearance or approval of the Deep TMS System to include new indications. In the United States, before we can market a new medical device, or claim new or expanded indications for use or introduce a significant modification to an existing product, we must first receive either clearance under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, de novo classification, or premarket approval application (PMA), from the FDA, unless an exemption applies. In the 510(k) clearance process, before a device may be marketed, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a legally-marketed “predicate” device, which includes a device that has been previously cleared through the 510(k) process, a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (pre-amendments device), a device that was originally on the U.S. market pursuant to a PMA and later down- classified, or a 510(k)-exempt device. To be “substantially equivalent,” the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics and not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data are sometimes required to support substantial equivalence. In the PMA process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is safe and effective for its intended use based, in part, on extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical, pre-clinical, clinical trial, manufacturing, and labeling data. The PMA process is typically required for devices that are deemed to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life- supporting or implantable devices. However, some devices are automatically subject to the PMA pathway regardless of the level of risk they pose because they have not previously been classified into a lower risk class by the FDA. Manufacturers of these devices may request that FDA review such devices in accordance with the de novo classification procedure, which allows a manufacturer whose novel device would otherwise require a PMA prior to marketing to request down-classification of the device on the basis that the device presents low or moderate risk. If the FDA grants the de novo classification request, the applicant will then receive authorization to market the device. This device type can then be used as a predicate device for future 510(k) submissions. 29 We received marketing authorization of our MDD and smoking addition indications through the 510(k) clearance process and have made various expansions to our MDD indication, including, in 2021, a clearance for a shortened three-minute depression protocol and a labeling expansion for anxious depression through subsequent 510(k) clearances. In 2022, we extended our FDA clearance for MDD (including anxious depression) to our H7 Coil, also via the 510(k) process. This does not include our shortened three-minute depression protocol, which continues only to apply for our H1 Coil. We received marketing authorization of our OCD indication through the de novo classification process. Several competitors have obtained 510(k) clearance for their TMS device for an OCD indication, using our de novo classification as a predicate device in their submission, and others may follow suit. The process of obtaining regulatory authorization to market a medical device can be costly and time consuming, and we may not be able to successfully obtain authorizations on a timely basis, if at all. The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including: we may be unable to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction that the product or modification is substantially equivalent to the proposed predicate device or is safe and effective for its intended use; the data from our pre- clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support authorization, where required; and the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements. The FDA may also, instead of accepting a 510(k) submission, require us to submit a PMA, which is typically a much more complex, lengthy, and burdensome application than a 510(k) submission. To support a PMA, the FDA would likely require that we conduct one or more clinical studies to demonstrate that the device is safe and effective. In some cases, such studies may be requested for a 510(k) as well. We may not be able to meet the requirements to obtain 510(k) clearance or PMA approval (or a De Novo classification request), in which case the FDA may not grant any necessary clearances or approvals. In addition, the FDA may place significant limitations upon the intended uses of our products as a condition to a 510(k) clearance or PMA approval. Product applications can also be denied or withdrawn due to failure to comply with regulatory requirements or the occurrence of unforeseen problems following clearance or approval. Any delays or failure to obtain FDA clearance or approval of new products we develop, any limitations imposed by the FDA on new product use or the costs of obtaining FDA clearance or approvals could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Even if granted, a 510(k) clearance, de novo classification, or PMA imposes substantial restrictions on how our devices may be marketed or sold, and the FDA continues to place considerable restrictions on our products and operations. For example, the manufacture of medical devices must comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation (QSR). In addition, manufacturers must register their manufacturing facilities, list the products with the FDA, and comply with requirements relating to labeling, marketing, complaint handling, adverse event and medical device reporting, reporting of corrections and removals, and import and export restrictions. The FDA monitors compliance with the QSR and these other requirements through periodic inspections. If our facilities or those of our suppliers are found to be in violation of applicable laws and regulations, or if we or suppliers fail to take satisfactory corrective action in response to an adverse inspection, the regulatory authority could take enforcement action, including any of the following sanctions: untitled letters, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees, and civil penalties; customer notifications or repair, replacement, refunds, recalls, detention or seizure of our products; operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production; refusing or delaying requests for 510(k) marketing clearance or PMA approvals of new products or modified products; withdrawing 510(k) marketing clearances or PMA approvals that have already been granted; refusing to provide Certificates for Foreign Government; refusing to grant export approval for our products; or pursuing criminal prosecution. Any of these sanctions could impair our ability to produce or commercialize our products in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to meet our customers’ demands and could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations, and financial condition. We may also be required to bear other regulatory compliance costs or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our sales and our ability to generate profits. 30 In addition, the FDA may change its clearance and approval policies, adopt additional regulations or revise existing regulations, or take other actions, which may prevent or delay authorization of our future products under development or impact our ability to modify our currently marketed products on a timely basis. Such policy or regulatory changes could impose additional requirements upon us that could delay our ability to obtain new 510(k) clearances, increase the costs of compliance or restrict our ability to maintain our current clearances. We also cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative or executive action in the United States, especially with a new administration that may have different policy priorities than the previous one. In order to sell our products in member countries of the EEA, or in countries that also rely on the CE Mark outside the EEA, our products must comply with the essential requirements of the EU Medical Devices Directive (Council Directive 93/42/EEC), and with the Medical Device Regulation (Regulation 2017/745). Compliance with these requirements is a prerequisite to be able to affix the CE Mark to our products, without which they cannot be sold or marketed in the EEA. To demonstrate compliance with the essential requirements we must undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. Except for low-risk medical devices (Class I non-sterile, non-measuring devices), where the manufacturer can issue an EC Declaration of Conformity based on a self-assessment of the conformity of its products with the essential requirements of the EU Medical Devices Directive, a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of an organization accredited by a Member State of the EEA to conduct conformity assessments, or a Notified Body. Depending on the relevant conformity assessment procedure, the Notified Body would typically audit and examine the technical file and the quality system for the manufacture, design, and final inspection of our devices. The Notified Body issues a certificate of conformity following successful completion of a conformity assessment procedure conducted in relation to the medical device and its manufacturer and their conformity with the essential requirements. This certificate entitles the manufacturer to affix the CE Mark to its medical devices after having prepared and signed a related EC Declaration of Conformity. If we fail to remain in compliance with applicable European laws and directives, we would be unable to continue to affix the CE Mark to our device, which would prevent us from selling them within the EEA and may have an impact on our marketing authorizations in other countries. We or our distributors will also need to obtain, or retain, regulatory approval in other foreign jurisdictions in which we plan to or currently do market and sell our products, and we or they may not obtain such approvals as necessary to commercialize our products in those territories. Regulatory marketing authorizations in these foreign jurisdictions typically require device testing, conformance to classification requirements, pre-market requests to authorize commercialization, and in some cases inspections. 31 Any modification to a 510(k)-cleared product that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design or manufacture, requires a new 510(k) clearance or de novo classification, or possibly, a PMA. Modifications to products that have been approved through the PMA process generally require premarket FDA approval. Similarly, certain modifications made to products cleared through a 510(k) or authorized through the de novo classification process may require a new 510(k) clearance. Each of the PMA, de novo classification and the 510(k) clearance processes can be expensive, lengthy, and uncertain. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to 12 months, but can last longer. The process of obtaining a PMA is much more costly and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process and generally takes from one to three years, or even longer, from the time the application is filed with the FDA. In addition, a PMA generally requires the performance of one or more clinical trials. Despite the time, effort and cost, a device may not be approved or cleared by the FDA. Any delay or failure to obtain necessary regulatory authorizations could harm our business. Furthermore, even if we are granted regulatory authorizations, they may include significant limitations on the indicated uses for the device, which may limit the market for the device. Any modifications to our existing products may require new 510(k) clearance; however, future modifications may be subject to the substantially more costly, time-consuming, and uncertain PMA process. If the FDA requires us to go through a lengthier, more rigorous examination for future products or modifications to existing products than we had expected, product introductions or modifications could be delayed or canceled, which could cause our sales to decline. The FDA requires every manufacturer to make this modification determination in the first instance, but the FDA may review any manufacturer’s decision. The FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding whether new authorizations are necessary. We have made modifications to our products in the past and have determined based on our review of the applicable FDA regulations and guidance that in certain instances new 510(k) clearances were not required. We may make modifications or add additional enhancements or features in the future that we believe do not require a new 510(k) clearance, de novo classification or a PMA. If the FDA disagrees with our determination and requires us to submit new 510(k) notifications, de novo classifications or PMAs for modifications to our previously authorized products for which we have concluded that new authorizations are unnecessary, we may be required to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until we obtain appropriate regulatory authorization, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. In addition, the FDA may not authorize our products for the indications that are necessary or desirable for successful commercialization or could require clinical trials to support any modifications. Any delay or failure in obtaining required regulatory authorizations would adversely affect our ability to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely manner, which in turn would harm our future growth. 32 Our products must be manufactured in accordance with federal and state regulations, and we could be forced to recall our installed systems or terminate production if we fail to comply with these regulations. The methods used in, and the facilities used for, the manufacture of our products must comply with the FDA’s QSR, which is a complex regulatory scheme that covers the procedures and documentation of the design, testing, production, process controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, handling, storage, distribution, installation, servicing, and shipping of medical devices. Furthermore, we are required to verify that our suppliers maintain facilities, procedures and operations that comply with our quality standards and applicable regulatory requirements. Compliance with the QSR is necessary to receive FDA clearance or approval to market new products and is necessary for a manufacturer to be able to continue to market cleared or approved devices in the United States. The FDA enforces the QSR through periodic announced or unannounced inspections of medical device manufacturing facilities, which may include the facilities of subcontractors. Our products are also subject to similar state regulations and various laws and regulations of foreign countries governing manufacturing. Foreign regulatory authorities also impose manufacturing quality requirements, that may differ from the FDA requirements, with which we must comply. We or our third-party suppliers may not take the necessary steps to comply with applicable regulations, which could cause delays in the delivery of our products. In addition, failure to comply with applicable FDA or foreign jurisdiction requirements or later discovery of previously unknown problems with our products or manufacturing processes could result in, among other things: warning letters or untitled letters; fines, injunctions or civil penalties; suspension or withdrawal of approvals or clearances; seizures or recalls of our products; total or partial suspension of production or distribution; administrative or judicially imposed sanctions; the FDA’s refusal to grant pending or future clearances or approvals of Deep TMS for additional indications; clinical holds; refusal to permit the import or export of our products; and criminal prosecution of us or our employees. Any of these actions could significantly and negatively impact supply of our Deep TMS systems. If any of these events occurs, our reputation could be harmed, we could be exposed to product liability claims, and we could lose customers and suffer reduced revenues and increased costs. If treatment guidelines for the clinical conditions we are targeting change or the standard of care evolves, we may need to redesign and seek new marketing authorization from the FDA for one or more of our products. If treatment guidelines for the clinical conditions we are targeting or the standard of care for such conditions evolves, we may need to redesign our Deep TMS systems and seek new marketing authorizations from the FDA. Our existing 510(k) and de novo clearances from the FDA are based on current treatment guidelines. Additionally, if treatment guidelines change so that different treatments become desirable, the clinical utility of one or more of our indications could be diminished and our business could suffer. 33 The misuse or off-label use of Deep TMS may harm our reputation in the marketplace, result in injuries that lead to product liability suits or result in costly investigations, fines or sanctions by regulatory bodies, particularly if we are deemed to have engaged in the promotion of these uses, any of which could be costly to our business. Deep TMS system has been authorized for marketing by the FDA only for MDD (including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression), OCD, and smoking addiction indications. We train our commercial organization to not promote our products for uses outside of the FDA-authorized indications for use, known as “off-label uses.” However, we cannot guarantee that all of our employees, representatives, and agents will abide by our marketing policies. If the FDA determines that our promotional materials, training or other marketing activities constitute promotion of an off- label or unapproved use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance or imposition of an untitled letter, a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine or criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action under other regulatory authority, such as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement. Moreover, even if we, and all our employees, contractors, and agents, market our products in compliance with applicable FDA regulations, such regulations do not apply to the practice of medicine, and we cannot prevent a physician from prescribing and/or using our products off-label when, in the physician’s independent professional medical judgment, he or she deems it appropriate. Similarly, we cannot prevent patients from using our products off-label. There may be increased risk of injury to patients if physicians attempt to prescribe, or patients attempt to use, Deep TMS off-label. Furthermore, the use of Deep TMS for MDD (including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression), OCD or smoking addiction other than as stated on product labeling, or for indications other than those authorized by the FDA, may not be effective to treat such conditions, which could harm our reputation in the marketplace among physicians and patients. There are similar risks if Deep TMS is used off-label with respect to non-U.S. regulatory approvals. Deep TMS may cause or contribute to adverse medical events that we are required to report to the FDA, and if we fail to do so, we would be subject to sanctions that could harm our reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations. The discovery of serious safety issues with our products, or a recall of our products either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA or another governmental authority, could have a negative impact on us. We are subject to the FDA’s medical device reporting regulations and similar foreign regulations, which require us to report to the FDA when we receive or become aware of information that reasonably suggests that one or more of our products may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that, if the malfunction were to recur, it could cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. The timing of our obligation to report is triggered by the date we become aware of the adverse event as well as the nature of the event. We may fail to report adverse events of which we become aware within the prescribed timeframe. We may also fail to recognize that we have become aware of a reportable adverse event, especially if it is not reported to us as an adverse event or if it is an adverse event that is unexpected or removed in time from the use of the product. If we fail to comply with our reporting obligations, the FDA could take action, including warning letters, untitled letters, administrative actions, criminal prosecution, imposition of civil monetary penalties, revocation of our device clearance, seizure of our products or delay in clearance of future products. 34 The FDA and foreign regulatory bodies have the authority to require, and in the United States companies are expected to voluntarily, the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture of a product or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. An FDA recall, whether mandatory or voluntary, may be based on a finding that there is reasonable probability that the device could cause serious injury or death. A government mandated or voluntary recall by us could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, malfunctions, manufacturing defects, labeling or design deficiencies, packaging defects or other deficiencies or failures to comply with applicable regulations. Product defects or other errors may occur in the future. If we initiate a correction or removal for one of our devices to reduce a risk to health posed by the device, we would be required to submit a publicly available Correction and Removal report to the FDA and, in many cases, similar reports to other regulatory agencies. This report could be classified by the FDA as a device recall which could lead to increased scrutiny by the FDA, other international regulatory agencies, and our customers regarding the quality and safety of our devices. Furthermore, the submission of these reports could be used by competitors against us in competitive situations and cause customers to delay purchase decisions or cancel orders and would harm our reputation. Depending on the corrective action we take to redress a product’s deficiencies or defects, the FDA may require, or we may decide, that we will need to obtain new authorization for the device before we may market or distribute the corrected device. Seeking such authorization may delay our ability to replace the recalled devices in a timely manner. Moreover, if we do not adequately address problems associated with our devices, we may face additional regulatory enforcement action, including FDA warning letters, product seizure, injunctions, administrative penalties or civil or criminal fines. Companies are required to maintain certain records of corrective actions, even if they are not reportable to the FDA. We may initiate voluntary corrective actions for our products in the future that we determine do not require notification to the FDA. If the FDA disagrees with our determinations, it could require us to report those actions as recalls, and we may be subject to enforcement action. A future recall announcement could harm our reputation with customers, potentially lead to product liability claims against us and negatively affect our sales. Any adverse event involving Deep TMS systems could result in voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls or customer notifications, or agency action, such as inspection, mandatory recall or other enforcement action. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, as well as exposing us to private litigation, would require the dedication of our time and capital, distract management from operating our business, and may harm our reputation and financial results. 35 If we or our distributors do not obtain and maintain international regulatory registrations or approvals for Deep TMS, we will be unable to market and sell our products outside of the United States. Sales of our Deep TMS systems outside of the United States are subject to foreign regulatory requirements that vary widely from country to country. While the regulations of some countries may not impose barriers to marketing and selling Deep TMS systems or only require notification, others require that we or our distributors obtain the approval of a specified regulatory body. Complying with foreign regulatory requirements, including obtaining registrations or approvals, can be expensive and time-consuming, and we or our distributors may not receive regulatory approvals in each country in which we plan to market Deep TMS or we may be unable to do so on a timely basis. The time required to obtain registrations or approvals, if required by other countries, may be longer than that required for FDA authorization, and requirements for such registrations, clearances or approvals may significantly differ from FDA requirements. If we modify our Deep TMS systems, we or our distributors may need to apply for additional regulatory approvals before we are permitted to sell the modified product. In addition, we may not continue to meet the quality and safety standards required to maintain the authorizations that we or our distributors have received. If we or our distributors are unable to maintain our authorizations in a particular country, we will no longer be able to sell the applicable product in that country. Regulatory authorization by the FDA and/or the permission to affix the CE Mark does not ensure clearance or approval by regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions, and clearance or approval by one or more foreign regulatory authorities does not ensure clearance or approval by the FDA, the EU and/or the regulatory authorities in other foreign countries. However, a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory clearance or approval in one country may have a negative effect on the regulatory process in others. We are subject to certain federal, state, and foreign fraud and abuse laws, health information privacy and security laws, and transparency laws, which, if violated, could subject us to substantial penalties. Additionally, any challenge to or investigation into our practices under these laws could cause adverse publicity and be costly to respond to, and thus could harm our business. There are numerous U.S. federal and state, as well as foreign, laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback, false claims, and physician transparency laws. Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations involve substantial costs. Our business practices and relationships with providers and patients are subject to scrutiny under these laws. We may also be subject to patient information privacy and security regulation by both the federal government and the states and foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct our business. The healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate include: ● the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons, and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order, or arrange for or recommend a good or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid. The term “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value. The government can establish a violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute without proving that a person or entity had actual knowledge of the law or a specific intent to violate. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors to the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute protecting certain common business arrangements and activities from prosecution or regulatory sanctions, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly. Practices that involve remuneration to those who prescribe, purchase, or recommend medical device products, including discounts, or engaging individuals as speakers, consultants, or advisors, may be subject to scrutiny if they do not fit squarely within an exception or safe harbor. Our practices may not in all cases meet all of the criteria for safe harbor protection from anti- kickback liability. Moreover, there are no safe harbors for many common practices, such as reimbursement support programs, educational or research grants, or charitable donations; 36 ● the federal civil False Claims Act, which prohibits, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false or fraudulent claims for payment of federal government funds, and knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. Private individuals, commonly known as “whistleblowers,” can bring civil False Claims Act qui tam actions, on behalf of the government and such individuals and may share in amounts paid by the entity to the government in recovery or settlement. False Claims Act liability is potentially significant in the healthcare industry because the statute provides for treble damages and mandatory penalties of $11,665 to $23,607 per false or fraudulent claim or statement. The government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti- Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim under the federal civil False Claims Act. Many pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers have been investigated and have reached substantial settlements under the federal civil False Claims Act in connection with alleged off-label promotion of their products and allegedly providing free products to customers with the expectation that the customers would bill federal health care programs for the product. In addition, manufacturers can be held liable under the federal civil False Claims Act even when they do not submit claims directly to government payors if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims. There are also criminal penalties, including imprisonment and criminal fines, for making or presenting false, fictitious or fraudulent claims to the federal government; ● HIPAA, which created additional federal criminal statutes that prohibit, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing or attempting to execute a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statements or representations, or making or using any false writing or document knowing the same to contain any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or entry in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation; 37 ● the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act under PPACA which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to the United States Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, and applicable manufacturers and group purchasing organizations, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Since January 2022, applicable manufacturers are also required to report information regarding payments and transfers of value provided to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified nurse anesthetists, and certified nurse-midwives; ● HIPAA, as amended by HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, which imposes privacy, security, and breach reporting obligations with respect to PHI, upon entities subject to the law, such as health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and certain healthcare providers, and their respective business associates that perform services on their behalf that involve PHI. HITECH also created new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make HIPAA compliance as well as civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions; and ● analogous state and foreign law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers or patients; state laws that require device companies to comply with the industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the applicable compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state and local laws that require the licensure of sales representatives; state laws that require device manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures and pricing information; data privacy and security laws and regulations in foreign jurisdictions that may be more stringent than those in the United States (such as the EU, which adopted the General Data Protection Regulation, which became effective in May 2018); state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts; and state laws related to insurance fraud in the case of claims involving private insurers. 38 These laws and regulations, among other things, constrain our business, marketing, and other promotional activities by limiting the kinds of financial arrangements, including sales programs, we may have with physicians or other potential purchasers of our products. We have also entered into consulting agreements with physicians, which are subject to these laws. Further, while we do not submit claims and our customers will make the ultimate decision on how to submit claims, we may provide reimbursement guidance and support regarding our products. Due to the breadth of these laws, the narrowness of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors available, and the range of interpretations to which they are subject, it is possible that some of our current or future practices might be challenged under one or more of these laws. To enforce compliance with healthcare regulatory laws, certain enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. For example, U.S. federal and state regulatory and enforcement agencies continue to actively investigate violations of healthcare laws and regulations, including pursuing novel theories of liability under these laws. These government agencies recently have increased regulatory scrutiny and enforcement activity with respect to manufacturer reimbursement support activities and patient support programs, including bringing criminal charges or civil enforcement actions under the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback statute, federal civil False Claims Act, the health care fraud statute, and HIPAA privacy provisions. Responding to investigations can be time and resource consuming and can divert management’s attention from the business. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business. Even an unsuccessful challenge or investigation into our practices could cause adverse publicity, and be costly to respond to. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the healthcare laws or regulations described above or any other healthcare regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to administrative, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, substantial monetary penalties, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, imprisonment, additional reporting obligations, and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, reputational harm, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Healthcare policy changes, including recently enacted legislation reforming the U.S. healthcare system, could harm our cash flows, financial condition, and results of operations. From time to time, legislation is drafted and introduced in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the regulation of medical devices. In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. Any new statutes, regulations, revisions, or reinterpretations of existing regulations may impose additional costs, lengthen review times of any future products, or make it more difficult to manufacture, market or distribute our products. We cannot determine what effect changes in regulations, statutes, legal interpretation or policies, when and if promulgated, enacted or adopted may have on our business in the future. For example, in March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA) was enacted in the United States, which made a number of substantial changes in the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Among other ways in which it may impact our business, the PPACA establishes a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee and identify priorities in comparative clinical effectiveness research in an effort to coordinate and develop such research; implements payment system reforms including a national pilot program on payment bundling to encourage hospitals, physicians, and other providers to improve the coordination, quality, and efficiency of certain healthcare services through bundled payment models; and expands the eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs. 39 Some of the provisions of the PPACA have yet to be implemented, and there have been judicial and Congressional challenges to modify, limit, or repeal certain aspects of the PPACA since its enactment and have continued to evolve. During his presidency, President Trump has supported the repeal of all or portions of the PPACA, and in January 2017, he signed Executive Orders designed to delay the implementation of certain provisions of the PPACA or otherwise circumvent some of the requirements for health insurance mandated by the PPACA to the maximum extent permitted by law. Due to such efforts, certain elements of the PPACA have been invalidated or suspended, which has, in turn, led to additional challenges against the law as a whole. For example, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 included a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the PPACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate”. As a result, there is significant uncertainty regarding future healthcare reform and its impact on our operations. In December 2018, a district court in Texas held that the individual mandate is unconstitutional and that the rest of the PPACA is, therefore, invalid. On appeal, the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals affirmed the holding on the individual mandate but remanded the case back to the lower court to reassess whether and how such holding affects the validity of the rest of the PPACA. The Fifth Circuit’s decision on the individual mandate was appealed to the U.S. Supreme Court. On June 17, 2021, the Supreme Court held that the plaintiffs (comprised of the state of Texas, as well as numerous other states and certain individuals) did not have standing to challenge the constitutionality of the PPACA’s individual mandate and, accordingly, vacated the Fifth Circuit’s decision and instructed the district court to dismiss the case. As a result, the PPACA will remain in-effect in its current form for the foreseeable future; however, we cannot predict what additional challenges may arise in the future, the outcome thereof, or the impact any such actions may have on our business. 40 The Biden administration also introduced various measures in 2021 focusing on healthcare and drug pricing, in particular. For example, on January 28, 2021, President Biden issued an executive order that initiated a special enrollment period for purposes of obtaining health insurance coverage through the PPACA marketplace, which began on February 15, 2021, and remained open through August 15, 2021. The executive order also instructed certain governmental agencies to review and reconsider their existing policies and rules that limit access to healthcare, including among others, reexamining Medicaid demonstration projects and waiver programs that include work requirements and policies that create unnecessary barriers to obtaining access to health insurance coverage through Medicaid or the PPACA. On the legislative front, the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 was signed into law on March 11, 2021, which, in relevant part, eliminates the statutory Medicaid drug rebate cap, currently set at 100% of a drug’s average manufacturer price, for single source drugs and innovator multiple source drugs, beginning January 1, 2024. And, on August 16, 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (“IRA”) was signed into law. Among other things, the IRA requires manufacturers of certain drugs to engage in price negotiations with Medicare (beginning in 2026), imposes rebates under Medicare Part B and Medicare Part D to penalize price increases that outpace inflation (first due in 2023), and replaces the Part D coverage gap discount program with a new discounting program (beginning in 2025). The IRA also authorizes HHS to implement many of these provisions through guidance, as opposed to regulation, for the initial years. We cannot yet assess the impact that the IRA will have on the medical-products industry, but it will likely be significant. There is seemingly constant evolution with regard to healthcare in the United States, and we cannot predict what healthcare programs and regulations may be implemented or changed at the federal and/or state level or the effect of any future legislation or regulation on our business or that of our current or prospective customers, suppliers, and/or the U.S. healthcare industry as a whole. It is possible that such recent and/or future initiatives could have an adverse effect on our ability to obtain approval and/or successfully commercialize products in the United States in the future. For example, any changes that reduce, or impede the ability to obtain, reimbursement for the type of products we currently market, or may commercialize in the future (as applicable), in the United States would likely have an adverse effect on our business and profitability. Our employees, consultants, distributors, agents, and other commercial partners may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non- compliance with regulatory standards and requirements. 41 We are exposed to the risk that our employees, consultants, distributors, agents, and other commercial partners may engage in inappropriate, fraudulent or illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless or negligent conduct or other unauthorized activities that violate the regulations of the FDA and other U.S. healthcare regulators, as well as non-U.S. regulators, including by violating laws requiring the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to such regulators, manufacturing standards, healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations in the United States and abroad or laws that require the true, complete, and accurate reporting of financial information or data. In particular, sales, marketing, and business arrangements in the healthcare industry, including the sale of medical devices, are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs, and other business arrangements. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by our employees, distributors, agents, and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. Efforts to ensure that the activities of these parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations involve substantial costs. These risks may be more pronounced, and we may find that the processes and policies we have implemented are not effective at preventing misconduct. If any actions are instituted against us and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could result in the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, individual imprisonment, disgorgement, possible exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, additional reporting obligations and oversight if we becomes subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and the curtailment of our operations. Whether or not we are successful in defending against such actions or investigations, we could incur substantial costs, including legal fees, and divert the attention of management in defending ourselves against any of these claims or investigations. Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property We depend on our intellectual property, and our future success is dependent on our ability to protect our intellectual property and not infringe on the rights of others. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to obtain sufficient patent protection and/or licensing rights for Deep TMS (including, but not limited to, the various H-Coils utilized in our devices and various product features/capabilities), maintain the confidentiality of our trade secrets and know how, operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others, and prevent others from infringing our proprietary rights. Our success also depends, in part, on the ability of the U.S. Public Health Service, or PHS, which refers collectively to the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and the FDA, as agencies of the PHS within the United States Department of Health and Human Services, or the DHHS, and Yeda Research and Development Company Ltd., or Yeda, the technology transfer arm of the Weizmann Institute of Science, from whom we license essential intellectual property upon which Deep TMS technology is based, to obtain sufficient patent protection for such intellectual property, maintain the confidentiality of related trade secrets and know how, operate without infringing on or violating the proprietary rights of others, and prevent others from infringing or violating the Company’s owned and/or in-licensed intellectual property. 42 We and our licensors try to protect our proprietary position by, among other things, filing U.S., European, and other patent applications related to Deep TMS, as well as inventions and improvements that may be important to the continuing development of Deep TMS. While we generally apply for patents in those countries where we intend to make, have made, use, sell, or import patented products, we may not accurately predict all of the countries where patent protection will ultimately be desirable. If we fail to timely file a patent application in any such country, we may be precluded from doing so at a later date. In addition, we cannot assure you that any of our future processes or product indications will be patentable or enforceable even if patented;our processes or product indications will not infringe upon the patents of third parties; or we will have the resources to defend against charges of patent infringement or other violation or misappropriation of intellectual property by third parties or to protect our own intellectual property rights against infringement, misappropriation or violation by third parties. Because the patent position of medical device companies involves complex legal and factual questions, we cannot predict the validity and enforceability of patents with certainty. Changes in either the patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws may diminish the value of our intellectual property. Accordingly, we cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowable or enforceable in our patents (including patents owned by or licensed to us). Our issued patents may not provide us with any competitive advantages, may be held invalid or unenforceable as a result of legal challenges by third parties or could be circumvented. Our competitors may also independently develop formulations, processes and technologies or products similar to ours or design around or otherwise circumvent patents issued to, or licensed by, us. Thus, any patents that we own or license from others may not provide any protection against competitors. Our pending patent applications, those we may file in the future or those we may license from third parties may not result in patents being issued. If these patents are issued, they may not be of sufficient scope to provide us with meaningful protection. The degree of future protection to be afforded by our proprietary rights is uncertain because legal means afford relatively limited protection, and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep our competitive advantage. Patent rights are territorial; thus, the patent protection we do have exists only in those countries in which we have issued patents. Even so, the laws of certain countries do not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States and the European Union. Therefore, we cannot assure you that the patents issued, if any, as a result of our foreign patent applications will have the same scope of coverage as our U.S. patents. Competitors may successfully challenge our patents, produce similar products that do not infringe our patents, or produce products in countries where we have not applied for patent protection or that do not respect our patents. Furthermore, it is not possible to know the scope of claims that will be allowed in published applications and it is also not possible to know which claims of granted patents, if any, will be deemed enforceable in a court of law. A failure to obtain sufficient intellectual property protection in any foreign country could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, and future prospects. Moreover, we may participate in opposition proceedings to determine the validity of our foreign patents or our competitors’ foreign patents, which could result in substantial costs and divert management’s resources and attention. Additionally, due to uncertainty in patent protection law, we have not filed applications in many countries where significant markets exist. 43 After the completion of development and registration of our patents, third parties may still act to manufacture and/or market products that infringe our patent protected rights, and we may not have adequate resources to enforce our patents. Any such manufacturing and/or marketing of products that infringe our patent rights may significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects. In addition, due to the extensive time needed to develop, test, and obtain regulatory approval for new indications of Deep TMS, any patents that protect these indications may expire early during the commercialization process. This may reduce or eliminate any market advantages that such patents may give us. Following patent expiration, we may face increased competition through the entry of competing products into the market and a subsequent decline in market share and profits. However, our business interests may change, or our licensors may disagree with the scope of our license grants. In such cases, litigation could impede our ability to commercialize the technology, or such licensing arrangements may result in the development, manufacturing, marketing, and sale by our licensors of products substantially similar to our products, causing us to face increased competition, which could reduce our market share and significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects. The lives of our patents may not be sufficient to effectively protect our products and business. Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years after its first effective non-provisional filing date. Although various extensions may be available, the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our technologies, products, or product candidates are obtained, once the patent life has expired, we may be open to competition. Patents covering some of our core technology have expired or will expire within the next five years. In particular, the earliest of our U.S. patents on Deep TMS is set to expire in 2024. See “Business— Intellectual Property.” In addition, although upon issuance in the United States a patent’s life can be increased based on certain delays caused by the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO), this increase can be reduced or eliminated based on certain delays caused by the patent applicant during patent prosecution. If we do not have sufficient patent life to protect our technologies, products, and product candidates, our business, and results of operations will be adversely affected. Our right to the essential intellectual property upon which the Deep TMS technology is based results from in-license agreements with government agencies and research institutions, the termination of which would prevent us from commercializing Deep TMS. We have in-licensing agreements with the PHS and Yeda. There is no assurance that the in-licenses or related rights on which we base our technology will not be terminated or expire due to a material breach of the underlying agreements or some other failure to meet the terms of agreement, such as a failure on our part to make certain progress milestone payments set forth in the terms of the licenses or to comply with manufacturing obligations under these agreements. There is no assurance that we will be able to renew or renegotiate our license agreements on acceptable terms if and when such agreements terminate. We cannot guarantee that any in-license is enforceable or will not be terminated in the future. The termination of any in-license or our inability to practice such technology and/or to enforce our rights under any in-license would materially and adversely affect our ability to commercialize our Deep TMS. 44 Our license agreements for our critical patents and related intellectual property impose significant monetary obligations and other requirements that may adversely affect our ability to successfully execute our business plan. We depend upon license agreements with the PHS and Yeda for our intellectual property rights to Deep TMS technology. Deep TMS was developed by our founders, among others, prior to our founding over the course of their work for the PHS. The key family of patents and patent applications upon which the unique coil of Deep TMS technology is based is owned by the DHHS (based on an assignment of the related rights from the PHS) and is exclusively in- licensed to us under a license agreement with the PHS. In addition, a second family of patent applications covering additional functions of Deep TMS (including the multichannel stimulator that we are developing for use in a more advanced version of our system), which is jointly owned by us with the NIH and Yeda, is also licensed to us under the PHS license agreement and our license agreement with Yeda. Our license agreement with Yeda was made within the context of research we commissioned at the Weizmann Institute involving Deep TMS. This agreement provides for in- licensed rights relating to our second and third families of patent applications, which cover additional characteristics of Deep TMS (including several Deep TMS Coils, multi- channel stimulation, and methods of use), as well as in-licensed rights to rotational field TMS, which involves the perpendicular placement of two coils over the head operated with a phase lag which causes a rotating induced electric field that enables stimulation of neurons in various orientations. These agreements provide us an exclusive (subject to certain standard exceptions and such as described below), worldwide license, with a right to sublicense, subject to the approval of PHS and Yeda, respectively, for the life of the relevant patents (in the case of Yeda, on a per country basis or, until the 15-year anniversary of the first commercial sale (per country) of a product developed on the basis of the agreement, if later) for the development, creation, use, import, offer, and sale of any product or treatment that relates to Deep TMS technology and that is developed on the basis of such patents or (in the case of the agreement with Yeda) such research. These agreements require us, as a condition to the maintenance of our license and other rights, to make milestone and royalty payments and satisfy certain performance obligations, including with respect to manufacturing. If we were to receive a notice of non-compliance under any of these agreements, we would need to either obtain appropriate waivers and/or cure such non- compliance, which may require us to modify our operations. All of the above-described obligations impose significant financial and logistical burdens upon our ability to carry out our business plan. Furthermore, if we do not meet such obligations in a timely manner, we could lose the rights to our proprietary technology, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 45 In certain cases, we may rely on our licensors to conduct prosecution, maintenance and/or defense of patents on our behalf. Our ability to ensure that these patents are properly prepared, prosecuted, maintained, enforce or defended is therefore limited, which may adversely affect our licensed intellectual property rights. Any failure by our licensors to properly prepare, prosecute, maintain, enforce, and defend patents or other licensed rights could materially harm our ability to protect our products, thereby materially reducing our potential profits. The key patents that underlie our Deep TMS technology are subject to the U.S. government’s royalty free usage rights on a worldwide basis for any discovery based on such patents, which may have unexpected, adverse consequences upon the market for our product. Under our PHS license agreement, the U.S. government possesses an irrevocable, nonexclusive, nontransferable royalty-free license for the practice of inventions based on the inventions upon which our Deep TMS technology is based, for the benefit of the U.S. government, foreign governments, or international organizations under any existing or future treaty or agreement applicable to the U.S. government at such time. Furthermore, the PHS may grant, or may cause us to grant, nonexclusive research licenses, for the purpose of encouraging basic research at academic or corporate facilities (but, in the case of any license to a commercial entity, subject to our right to object if we believe that such license would adversely impact the exclusivity of our rights under the agreement). The PHS may also require us to grant sublicenses to responsible applicants if the public health and safety so require, subject to our right to demonstrate that any such sublicense will not materially increase the availability to the public of our licensed rights or that such public health and safety requirements may be otherwise met without any such sublicense. No material limits have been placed on the license held by the U.S. government for its own (or for its treaty partners’ or agreement counter-parties’) benefit, and it is possible that the U.S. government, a foreign government or an international organization could even commercialize a product on the basis of this license and the related technology. We cannot provide assurance that these rights will not be exploited in a manner that infringes upon our otherwise exclusive license to the PHS-owned patents, that does not develop or advance products that compete with our own, or that does not otherwise adversely impact our business. Because our rights with respect to the PHS-owned patents are critical to Deep TMS-based technologies and systems, any unexpected consequences from the U.S. government’s or other third party’s exploitation of such rights could have an adverse impact on the market for Deep TMS and, hence, on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets or know-how, such proprietary information may be used by others to compete against us. In addition to filing patent applications, we generally try to protect our trade secrets, know-how, technology, and other proprietary information by entering into confidentiality or non-disclosure agreements with parties that have access to it, such as our development and/or commercialization partners, employees, contractors, and consultants. We also enter into agreements that require the disclosure and assignment to us of the rights to the ideas, developments, discoveries and inventions of our employees, advisors, research collaborators, contractors, and consultants while we employ or engage them. However, we cannot assure you that these agreements will provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure of such trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information because these agreements can be difficult and costly to enforce or may not provide adequate remedies. Any of these parties may breach the confidentiality agreements and willfully or unintentionally disclose our confidential information, or our competitors might learn of the information in some other way. The disclosure to, or independent development by, a competitor of any trade secret, know-how or other technology not protected by a patent could materially adversely affect any competitive advantage we may have over any such competitor. 46 To the extent that any of our employees, advisors, research collaborators, contractors or consultants independently develop, or use independently developed, intellectual property in connection with any of our projects, disputes may arise as to the proprietary rights to this type of information. If a dispute arises with respect to any proprietary right, enforcement of our rights can be costly and unpredictable, and a court may determine that the right belongs to a third party. Legal proceedings or third-party claims of intellectual property infringement and other challenges may require us to spend substantial time and money and could prevent us from developing or commercializing Deep TMS. Our commercial success depends upon our ability, and the ability of any third party with which we may partner, to develop, manufacture, market and sell Deep TMS, and use our patent-protected technologies without infringing the patents of third parties. We face risks that there may be patents issued to third parties that relate to Deep TMS and technology of which we are not aware or that we must challenge to continue our operations as currently contemplated. The development, manufacture, use, offer for sale, sale or importation of Deep TMS may infringe on the claims of third-party patents or violate other intellectual property rights. The nature of claims contained in unpublished patent filings around the world is unknown to us and it is not possible to know which countries patent holders may choose for the extension of their filings under the Patent Cooperation Treaty, or other mechanisms. For example, because patent applications do not publish for at least 18 months, if at all, and can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending applications unknown to us that may later result in issued patents that Deep TMS would infringe. Therefore, there is a risk that we could adopt a technology without knowledge of a pending patent application, which technology would infringe a third-party patent once that patent is issued. The cost to us of any intellectual property litigation or other infringement proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. Any claims of patent infringement, even those without merit, could be expensive and time consuming to defend; cause us to cease making, licensing or using products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property; require us to redesign, reengineer or rebrand Deep TMS, if feasible; cause us to stop from engaging in normal operations and activities, including developing and new indications for Deep TMS; and divert management’s attention and resources. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively because of their substantially greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation or defense of intellectual property litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace. Intellectual property litigation and other proceedings may also absorb significant management time. Consequently, we may not be able to manufacture, use, offer for sale, sell or import our Deep TMS systems in the event of an infringement action. 47 Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their patents. In addition, in a patent infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, construe the patent’s claims narrowly or refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation proceeding could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. In the event of patent infringement claims, or to avoid potential claims, we may choose or be required to seek a license from a third party and would most likely be required to pay license fees or royalties or both. These licenses may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, the rights may be nonexclusive, which could potentially limit our competitive advantage. Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing a product or be forced to cease some aspect of our business operations if, as a result of actual or threatened patent infringement or other claims, we are unable to enter into licenses on acceptable terms. This inability to enter into licenses could harm our business significantly. In addition, because of our developmental stage, claims that Deep TMS infringes on the patent rights of others are more likely to be asserted after commencement of commercial sales incorporating our technology. In addition to infringement claims against us, we may become a party to other patent litigation or proceedings before regulatory agencies, including post- grant review, inter parties review, interference or re-examination proceedings filed with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office that challenge our patent rights or the patent rights of our licensors. The costs of defending our patents or enforcing our proprietary rights in post-issuance administrative proceedings can be substantial and the outcome can be uncertain. An adverse determination in these proceedings could weaken or invalidate the patent claims that cover our technology and Deep TMS, which could harm our business significantly and dissuade companies from collaborating with us or permit third parties to directly compete with the same technology. 48 We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants, or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties or that our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers. We employ individuals who were previously employed at universities or other medical device, biotechnology and/or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants, and independent contractors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants, or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any of our employees’ former employers or other third parties. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel, which could adversely impact our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees. Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedures and other requirements, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated in case of non-compliance with these requirements. Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and/or applications will be due to the relevant patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of the patents and /or applications. The relevant patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other provisions during the patent application process. In many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. However, there are situations in which the failure to comply with the relevant requirements can result in the abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, our competitors might be able to use our technologies and know-how which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operation. 49 Risks Related to Our Functions in Israel Our manufacturing, assembly and other significant functions are located in Israel and, therefore, our business and operations may be adversely affected by political, economic and military conditions in Israel. Aspects of our business are located in Israel. Accordingly, our business will be directly influenced by the political, economic, and military conditions affecting Israel at any given time. Since the establishment of the State of Israel in 1948, a number of armed conflicts have occurred between Israel and its neighboring countries. These conflicts involved missile strikes against civilian targets in various parts of Israel including most recently, central Israel, and negatively affected business conditions in Israel. In addition, Israel faces threats from more distant neighbors, in particular, Iran. A change in the security and political situation in Israel and in the economy could impede the raising of the funds required to finance our research and development plans and to create joint ventures with third parties and could otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition. Our facilities are in range of rockets that may be fired from Lebanon, Syria or the Gaza Strip into Israel. In the event that our facilities are damaged as a result of hostile action or hostilities otherwise disrupt the ongoing operation of our facilities, our research and development activities, and our ability to deliver products to customers could be materially and adversely affected. Our commercial insurance does not cover losses that may occur as a result of an event associated with the security situation in the Middle East. Although the Israeli government is currently committed to covering the reinstatement value of direct damages that are caused by terrorist attacks or acts of war, there can be no assurance that this government coverage will be maintained, or if maintained, will be sufficient to compensate us fully for damages incurred. Any losses or damages incurred by us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, popular uprisings in various countries in the Middle East and North Africa are affecting the political stability of those countries. Such instability may lead to deterioration in the political and trade relationships that exist between the State of Israel and these countries. Furthermore, some countries restrict doing business with Israel and Israeli companies, and additional countries may impose restrictions on doing business with Israel and Israeli companies if hostilities involving Israeli or political instability in the region continue or intensify. Such restrictions may seriously limit our ability to sell Deep TMS to customers in those countries. These restrictions may materially limit our ability to sell our products to customers in those countries. In addition, there have been increased efforts by activists to cause companies and consumers to boycott Israeli products. Such efforts, particularly if they become more widespread, may materially and adversely impact our ability to sell our products. Any hostilities involving Israel or the interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and its present trading partners, or significant downturns in the economic or financial condition of could adversely affect our operations and product development, cause our revenues to decrease, and adversely affect the share price of publicly traded companies having functions in Israel, such as us. 50 Moreover, in recent years Israel has been facing political instability with the rapid changing of its government. Between the years 2018 and 2022, five elections were held for the Israeli Parliament as a result of a failure to constitute a government. In addition, in 2022 a proposed dramatic and controversial legal reform that would drastically change the way that the High Court of Justice would function and shift the balance of power between the Knesset and other government bodies caused significant backlash in Israel, including civil protests and demonstration. Such political instability might deter potential and current foreign investors from investing in Israeli based companies such as BrainsWay. Exchange rate fluctuations between the U.S. dollar, the New Israeli Shekel and other foreign currencies may negatively affect our future revenues. While a substantial portion of our revenues is and will continue to be generated in U.S. dollars, we incur a significant portion of our expenses in currencies other than U.S. dollars, such as NIS. Likewise, our financial records are maintained in U.S. dollars, while many of our expenses are incurred in NIS. As a result, our financial results have been and may continue to be affected by fluctuations in the applicable exchange rates of currencies in the U.S., Israel, and other countries in which our products and services may be sold. Our operations may be affected by negative labor conditions in Israel. Strikes and work-stoppages occur relatively frequently in Israel. If Israeli trade unions threaten additional strikes or work-stoppages and such strikes or work- stoppages occur, those may, if prolonged, have a material adverse effect on the Israeli economy and on our business, including our ability to deliver products to our customers and to receive raw materials from our suppliers in a timely manner. Our operations could be disrupted as a result of the obligation of our personnel to perform military service. Members of our senior management and key employees reside in Israel, and although most of them are no longer required to perform reserve duty, some may be required to perform annual military reserve duty, and may be called for active duty under emergency circumstances at any time. Our operations could be disrupted by the absence for a significant period of time of one or more of these officers or key employees due to military service. Any such disruption could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition. The termination or reduction of tax and other incentives that the Israeli Government provides to domestic companies may increase the costs involved in operating a company in Israel. The Israeli government currently provides tax and capital investment incentives to domestic companies, as well as grant and loan programs relating to research and development, and marketing and export activities. In recent years, the Israeli Government has reduced the benefits available under these programs and the Israeli Governmental authorities have indicated that the government may in the future further reduce or eliminate the benefits of those programs. We may take advantage of these benefits and programs in the future, however, there is no assurance that such benefits and programs would continue to be available in the future to us. If such benefits and programs were terminated or further reduced, it could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition. 51 The Israeli government grants that we have received require us to meet several conditions and may restrict our ability to manufacture our Deep TMS systems and transfer relevant know-how outside of Israel and require us to pay royalties and satisfy specified conditions, including increased royalties if we manufacture our Deep TMS systems outside of Israel or payment of a redemption fee if we transfer relevant know-how outside of Israel. We have received royalty-bearing grants from the government of Israel through the Israel Innovation Authority (IIA) formerly, the Office of the Chief Scientist of the Ministry of Economy and Industry, for the financing of a portion of our research and development expenditures in Israel. We are required to pay low single-digit royalties on the sale of those of our products developed with this funding, which payments shall not exceed, in the aggregate, the amount of the grant received (in U.S. dollars), plus interest at an annual rate based on LIBOR. When know-how is developed using IIA grants, the Encouragement of Research, Development and Technological Innovation in Industry Law 5744-1984, or the Innovation Law, the IIA’s rules and guidelines as well as the terms of each of these grants, impose an obligation to pay royalties from any income deriving from a product developed, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, in the framework of a research and development program funded by the IIA, including any derivatives and related services, and restrict our ability to manufacture our products and transfer know-how developed as a result of the IIA’s funded research and development outside of Israel. In certain cases, transfer of the IIA funded know-how outside of Israel requires pre-approval by the IIA, which may also impose certain conditions, including payment of a redemption fee calculated according to the formulas provided in the IIA’s rules and guidelines, or Redemption Fee, which differentiate between certain situations (while in no event will the Redemption Fee be more than six (6) times the grants received from the IIA plus interest). In addition, we may need to manufacture our products outside of Israel, in which case prior approval from the IIA is required (such approval is not required for the transfer of less than 10% of the manufacturing capacity in the aggregate), and we would be required to pay royalties at an accelerated rate and would be subject to payment of increased royalties, as defined under the IIA’s rules and regulations (up to, in the aggregate, 300% of the amount of the grant received (dollar linked), plus interest at annual rate based on LIBOR, depending on the manufacturing volume that is performed outside Israel less royalties already paid to the IIA). Accordingly, we may be limited in our ability to manufacture outside of Israel, and the manufacture of our products outside of Israel could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. The IIA has also published rules and guidelines with respect to the grant to a foreign entity of the right to use know-how that was developed using the IIA’s grants, or Funded Know-How, (in a manner that does not entirely prevent the IIA funded company from using the Funded Know-How) which is subject to receipt of the IIA’s prior approval. This approval is subject to payment to the IIA in accordance with the formulas stipulated in these rules. In addition, we may transfer Funded Know-How to another Israeli company, provided that the acquiring company assumes all of our responsibilities toward the IIA (the transfer would still require IIA approval, and is subject to the obligation to pay royalties to the IIA from the income of such sale transaction, but will not be subject to the payment of the Redemption Fee). 52 The obligation to comply with the IIA’s rules and guidelines and the Innovation Law (including with respect to the restriction of the transfer of Funded Know-How and manufacturing rights outside of Israel) remains in effect even after full repayment of the amount of royalties payable pursuant to the grants. Once a Redemption Fee is paid on a transfer of Funded Know-How outside Israel, all obligations towards the IIA (including the royalty obligation) cease. We are also subject to reporting obligations towards the IIA including submitting during the R&D approved program period periodic reports pertaining to the progress of research and development, reports on income derived from products developed using grants from the IIA and in certain circumstances, reports regarding change in the holding and change in control. Furthermore, in the event of any change of control or any change in the holding of voting rights or rights to appoint directors or the CEO a result of which any non-Israeli citizen or non-Israeli resident becomes an “Interested Party” in our company, the non- Israeli citizen or non-Israeli resident shall comply with all the restrictions imposed on us and our obligations pursuant to Innovation Law and the IIA’s rules and guidelines. See “Management—Internal Auditor” for definition of Interested Party. In addition, the government of State of Israel may from time to time audit sales of products which it claims incorporate technology funded via IIA programs, and this may lead to additional royalties being payable on additional product candidates. In addition, under certain circumstances, further offerings of our shares to the public in any stock exchange whether in Israel or abroad, is subject to the approval of the IIA. These restrictions may impair our ability to enter into agreements for IIA Funded Know-how without the approval of the IIA, and we cannot be certain that it will be obtained on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. Furthermore, in the event that we undertake a transaction involving the transfer to a non-Israeli entity of know-how developed with IIA funding pursuant to a merger or similar transaction, or in the event we undertake a transaction involving the licensing of the IIA’s Funded Know-How, the consideration available to our shareholders may be reduced by the amounts we are required to pay to the IIA. Any approval, if given, will generally be subject to additional financial obligations. Failure to comply with the requirements under the IIA’s rules and guidelines and the Innovation Law may subject us to mandatory repayment of grants received by us (together with interest and penalties), as well as expose us to criminal proceedings. Enforcing a U.S. judgment against us and our current senior management and directors, or asserting U.S. securities law claims in Israel, may be difficult. We are incorporated in Israel. Directors and some members of our management reside in Israel (and most of our assets reside outside of the United States). Therefore, a judgment obtained against us or any of these persons in the United States, including one based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws, may not be collectible in the United States, and may not be enforced by an Israeli court. It may also be difficult to effect service of process on these persons in the United States or to assert U.S. securities law claims in original actions instituted in Israel. 53 Even if an Israeli court agrees to hear such a claim, it may determine that Israeli, and not U.S., law is applicable to the claim. Under Israeli law, if U.S. law is found to be applicable to such a claim, the content of applicable U.S. law must be proved as a fact, which can be a time-consuming and costly process, and certain matters of procedure would be governed by Israeli law. There is little binding case law in Israel addressing these matters. See “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” for additional information on your ability to enforce civil claim against us and our senior management and directors. Provisions of our articles of association and Israeli law and tax considerations may delay, prevent or make difficult an acquisition of us, which could prevent a change of control and negatively affect the price of the ADSs. Israeli corporate law regulates mergers, requires tender offers for acquisitions of shares above specified thresholds, requires special approvals for certain transactions involving directors, officers or significant shareholders and regulates other matters that may be relevant to these types of transactions. These provisions of Israeli law may delay, prevent or make difficult an acquisition of us, which could prevent a change of control, and therefore would potentially depress the price of the ADSs. Furthermore, Israeli tax considerations may make potential transactions unappealing to us or to our shareholders, especially for those shareholders whose country of residence does not have a tax treaty with Israel which exempts such shareholders from Israeli tax. For example, Israeli tax law does not recognize tax-free stock exchanges to the same extent as U.S. tax law. With respect to mergers, Israeli tax law allows for tax deferral in certain circumstances but makes the deferral contingent on the fulfillment of a number of conditions, including, in some cases, a holding period of two years from the date of the transaction during which sales and dispositions of shares of the participating companies are subject to certain restrictions. Moreover, with respect to certain share swap transactions, the tax deferral is limited in time, and when such time expires, the tax becomes payable even if no disposition of the shares has occurred. We may become subject to claims for remuneration or royalties for assigned service invention rights by our employees, which could result in litigation and adversely affect our business. We have entered into assignment of invention agreements with our employees who engage in research and development for the company pursuant to which such individuals agree to assign to us all rights to any inventions created during and as a result of their employment or engagement with us. A significant portion of our intellectual property has been developed by our employees in the course and as a result of their employment for us. Under the Israeli Patent Law, 5727-1967, or the Patent Law, inventions conceived by an employee during the scope of his or her employment with a company and as a result thereof are regarded as “service inventions,” which belong to the employer, absent a specific agreement between the employee and employer giving the employee service invention rights. The Patent Law also provides that if there is no agreement between an employer and an employee with respect to the employee’s right to receive compensation for such “service inventions,” the Israeli Compensation and Royalties Committee, or the Committee, a body constituted under the Patent Law, shall determine whether the employee is entitled to remuneration for his or her service inventions and the scope and conditions for such remuneration. Israeli case law clarifies that the right to receive consideration for “service inventions” can be waived by the employee and that in certain circumstances, such waiver does not necessarily have to be explicit. In order to determine the scope and validity of such wavier, the Committee will examine, on a case-by-case basis, the general contractual framework between the parties, using interpretation rules of the general Israeli contract laws. Further, the Committee has not yet determined one specific formula for calculating this remuneration (but rather uses the criteria specified in the Patents Law). As such, and although our employees have agreed to assign to us service invention rights, we may face claims demanding remuneration in consideration for assigned inventions. As a consequence of such claims, we could be required to pay additional remuneration or royalties to our current and/or former employees, or be forced to litigate such claims, which could negatively affect our business. 54 The government tax benefits that we currently are entitled to receive require us to meet several conditions and may be terminated or reduced in the future. Some of our operations in Israel may entitle us to certain tax benefits under the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 5719-1959, or the Investment Law, once we begin to generate taxable income. If we do not meet the requirements for maintaining these benefits, they may be reduced or cancelled and the relevant operations would be subject to Israeli corporate tax at the standard rate, which is set at 23% in 2018 and thereafter. In addition to being subject to the standard corporate tax rate, we could be required to refund any tax benefits that we may receive in the future, plus interest and penalties thereon. Even if we continue to meet the relevant requirements, the tax benefits that our current “Technology Enterprise” is entitled to may not be continued in the future at their current levels or at all. If these tax benefits were reduced or eliminated, the amount of taxes that we pay would likely increase, as all of our operations would consequently be subject to corporate tax at the standard rate, which could adversely affect our results of operations. Additionally, if we increase our activities outside of Israel, for example, by way of acquisitions, our increased activities may not be eligible for inclusion in Israeli tax benefits programs. See “Material Tax Considerations—Israeli Tax Considerations and Government Programs—Tax Benefits Under the 2017 Amendment” for additional information concerning these tax benefits. Your rights and responsibilities as a shareholder will be governed by Israeli law, which differs in some material respects from the rights and responsibilities of shareholders of U.S. companies. The rights and responsibilities of our shareholders are governed by our articles of association and by Israeli law. These rights and responsibilities differ in some material respects from the rights and responsibilities of shareholders in U.S. corporations. For example, a shareholder of an Israeli company has a duty to act in good faith and in a customary manner in exercising its rights and performing its obligations towards the company and other shareholders, and to refrain from abusing its power in the company, including, among other things, voting at a general meeting of shareholders on matters such as amendments to a company’s articles of association, increases in a company’s authorized share capital, mergers and acquisitions, and related party transactions requiring shareholder approval. In addition, a shareholder who is aware that it possesses the power to determine the outcome of a shareholder vote or to appoint or prevent the appointment of a director or executive officer in the company has a duty of fairness toward the company. There is limited case law available to assist us in understanding the nature of these duties or the implications of these provisions. These provisions may be interpreted to impose additional obligations and liabilities on our shareholders that are not typically imposed on shareholders of U.S. corporations. 55 Risks Related to our ADSs and Ordinary Shares The price of the ADSs may be volatile and may fluctuate due to factors beyond our control. The share price of publicly traded medical device companies has been highly volatile and is likely to remain highly volatile in the future. The market price of the ADSs or Ordinary Shares on either The Nasdaq Global Market, or Nasdaq, or the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, or TASE, respectively, may fluctuate significantly due to a variety of factors, including but not limited to positive or negative results of testing and clinical trials by us, strategic partners, and competitors; delays in entering into strategic relationships with respect to development and/or commercialization of Deep TMS or entry into strategic relationships on terms that are not deemed to be favorable to us; technological innovations or commercial product introductions by us or competitors; changes in government regulations; developments concerning proprietary rights, including patents and litigation matters; public concern relating to the commercial value or safety of Deep TMS; financing or other corporate transactions; publication of research reports or comments by securities or industry analysts; general market conditions in the medical device industry or in the economy as a whole; or other events and factors, many of which are beyond our control. These, and other market and industry factors, may cause the market price and demand for the ADSs to fluctuate substantially, regardless of our actual operating performance, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their ADSs and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of the ADSs. In addition, stock markets in general, and medical device companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. 56 The significant share ownership position of our officers, directors, and entities affiliated with certain of our directors may limit your ability to influence corporate matters. Our officers, directors, and entities affiliated with certain of our directors beneficially own or control, directly or indirectly, approximately 22.65% of our outstanding Ordinary Shares as of March 15, 2023. Accordingly, these persons are able to significantly influence, though not independently determine, the outcome of matters required to be submitted to our shareholders for approval, including decisions relating to the election of our board of directors, and the outcome of any proposed merger or consolidation of our company. These interests may not be consistent with those of our other shareholders. In addition, these persons’ significant interest in us may discourage third parties from seeking to acquire control of us, which may adversely affect the market price of our Ordinary Shares. Holders of ADSs are not treated as holders of our Ordinary Shares. Holders of ADSs are not treated as holders of our Ordinary Shares, unless they withdraw the Ordinary Shares underlying their ADSs in accordance with the deposit agreement and applicable laws and regulations. The depositary is the holder of the Ordinary Shares underlying the ADSs. Holders of ADSs therefore do not have any rights as holders of our Ordinary Shares, other than the rights that they have pursuant to the deposit agreement. See “Description of American Depositary Shares.” However, holders of ADSs will be treated as holders of our Ordinary Shares of for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See the section titled “Taxation” under Item 10.E below. Holders of ADSs may be subject to limitations on the transfer of their ADSs and the withdrawal of the underlying Ordinary Shares. ADSs are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its books at any time or from time to time when it deems expedient in connection with the performance of its duties. The depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of ADSs generally when our books or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary think it is advisable to do so because of any requirement of law, government or governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason, subject to the right of ADS holders to cancel their ADSs and withdraw the underlying Ordinary Shares. Temporary delays in the cancellation of the ADSs and withdrawal of the underlying Ordinary Shares may arise because the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books, the transfer of Ordinary Shares is blocked to permit voting at a shareholders’ meeting or we are paying a dividend on our Ordinary Shares. In addition, ADS holders may not be able to cancel their ADSs and withdraw the underlying Ordinary Shares when they owe money for fees, taxes, and similar charges, and when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of Ordinary Shares or other deposited securities. See “Description of American Depositary Shares.” 57 We and the depositary are entitled to amend the deposit agreement and to change the rights of ADS holders under the terms of such agreement, or to terminate the deposit agreement, without the prior consent of the ADS holders. We and the depositary are entitled to amend the deposit agreement and to change the rights of the ADS holders under the terms of such agreement, without the prior consent of the ADS holders. We and the depositary may agree to amend the deposit agreement in any way we decide is necessary or advantageous to us or to the depositary. Amendments may reflect, among other things, operational changes in the ADS program, legal developments affecting ADSs or changes in the terms of our business relationship with the depositary. In the event that the terms of an amendment are materially disadvantageous to ADS holders, ADS holders will only receive 30 days’ advance notice of the amendment, and no prior consent of the ADS holders is required under the deposit agreement. Furthermore, we may decide to direct the depositary to terminate the ADS facility at any time for any reason. For example, terminations may occur when we decide to list our Ordinary Shares on a non-U.S. securities exchange and determine not to continue to sponsor an ADS facility or when we become the subject of a takeover or a going-private transaction. If the ADS facility will terminate, ADS holders will receive at least 90 days’ prior notice, but no prior consent is required from them. Under the circumstances that we decide to make an amendment to the deposit agreement that is disadvantageous to ADS holders or terminate the deposit agreement, the ADS holders may choose to sell their ADSs or surrender their ADSs and become direct holders of the underlying Ordinary Shares, but will have no right to any compensation whatsoever. ADS holders may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to claims arising under the deposit agreement, which could result in less favorable outcomes to the plaintiff(s) in any such action. The deposit agreement governing the ADSs representing our Ordinary Shares provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, holders, and beneficial owners of ADSs irrevocably waive the right to a jury trial of any claim they may have against us or the depositary arising out of or relating to the ADSs or the deposit agreement. If this jury trial waiver provision is not permitted by applicable law, an action could proceed under the terms of the deposit agreement with a jury trial. If we or the depositary opposed a jury trial demand based on the waiver, the court would determine whether the waiver was enforceable based on the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with the applicable state and federal law. To our knowledge, the enforceability of a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver in connection with claims arising under the federal securities laws has not been finally adjudicated by the United States Supreme Court. However, we believe that a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision is generally enforceable, including under the laws of the State of New York, which govern the deposit agreement, by a federal or state court in the City of New York, which has non- exclusive jurisdiction over matters arising under the deposit agreement. In determining whether to enforce a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision, courts will generally consider whether a party knowingly, intelligently, and voluntarily waived the right to a jury trial. We believe that this is the case with respect to the deposit agreement, and the ADSs. It is advisable that you consult legal counsel regarding the jury waiver provision before entering into the deposit agreement. 58 If you or any other holders or beneficial owners of ADSs bring a claim against us or the depositary in connection with matters arising under the deposit agreement or the ADSs, including claims under federal securities laws, you or such other holder or beneficial owner may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to such claims, which may have the effect of limiting and discouraging lawsuits against us and / or the depositary. If a lawsuit is brought against us and/or the depositary under the deposit agreement, it may be heard only by a judge or justice of the applicable trial court, which would be conducted according to different civil procedures and may result in different outcomes than a trial by jury would have had, including results that could be less favorable to the plaintiff(s) in any such action, depending on, among other things, the nature of the claims, the judge or justice hearing such claims, and the venue of the hearing. No condition, stipulation or provision of the deposit agreement or ADSs serves as a waiver by any holder or beneficial owner of ADSs or by us or the depositary of compliance with any substantive provision of the U.S. federal securities laws, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. ADS holders will not have the same voting rights as the holders of our Ordinary Shares and may not receive voting materials in time to be able to exercise their right to vote. Holders of the ADSs will not be able to exercise voting rights attaching to the Ordinary Shares represented by the ADSs. Under the terms of the deposit agreement, holders of the ADSs may instruct the depositary to vote the Ordinary Shares underlying their ADSs. Otherwise, holders of ADSs will not be able to exercise their right to vote unless they withdraw the Ordinary Shares underlying their ADSs to vote them in person or by proxy in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and our articles of association. Even so, ADS holders may not know about a meeting far enough in advance to withdraw those Ordinary Shares. If we ask for the instructions of holders of the ADSs, the depositary, upon timely notice from us, will notify ADS holders of the upcoming vote and arrange to deliver our voting materials to them. Upon our request, the depositary will mail to holders a shareholder meeting notice that contains, among other things, a statement as to the manner in which voting instructions may be given. We cannot guarantee that ADS holders will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that they can instruct the depositary to vote the Ordinary Shares underlying their ADSs. A shareholder is only entitled to participate in, and vote at, the meeting of shareholders, provided that it holds our Ordinary Shares as of the record date set for such meeting and otherwise complies with our articles of association. In addition, the depositary’s liability to ADS holders for failing to execute voting instructions or for the manner of executing voting instructions is limited by the deposit agreement. As a result, holders of ADSs may not be able to exercise their right to give voting instructions or to vote in person or by proxy, and they may not have any recourse against the depositary or us if their Ordinary Shares are not voted as they have requested or if their shares cannot be voted. 59 Our Ordinary Shares and ADSs are traded on different markets and this may result in price variations. Our Ordinary Shares have been traded on the TASE since January 4, 2007, and our ADSs have been traded on The Nasdaq Global Market since April 16, 2019. Trading in our securities on these markets takes place in different currencies (dollars on the Nasdaq and NIS on the TASE), and at different times (resulting from different time zones, different trading days, and different public holidays in the United States and Israel). The trading prices of our securities on these two markets may differ due to these and other factors. Any decrease in the price of our securities on one of these markets could cause a decrease in the trading price of our securities on the other market. We do not have any current plans to pay dividends in the near term We do not have any current plans to pay any cash dividends in the near term. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of the ADSs will be the investors’ sole source of gain for at least the next several years. In addition, Israeli law limits our ability to declare and pay dividends, and may subject us to certain Israeli taxes. For more information, see “Dividend Policy.” If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade the ADSs, the price of the ADSs could decline. The trading market for the ADSs will rely in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. The price of the ADSs could decline if one or more securities analysts downgrade the ADSs or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business. We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert our management’s attention. In the past, U.S.-listed companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their securities, including many life sciences and biotechnology companies, have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Regardless of the merits or the ultimate results of such litigation, securities litigation brought against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on The Nasdaq Global Market, we follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of certain Nasdaq requirements. 60 As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on The Nasdaq Global Market, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of certain requirements of the rules of The Nasdaq Global Market. Pursuant to the “foreign private issuer exemption” we established a quorum requirement such that the quorum for any meeting of shareholders is two or more shareholders holding at least 331/3% of our voting rights, which complies with Nasdaq requirements; however, if the meeting is adjourned for lack of quorum, the quorum for such adjourned meeting will be two or more shareholders, having any percentage of our voting rights; we also follow Israeli corporate governance practice in lieu of Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5635(c), which requires shareholder approval for certain dilutive events (such as issuances that will result in a change of control, certain transactions other than a public offering involving issuances of a 20% or greater interest in us and certain acquisitions of the shares or assets of another company), and prior to an issuance of securities when a stock option or purchase plan is to be established or materially amended or other equity compensation arrangement made or materially amended, pursuant to which stock may be acquired by officers, directors, employees or consultants. By contrast, under the Israeli Companies Law, shareholder approval is required (subject to certain limited exceptions) for, among other things: (a) transactions with directors concerning the terms of their service (including indemnification, exemption, and insurance for their service or for any other position that they may hold at a company); (b) extraordinary transactions with controlling shareholders of publicly held companies; (c) terms of office and employment or other engagement of a controlling shareholder, if any, or such controlling shareholder’s relative; (d) approval of transactions with the company’s Chief Executive Officer with respect to his or her compensation, whether in accordance with the approved compensation policy of the company or not, or transactions with officers of the company not in accordance with the approved compensation policy; (e) approval of the compensation policy of the company for office holders and (f) certain private placements involving the issuance of 20% or more of our total voting rights, or private placements as a result of which a person will become a controlling shareholder of the company. In addition, under the Israeli Companies Law, a merger requires approval of the shareholders of each of the merging companies; and Otherwise, we comply with the rules generally applicable to U.S. domestic companies listed on The Nasdaq Global Market. However, we may in the future decide to use the foreign private issuer exemption with respect to some or all of the other Nasdaq corporate governance rules. Following our home country governance practices as opposed to the requirements that would otherwise apply to a U.S. company listed on The Nasdaq Global Market may provide less protection than is accorded to investors of domestic issuers. See “Management—Foreign Private Issuer and Controlled Company Status.” In addition, as a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules and regulations under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements (including disclosures with respect to executive compensation), and our officers, directors, and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file annual, quarterly, and current reports, and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as domestic companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. 61 We may lose our foreign private issuer status which would then require us to comply with the Exchange Act’s domestic reporting regime and cause us to incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses. We are a foreign private issuer, and therefore we are not required to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. In order to maintain our current status as a foreign private issuer, either (a) a majority of our Ordinary Shares and ADSs (calculated together) must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by non-residents of the United States or (b)(i) a majority of our senior management or directors may not be U.S. citizens or residents, (ii) more than 50 percent of our assets cannot be located in the United States and (iii) our business must be administered principally outside the United States. If we were to lose this status, we would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers. We may also be required to make changes in our corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC and Nasdaq rules. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws if we are required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher than the cost we would incur as a foreign private issuer. As a result, we expect that a loss of foreign private issuer status would increase our legal and financial compliance costs and would make some activities highly time consuming and costly. We also expect that if we were required to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, it would make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors. We may incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company in the United States, and our management may be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives. As a public company whose ADSs are listed in the United States, and particularly after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company and/or lose our foreign private issuer status, we may incur accounting, legal and other expenses that we did not incur prior to our listing on Nasdaq and registration with the SEC, including costs associated with our reporting requirements under the Exchange Act. We also anticipate that we may incur costs associated with corporate governance requirements, including requirements under Section 404 and other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley Act), as well as rules implemented by the SEC and The Nasdaq Global Market, and provisions of Israeli corporate law applicable to public companies, and the rules of the TASE. These rules and regulations may increase our legal and financial compliance costs, introduce new costs such as investor relations, increased insurance premiums and stock exchange listing fees, and may make some activities more time-consuming and costly. Our board members and other personnel may need to devote a substantial amount of time to these initiatives. We are constantly evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. 62 Any future changes in the laws and regulations affecting public companies in the United States and Israel, including Section 404 and other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC, and the rules of the Nasdaq, will result in increased costs to us as we respond to such changes. As an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, we take advantage of certain temporary exemptions from various reporting requirements, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder). When these exemptions cease to apply, we expect to incur additional expenses and devote increased management effort toward ensuring compliance with them. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs. Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the related rules adopted by the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, starting with the next annual report that we file with the SEC, our management will be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, once we no longer qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act and lose the ability to rely on the exemptions related thereto discussed above and depending on our status as per Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, our independent registered public accounting firm may also need to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404. We have not yet commenced the process of determining whether our existing internal controls over financial reporting systems are compliant with Section 404 and whether there are any material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our existing internal controls. This process will require the investment of substantial time and resources, including by our chief financial officer and other members of our senior management. As a result, this process may divert internal resources and take a significant amount of time and effort to complete. In addition, we cannot predict the outcome of this determination and whether we will need to implement remedial actions in order to implement effective controls over financial reporting. The determination and any remedial actions required could result in us incurring additional costs that we did not anticipate, including the hiring of outside consultants. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, any failure of our internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our stated results of operations and harm our reputation. As a result, we may experience higher than anticipated operating expenses, as well as higher independent auditor fees during and after the implementation of these changes. If we are unable to implement any of the required changes to our internal control over financial reporting effectively or efficiently or are required to do so earlier than anticipated, it could adversely affect our operations, financial reporting and/or results of operations and could result in an adverse opinion on internal controls from our independent auditors. Changes in the laws and regulations affecting public companies will result in increased costs to us as we respond to their requirements. These laws and regulations could make it more difficult or more costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as senior management. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur in order to comply with such requirements. 63 We are an “emerging growth company” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make the ADSs less attractive to investors. We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” Most of such requirements relate to disclosures that we would only be required to make if we also ceased to be a foreign private issuer in the future, for example, the requirement to hold shareholder advisory votes on executive and severance compensation and executive compensation disclosure requirements for U.S. companies. However, as a foreign private issuer, we could still be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We are exempt from such requirement for as long as we remain an emerging growth company, which may be up to five fiscal years after the date of our initial public offering on Nasdaq in April 2019. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (a) the last day of our fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of at least $1.235 billion; (b) December 31, 2024 (the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the closing of our initial public offering on Nasdaq); (c) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Exchange Act. We may choose to take advantage of some or all of the available exemptions. When we are no longer deemed to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed above. We cannot predict if investors will find the ADSs less attractive as a result of our reliance on exemptions under the JOBS Act. If some investors find the ADSs less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for the ADSs, and our share price may be more volatile. If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, shareholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of the ADSs and Ordinary Shares. Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of the ADSs and Ordinary Shares. 64 Our management will be required to assess the effectiveness of our internal controls and procedures and disclose changes in these controls on an annual basis. However, for as long as we are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. We could be an “emerging growth company” for up to five years. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls could detect problems that our management’s assessment might not. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal controls could lead to financial statement restatements and require us to incur the expense of remediation. Risks Related to Tax Matters We may be a passive foreign investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which generally would result in certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to our U.S. shareholders. In general, a non-U.S. corporation is a “passive foreign investment company” (a PFIC) for any taxable year in which (i) 75% or more of its gross income consists of passive income (the “income test”) or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of its assets consists of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income (the “asset test”). Generally, “passive income” includes interest, dividends, rents, royalties, certain gains, and cash is a passive asset for PFIC purposes. We have not made a formal determination as to whether we would be classified as a PFIC for the current taxable year or previous taxable years, and do not plan to make such a determination for subsequent years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we will likely be treated as a PFIC for the 2022 taxable year. The determination of whether we are a PFIC depends on the particular facts and circumstances (such as the valuation of our assets, including goodwill and other intangible assets), and may also be affected by the application of the PFIC rules, which are subject to differing interpretations. The fair market value of our assets is expected to depend, in part, upon (i) the market price of the ADSs, which is likely to fluctuate, and (ii) the composition of our income and assets, which will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend any cash that is raised in any financing transaction. If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. shareholder owned the ADSs, such U.S. shareholder generally will be subject to certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences, including increased tax liability on gains from dispositions of the ADSs and certain distributions and a requirement to file annual reports with the Internal Revenue Service. In light of the foregoing, no assurance can be provided that we are not currently a PFIC or that we will not become a PFIC in any future taxable year. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisers regarding our PFIC status. See “Material Tax Considerations—Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations.” 65 ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY A. History and Development of the Company Our legal and commercial name is BrainsWay Ltd. We are a public company that was incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel in November 2006. We completed our initial public offering on the TASE in January 2007, and in April 2019 we completed the listing of our ADSs on The Nasdaq Global Market. Our Ordinary Shares are currently listed on the TASE under the symbol “BWAY”, and our ADSs are currently listed on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “BWAY”. Our Israel-based principal executive offices are located at 19 Hartum Street, Bynet Building, 3rd Floor, Har HaHotzvim, Jerusalem 9777518, Israel, and our telephone number is +972-2-582-4030. We also have U.S. offices located in Boston and New Jersey. Our registered agent in the United States is BrainsWay USA, Inc. The address of BrainsWay USA, Inc. is 1 Van de Graaf Drive, Burlington, MA 01803. The Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at http://sec.gov. Our Ordinary Shares have been traded on the TASE since January 4, 2007, and our ADSs have been traded on The Nasdaq Global Market since April 16, 2019. Our web site address is http://www.brainsway.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this Annual Report. Our capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020 were approximately $1.7 million, $2.2 million and $2.5 million, respectively. Our current capital expenditures primarily involve purchase of equipment and system components in both Israel and the United States. Our research and development costs for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020 amounted to $7.7 million, $6.3 million and $5.8 million, respectively. These research and development costs primarily consisted of expenses incurred in connection with the development of our existing and future indication pipeline, and the development of our Deep TMS system. We expect our capital expenditures and research and development costs to remain significant as we continue our research and development efforts and advance our existing and planned clinical pipeline, in the United States and other strategic markets. We anticipate our capital expenditures and research and development costs in 2023 to be financed from our existing cash and cash equivalents, including the proceeds from the follow-on underwritten public offering of ADSs closed on February 25, 2021. For the near future, our investments will mainly remain in the United States and Israel, where our operations and research and development facilities are currently located. B. Business Overview BrainsWay is a global leader in advanced noninvasive neurostimulation treatments for mental health disorders. The Company is boldly advancing neuroscience with its proprietary Deep Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation (Deep TMS™) platform technology to improve health and transform lives. We are dedicated to leading through superior science and building on what we believe to be an unparalleled body of clinical evidence. We are the first and only TMS company to obtain from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) three cleared indications backed by pivotal studies demonstrating clinically proven efficacy. Current indications include major depressive disorder (MDD) (including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression), obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), and smoking addiction. 66 We have also received CE Mark for a variety of psychiatric and neurological indications. We are focused on increasing global awareness of and broad access to Deep TMS. Deep TMS uses magnetic pulses to stimulate neurons and consequently modulates the physiological activity of the brain. Our technology can either increase brain activity in neuronal networks which are hypoactive, or alternatively decrease brain activity in neuronal networks which are hyperactive. Our proprietary electromagnetic coils, which we refer to as H-Coils, are designed to safely stimulate deep and broad brain regions, which we believe provides an advantage over other available TMS products, which we refer to collectively as Traditional TMS, that generally use a “figure 8” design. In the United States, we sell our Deep TMS system for the treatment of MDD (including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression) and OCD and have recently began marketing our products for the treatment of smoking addictions. We believe that our Deep TMS technology has the potential to be safe and effective for the treatment of a wide range of additional psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders. Additional clinical trials of Deep TMS in various psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders are underway or planned. MDD is a common and debilitating mental disorder characterized by physiological symptoms, such as sleep disturbance and changes in appetite, emotional symptoms, such as sadness, despair, emptiness, self-hate, and critique, and cognitive symptoms, such as difficulty concentrating, memory dysfunction, suicidal thinking, and faulty judgment of reality. According to a 2018 study cited by the World Health Organization (WHO), depression affects approximately 300 million people worldwide, with the rate of depression increasing in developed countries. The U.S. National Institute of Mental Health (NIMH) estimates that 21.0 million individuals in the United States suffer from a major depressive episode in 2020. Based on 2006-2007 data from the Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D) study, we estimate that approximately 7 million adult MDD patients in the United States are considered treatment-resistant (i.e., do not achieve remission after four trials of anti-depressant medication), of which we estimate that approximately 6.3 million or more are currently eligible to receive reimbursement for Deep TMS from either governmental or private insurers. Assuming a course of treatment per patient of 33 treatment sessions and a price paid to us per treatment session of $70 (which is our benchmark price per treatment session), we believe our total annual addressable market opportunity for MDD in the United States is approximately $14.6 billion. Comorbid anxiety symptoms symptoms are common in patients with major depressive disorder. Between sixty and ninety percent of patients with depression have moderate to severe anxiety. In the United States, an estimated 21.0 million adults experienced at least one major depressive episode in 2020. Considering the rate of comorbidity, we estimate that 12.6 to 18.9 million adults experience moderate to severe anxiety in addition to their primary diagnosis of depression. Common anxiety symptoms include nervousness, feelings of panic, increased heart rate, rapid breathing, sweating, insomnia, trembling, and difficulty focusing or thinking clearly. The economic burden in the United States for major depressive disorder totaled $326 billion per year between 2010 and 2018. 67 OCD is a common, chronic, and long-lasting disorder in which a person has uncontrollable, reoccurring thoughts (obsessions) and behaviors (compulsions) that he or she feels the urge to repeat over and over in a manner that can interfere with all aspects of life, such as work, school, and personal relationships. Based on data from the NIMH, we estimate that approximately 3.1 million adults in the United States suffer from OCD annually. We believe that approximately half of the patients (1.5 million) that have sought help would be considered treatment-resistant (i.e., not having achieved ≥30% improvement of their symptoms from medications and psychotherapy). Assuming our emerging OCD coverage ultimately reaches target of 90% of adults in the United States covered by private health insurance (as with MDD), and assuming a course of treatment per patient of 29 treatment sessions and a price paid to us per treatment session of $70 (which is our benchmark price per treatment session), we believe our total addressable market opportunity for OCD in the United States is approximately $2.7 billion. Smoking is one of the leading causes of death in developed countries. The addiction to nicotine, similar to the addiction to drugs and alcohol, involves modulation of the brain reward system and causes uncontrollable desire to smoke. 480,000 U.S. adults die from smoking each year. Cigarette smoking has been found to harm nearly every organ system in the body and is the leading cause of preventable death in the U.S. and of disease burden worldwide (Rostron, BL, Chang CM, Pechacek TF. Estimation of cigarette smoking-attributable morbidity in the United States, JAMA Intern Med. 2014;174(12):1922- 1928). According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), approximately 34 million U.S. adults smoked cigarettes, of which 68% stated they want to quit and 55% actually attempted to quit in 2018. Of those attempting to quit, 5.4 million made a serious attempt to quit (i.e., using medication). Only 15-20% of those making serious attempts to quit via medication were successful, leaving between approximately 4.3 and 4.6 million adults who made serious attempts to quit via medication who were unsuccessful. Reimbursement is not currently available for Deep TMS for smoking addiction, and it is therefore premature to assess the amount of money our customers might be able to collect from potential payors, and willing to pay us, for treatment for this indication. That said, assuming a course of treatment per patient of 18 treatment sessions, and assuming an average price paid to us per treatment session of $50, we believe our total annual addressable market opportunity for smoking addiction in the United States is approximately between $3.9 and $4.1 billion. Our first commercial H1 Coil Deep TMS product received clearance from the FDA in 2013 for the treatment of MDD in adult patients who have failed to achieve satisfactory improvement from anti-depressant medication in the current episode. Our pivotal trial for MDD demonstrated statistically significant response and remission rates of 38.4% and 32.6%, respectively, in week five of Deep TMS treatment of 20 minutes per session, compared to 21.4% and 14.6%, respectively, after sham treatment. Our Deep TMS system for MDD is currently marketed to and installed at psychiatrists’ offices and other facilities principally in the United States and in certain other countries throughout the world. 68 Additionally, in April 2021, we received FDA clearance for a shorter 3-minute “Theta-Burst” protocol for our MDD treatment. In support of our successful application to the FDA for this protocol, we submitted safety and efficacy data from 146 subjects who had received either the standard Deep TMS protocol or Theta Burst Deep TMS. Clearance was obtained after it was demonstrated that subjects in both groups experienced a statistically and clinically meaningful reduction in depression scores, and the results met the equivalence criteria needed for clearance of the shorter treatment. We believe that certain patients and providers can benefit from these shorter treatment sessions and that this protocol has the potential to expand access to care by providing patients with added flexibility in selecting courses of treatment that may fit better with their lifestyle. In August 2021, the FDA cleared an expansion of our existing MDD clearance to include the noninvasive treatment of anxiety symptoms among subjects with MDD, commonly referred to as anxious depression. In support of our application for this labeling expansion, we demonstrated statistically significant results from three randomized controlled trials and open label studies which found favorable outcomes with Deep TMS when compared to sham or medication as a standard of care. The data from the three randomized controlled trials studies of Deep TMS demonstrated effect sizes ranging from 0.34 (when compared to sham) to 0.90 (when compared to medication). Furthermore, in August 2022, based on a randomized, double-blind, controlled multicenter, non-inferiority study of our H1 and H7 Coils, the Company's MDD clearance, which had previously applied to its H1 Coil, was extended to also apply to its H7 Coil. The Deep TMS H7 Coil had been previously cleared for use in treating obsessive-compulsive disorder since 2018, and with this new clearance it can be marketed for the treatment of MDD (including anxious depression). The FDA’s grant of clearance was based on its review of successful results from a randomized, double-blind, controlled multicenter trial completed by the Company. The study, which included 144 subjects, found overall efficacy rates for the H7 Coil that were comparable to those achieved with BrainsWay’s H1 Coil. With this clearance, there is no need to upgrade or add software to systems currently installed in the field. Furthermore, following receipt of this clearance, a publication of the study in The Journal of Clinical Investigation (JCI) Insight included a retrospective analysis of the study results which identify preliminary predictors that could help optimize treatment based on individual patients’ attributes. This analysis examined clinician rating scales and EEG data revealing intriguing differences between the patient treatment of the two coils. Categorizing patients according to “clusters” of clinical depressive and anxiety baseline symptoms derived from a subset of the Hamilton Depression Rating Scale (HDRS-21) resulted in two subject groups: One with higher severity of the cluster, which on average responded better to the H1 Coil, and another with lower severity of the cluster, which on average responded better to the H7 Coil. This analysis also showed that brain activity measured during the first treatment session correlated with the clinical outcomes ultimately achieved after the full course of treatment. This finding suggests that specific brain patterns observed in an individual’s response to either coil during the early stages of treatment might be predictive of the longer-term outcome of treatment with that coil. 69 We were the first medical device company to offer an FDA-authorized noninvasive treatment for OCD, the marketing authorization for which we received in August 2018 as an adjunct therapy for adult patients suffering from OCD. Our pivotal trial for OCD demonstrated statistically significant response and partial response rates of 38.1% and 54.8%, respectively, after six weeks of daily active Deep TMS treatment of 19 minutes per session, compared to 11.1% and 26.7%, respectively, after sham treatment. We remain the only company to have proven clinical efficacy for this indication based on a randomized, double- blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter trial, and our competitors that have since obtained FDA clearance for this indication have done so in part relying on our clinical data. We are the first and only TMS company to offer an FDA-cleared treatment for smoking addiction, which also represents the first FDA clearance for any TMS device in the addiction space. We received this clearance from the FDA in August 2020 for use of our Deep TMS system as an aid in short-term smoking cessation in adults. Our pivotal trial for smoking addiction demonstrated statistically significant results, with a 28.4% Continuous Quit Rate (CQR) – defined as abstinence from smoking for any 4-week period during the study – achieved among patients who completed the full course of therapy, compared with 11.7% of completers undergoing sham treatment. We believe that Deep TMS represents a platform technology with the potential to treat a variety of other psychiatric, neurological and addiction disorders. We are planning clinical trials in other areas, including neurological and/or addiction disorders. Our current customers are principally doctors, hospitals, and medical centers in the field of psychiatry. Treatment with Deep TMS is typically performed as an office-based procedure using our Deep TMS system, which consists of our proprietary H-Coil helmet, as well as several other components, including a stimulator, cooling system, positioning arm and an operator interface. A course of treatment for MDD typically requires 20 treatment sessions five times a week over a period of four weeks, and thereafter up to 24 additional maintenance-continuation sessions twice weekly over a period of up to 12 weeks. The standard Deep TMS treatment protocol for OCD requires 29 treatment sessions over six weeks. A course of treatment for smoking addiction typically requires 18 treatment sessions, comprised of treatment five times a week over a period of three weeks, followed by treatment once per week for an additional three weeks. Each standard MDD, OCD or smoking addiction session lasts 20 minutes, 19 minutes, and 18 minutes, respectively. For Deep TMS for MDD, the FDA also cleared a 3 minute “Theta Burst” treatment protocol. Patients may experience some discomfort during treatment and must use earplugs to reduce exposure to the loud sounds produced by the device. The treatment requires no anesthesia, hospitalization or sedation, and no systemic side effects are associated with the therapy. We estimate that over 90% of the total private insurer adult covered lives in the United States have coverage for reimbursement of MDD treatment with Deep TMS. In addition, our MDD treatment (including for reduction of anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression) with Deep TMS is eligible for reimbursement from Medicare. Deep TMS treatment for MDD reimbursement coverage is generally available after between one and four failed (inadequate response or intolerable) trials of anti-depressant medications. However, there is an increasing trend to reduce the number of prior failed medication treatments required to qualify for coverage and thus to place Deep TMS for MDD earlier within the continuum of care. We are actively engaged in efforts to work with payors to facilitate a continuation of this trend. 70 In 2021, for the first time, several payors issued policies and coverage determinations allowing for reimbursement coverage applicable to Deep TMS for OCD, with over 90 million covered lives in the U.S. eligible for coverage as of March 2023. Positive coverage decisions for Deep TMS for OCD have been issued by Centene Corporation (with 26 million covered lives), Health Care Service Corporation (HCSC) (with 17 million covered lives), TriCare (with 9.6 million covered lives), Cigna Corporation (with 17 million covered lives), Highmark (with 6.8 million covered lives), Premera (with 2.6 million covered lives) and LifeWise (with 2.2 million covered lives). Additionally, one of the seven Medicare Administrative Contractors (MACs) in the US, Palmetto GBA, has published its final Local Coverage Determination (LCD) in 2022 extending coverage applicable to Deep TMS treatment for OCD. While the criteria for Deep TMS for OCD coverage varies with each payor, generally, coverage requires the failure of between two and four medication trials before qualifying for reimbursement. We are actively engaged in efforts to facilitate increased coverage for OCD treatment by more payors, including both commercial and governmental. Reimbursement is not yet available for Deep TMS for smoking addiction; however, we are actively communicating our FDA clearance and evidence outcomes to payors for future coverage consideration as our evidence and commercialization efforts for that indication progress, based on the novelty of the technology, unmet clinical need, and the efficacy and safety profile of the treatment. In Israel, in June 2022, for the first time the Israeli Ministry of Health has approved coverage applicable to our Deep TMS system for the treatment of depression. The inclusion of the treatment within Israel’s health basket of essential medical services means that the country’s health funds must now make the treatment available to qualifying patients free of charge. Qualifying patients include adults over the age of 21 with depression who either have not responded to two prior antidepressants or are intolerant to other treatment alternatives. Coverage may be provided for up to 40 treatment sessions, which are to be administered in hospitals. Moreover, in Australia, in November 2021, for the first time, coverage applicable to Deep TMS for MDD was granted for adults over the age of 18. Coverage in Australia is available for 35 treatment sessions. The United States is our primary and most strategic market, representing approximately 75%,88%, and 88% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. We operate in the United States through our wholly owned subsidiary, BrainsWay USA Inc, as a direct marketing and sales channel, where we currently have existing sales, marketing, and support infrastructure. We generate revenue from various flexible pricing models that are designed to maximize market penetration. For the year ended December 31, 2022, we generated revenues in the United States of $20.3 million, a decrease of 22.2% as compared to $26.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. 71 On a consolidated basis, we generated revenue from leasing, one of our two categories of activity of $11.0 million, $13.5 million and $13.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Our revenue from sales, our other category of activity, of $16.2 million, $16.2 million and $8.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Our Deep TMS Platform Our proprietary Deep TMS technology is intended for noninvasive treatment of psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders. The system includes an H- Coil uniquely designed to transmit electric current flows at varying rates, creating an electromagnetic field that serves to depolarize cortical neurons and activate neural networks in certain areas of the brain in accordance with the operating frequency, with the effect of treating the disorder associated with that area of the brain. Our innovative technology is capable of stimulating deeper and broader regions of the brain than any other commercially available TMS product. We have developed a number of H-Coils with differing configurations, building upon our technology with important changes for each coil. For different regions of the brain which are known to be associated with specific brain disorders, we offer different H-Coils that are designed to influence the neurological networks of those regions. For example, we have two H-Coils, targeting different brain regions, that may be used for MDD (including anxious depression), one H-Coil used for OCD, and one H-Coil used for smoking addiction. Some of our H-Coils are also able to treat more than one indication. The H-Coils transmit pulses which are generated by a power supply, known as a stimulator. We developed our own proprietary stimulator that is more advanced than our previously used third-party stimulator and improves our approved Deep TMS systems through its user-friendly software interface and other features. We expanded our FDA clearances in MDD, OCD, and smoking addiction, which had previously applied to our older model systems with third-party stimulators, to also include current systems which incorporate our proprietary stimulator. In addition, we are currently developing a next generation multichannel stimulator allowing for simultaneous modulation of different areas of the brain with independent stimulation parameters. The multichannel device will include patented rotational field TMS, where two coils perpendicular to each other are connected to two channels and operated with a phase delay, thus inducing a rotating electric field in the brain. This enables stimulation of neurons in various orientations, in contrast to currently available TMS devices which stimulate only neurons parallel to the induced field. The next generation multichannel device will potentially enable more flexible and effective treatment of various brain disorders, which we believe would make our Deep TMS systems even more attractive to clinicians, researchers and patients. We believe such a system would be well-positioned for use in neurology indications. Our Deep TMS system is comprised of the various key components, as illustrated below. Each system can accommodate two helmets, and a third helmet can be incorporated using a separate auxiliary stand. 72 ● Helmet, including proprietary H-Coil ● Stimulator, which provides the power supply and source of the Deep TMS electromagnetic field ● Graphic User Interface (GUI) ● One or More Arm(s)/Positioning Device(s) ● Cooling System ● Movable Medical Cart We believe our Deep TMS platform has many advantages relative to other TMS systems. Our H-Coil is a flexible device encased in a helmet that fits securely around the patient’s head. This, together with the proprietary structure of our H-Coil, means that a much larger surface area of the head is in contact with the H-Coil than would be in contact with a figure 8-style coil. Furthermore, if the patient moves his or her head, the helmet—and thus the H-Coil— moves along with it, eliminating the need for features which prevent the patient from moving his or her head during therapy. In contrast, all other currently available TMS products, which we refer to as Traditional TMS, generally utilize a variation of a figure 8 coil that is placed adjacent to the scalp of the patient and needs to be specifically positioned and attached to the head in order to deliver focal stimulation of the desired area of the brain. Whereas some figure 8 coils are handheld by the operator, others are attached to an apparatus designed to minimize the ability of the patient to move the head away from the relevant portion of the coil during therapy, which would prevent the patient from achieving the required stimulation. These features either alert the operator in the event of a shift of the patient’s head away from the coil, or actually fasten the coil next to the patient’s head. In either case, only a small surface area on the patient’s head is likely to come into contact with the figure 8 coil. Traditional TMS is limited to stimulating relatively narrower and shallower areas of the brain, and the manual positioning of the figure 8 coil in Traditional TMS may cause inaccuracies in the region treated. Studies suggest that the figure 8 coil misses the target in a substantial number of patients. 73 A course of treatment for MDD typically requires 20 treatment sessions five times a week over a period of four weeks, and thereafter up to 24 additional maintenance- continuation sessions twice weekly over a period of up to 12 weeks. The standard Deep TMS treatment protocol for OCD requires 29 treatment sessions over six weeks. The clearance for this indication is categorized as an adjunct therapy, which means that it should be administered in conjunction with other first-line therapies and/or medications, as determined in the independent medical judgment of the treating healthcare professional on a case-by- case basis. A course of treatment for smoking addiction typically requires 18 treatment sessions, comprised of treatment five times a week over a period of three weeks, followed by treatment once per week for an additional three weeks. A standard MDD, OCD or smoking addiction session lasts 20, 19 and 18 minutes, respectively. For Deep TMS for MDD, the FDA also recently cleared a 3 minute “Theta Burst” treatment protocol. The protocols for OCD and smoking addiction also require a short provocation procedure (i.e., triggering of OCD or smoking symptoms, as relevant), to ensure that Deep TMS is calibrated to treat the particular needs of the patient, which is then followed by a Deep TMS session. The treatments are typically office-based procedures performed in private clinics, hospitals, universities, and other medical centers. As with Traditional TMS, Deep TMS is contraindicated for patients with metallic objects or implanted stimulator devices in or near the head, including cochlear implants, deep brain stimulators, other implanted electrodes or stimulators, aneurysm clips or coils, stents, bullet fragments, jewelry, and hair barrettes. During treatment, the patient must use earplugs to reduce exposure to the loud sounds produced by the device. We believe that Deep TMS has additional advantages over Traditional TMS because it is capable of stimulating deeper and broader areas of the brain. Studies have shown that while Traditional TMS devices create an electromagnetic field estimated to penetrate the cortical surface of the brain up to depths in the range of 0.7 centimeters to 1.0 centimeters, Deep TMS creates a magnetic field with a slower and more gradual deterioration that reaches depths of approximately 1.5 to 2 centimeters for BrainsWay’s H-Coils. Studies have also shown that BrainsWay’s H1 Coil has the capacity for total stimulated brain volume of 17 cm3 compared to 3 cm3 for the figure 8 coil used in Traditional TMS. We believe this deeper and broader penetration of Deep TMS provides an advantage over Traditional TMS because of its potential to address a wider variety of brain disorders, and for a given disorder, to stimulate more relevant brain structures. 74 The training for operation of a Deep TMS system is relatively simple and generally requires a day of training which includes classroom lectures as well as a number of hours of practice providing treatment. The OCD and smoking training protocols, respectively, also include tailored provocation procedures tailored to provoke the specific obsessions, compulsions, or addictions, as relevant, of the subject. Competitive Strengths ● Deep TMS technology has advantages over Traditional TMS We believe that Deep TMS, with our proprietary H-Coil design, allows for deeper and broader penetration of regions of the brain compared to Traditional TMS, permitting Deep TMS to address a wider variety of psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders. We believe that this deeper and broader penetration provides us with the opportunity to address more indications with potentially greater clinical efficiency because Deep TMS stimulates a larger portion of the brain and is less sensitive to coil orientation and position during treatment. In addition, Deep TMS is administered at stimulation levels that we believe are as safe and tolerable as Traditional TMS. ● We have obtained FDA marketing authorizations of Deep TMS for MDD (including anxious depression), OCD, and smoking addiction We are the only manufacturer of a TMS device to have been cleared by the FDA for three indications based on clinically proven efficacy which was demonstrated in pivotal studies conducted on the device: MDD, for which our H1 Coil device was cleared by the FDA in 2013, (and which clearance was expanded in August 2021 to include reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, or anxious depression) and for which our H7 Coil received 510(k) clearance from the FDA in August 2022; OCD, for which our device was classified by FDA as a Class II device in a de novo classification in August 2018; and smoking addiction, for which our device was cleared for short term treatment in August 2020. For MDD (including anxious depression), we are one of only two TMS companies that have performed clinical studies supporting an FDA clearance. For OCD, we are the only company to have received such clearance based on clinical data from a pivotal study on the device. We remain the only company to have proven clinical efficacy for OCD based on a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter trial, while other competitors that have since obtained FDA clearance for this indication, have done so in part relying on our clinical data. For smoking addiction, and indeed addictions generally, we are the first and only TMS company to have received FDA clearance. ● Our clinical data supports the efficacy and safety of Deep TMS We believe that our clinical data supports the efficacy and safety of Deep TMS, which could accelerate its market acceptance by clinicians. Our pivotal trial for MDD demonstrated statistically significant response and remission rates of 38.4% and 32.6%, respectively, in week five of Deep TMS treatment of 20 minutes per session, compared to 21.4% and 14.6%, respectively, after sham treatment. Our pivotal trial for OCD demonstrated statistically significant response and partial response rates of 38.1% and 54.8%, respectively, after six weeks of daily active Deep TMS treatment of 19 minutes per session, compared to 11.1% and 26.7%, respectively, after sham treatment. Post-marketing data on Deep TMS for OCD published in 2021 found that 58.4% of those who completed 29 sessions achieved response, and 73% of patients, including those who did and did not complete the full course of therapy, demonstrated response at least once prior to the conclusion of treatment. Our pivotal trial for smoking addiction demonstrated a statistically significant difference in reaching the Continuous Quit Rate (CQR), defined as 4 weeks of continuous abstinence from smoking at any point during the study. Among the 168 participants in the study who completed three weeks of Deep TMS or sham treatment, plus the mandatory additional three weeks of follow-up (reaching the six-week endpoint), the CQR was 28.4% in the treatment group, compared to 11.7% in the sham group (p=0.007). Overall, Deep TMS treatment was safe and well-tolerated by patients in these trials. 75 With respect to our MDD labeling expansion which now includes anxious depression, data from 573 patients who had undergone Deep TMS treatment in 11 studies, including both randomized controlled trials (RCT) and open-label studies, which was submitted by us in support of our application to the FDA, demonstrated a treatment effect that was consistent, robust, and clinically meaningful for decreasing anxiety symptoms in adult patients suffering from major depressive disorder. An analysis of our data found favorable outcomes with Deep TMS when compared to sham or medication as standard of care. For example, using the Cohen’s d statistical method, data from the 3 randomized studies of Deep TMS demonstrated effect sizes ranging from 0.34 (when compared to sham) to 0.90 (when compared to medication). As a reference, published articles from approximately 16,000 subjects in over 70 studies of drug- based anxiety treatments – including studies of standard-of-care medications frequently prescribed for patients suffering from anxious depression and general anxiety disorder – report effect sizes ranging from 0.2 – 0.37. ● We have a commercial track record for MDD and OCD ● We have an established commercial footprint in the United States for Deep TMS for MDD, including our own sales, marketing, and support employees. We estimate that over 90% of total private insurer covered lives in the United States have coverage for reimbursement of MDD treatment with Deep TMS. In addition, our MDD treatment with Deep TMS is eligible for reimbursement from all Medicare Administrative Contractors (MACs), and our OCD treatment is currently covered by one of the seven MACs. We are also currently selling Deep TMS for MDD in Canada, Europe, Asia, India, Israel, the United Arab Emirates, Australia, and certain other countries. We received reimbursement coverage applicable to Deep TMS in Australia in November 2021 and in Israel in June 2022. We are also increasing our commercialization efforts for Deep TMS for OCD. Our installed base of Deep TMS systems for MDD facilitates faster expansion into OCD because clinicians who already have a Deep TMS system only need to lease or purchase an add-on arm and helmet to the existing system. In 2021, for the first time, several payors issued policies and coverage determinations allowing for reimbursement coverage applicable to Deep TMS for OCD, with over 90 million covered lives in the U.S. eligible for coverage as of March 2023. Positive coverage decisions for Deep TMS for OCD have been issued by Centene Corporation (with 26 million covered lives), Health Care Service Corporation (HCSC) (with 17 million covered lives), TriCare (with 9.6 million covered lives), Cigna Corporation (with 17 million covered lives), Highmark (with 6.8 million covered lives), Premera (with 2.6 million covered lives) and LifeWise (with 2.2 million covered lives). Additionally, one of the seven Medicare Administrative Contractors (MACs) in the US, Palmetto GBA, published a final Local Coverage Determination (LCD) in 2022 extending coverage applicable to Deep TMS for OCD. While the criteria for this emerging Deep TMS for OCD coverage varies with each payor, generally, coverage requires the failure of between two and four medication trials before qualifying for reimbursement. We are actively engaged in efforts to facilitate increased coverage for OCD treatment by more payors, including both commercial and governmental. After the receipt of FDA clearance for our Deep TMS product for smoking addiction, we initiated a clinical data collection effort to facilitate a long term commercial plan for this product. 76 ● Our flexible pricing models are designed to achieve market penetration We market our products utilizing two basic pricing models: (i) a fixed-fee lease model enabling unlimited use; and (ii) a sales or purchase model. We also offer and/or are considering offering a pay per use model to certain customers in certain territories. Warranty and support are either included (in varying degrees and for varying periods) or may be purchased as part of all pricing models. Additional potential revenues may be derived from extended warranty fees paid for the system for service coverage beyond the standard included warranty period, and from variable or usage fees based on the number of treatments performed with the system. We are also able to leverage our platform technology, which includes the ability to treat multiple indications using different H-coil helmets, to facilitate transactions utilizing combined pricing models often involving a single system with one or more add-on helmets. We believe that our different pricing models offer flexibility and allow for increased market acceptance among clinics and psychiatric professionals. Based on our commercial data, and depending on insurer reimbursement rates, we believe our psychiatrist customers for MDD systems can generate up to approximately $10,000 of gross revenues per patient, and in some cases more, for a course of treatment using our system. While OCD coverage is still emerging, we believe that our customers can generate up to approximately $8,800 of gross revenues per OCD patient. ● Deep TMS has potential application to a range of psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders Our clinical studies, including various feasibility studies, suggest that our Deep TMS system has the potential to serve as a platform technology that can address a potentially wide variety of other psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders by using the appropriate H-Coil structure for different targeted brain regions. We are the first and only TMS company to obtain from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) three cleared indications backed by pivotal studies demonstrating clinically proven efficacy. Current indications include MDD (including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression), obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), and smoking addiction. Moreover, in August 2021, we received 510(k) clearance from the FDA expanding our MDD indication to also include treatment of depressed patients for the reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms (commonly referred to as anxious depression). In 2021 we also received a clearance for a shortened three-minute depression protocol and a labeling expansion for anxious depression through subsequent 510(k) clearances. In 2022, the FDA extended the clearance of our H7 Coil to include the treatment of MDD (including anxious depression). Our shortened three-minute depression protocol, however, continues only to apply for our H1 Coil. 77 Beyond our existing indications, we are also considering further clinical trials in other neurological and/or addiction areas. Our Strategy We are currently focused on expanding the commercialization of Deep TMS with respect to MDD, OCD and smoking addiction. In September 2021, we received a 510(k) clearance from the FDA for expansion of our Deep TMS MDD treatment also to include treatment for reduction of anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression. In August 2022, we received FDA-clearance for treating anxious depression with our H7 Coil, which had been previously cleared for treating OCD. In addition, we are actively engaged in research for other potential applications for Deep TMS for patients suffering from neurological conditions and addictions. For each potential indication, we assess and evaluate our technology’s efficacy, safety, patent status, market potential, and development and regulatory pathways. Our systematic approach to evaluating and developing applications for Deep TMS allows us to continually build upon our clinical pipeline, and advance those applications with the greatest clinical effect and revenue potential. We also plan to advance other technological innovations in the neuromodulation space for the improvement of our products. For example, we are currently developing a multichannel stimulator allowing for simultaneous modulation of different areas of the brain (including patented rotational field technology enabling stimulation of neurons in various orientations), as well as pursuing personalized treatment solutions allowing for providers to customize ideal treatment approaches for each patient. Specific elements of our strategy include the following: ● Increase the full-scale commercialization of Deep TMS for MDD, OCD and smoking addiction We are continuing to scale up our commercialization of Deep TMS for MDD as we seek to further penetrate the MDD market, including since September 2021 FDA- cleared treatment to anxious depression and the August 2022 cleared H7 Coil for such treatment. We continue to focus our principal commercial activity on the U.S. market in light of the market size and wide range of insurance coverage. In addition, we continue our full-scale commercialization of Deep TMS for OCD, which is first noninvasive medical device FDA-authorized for the treatment of OCD, with reimbursement coverage for this indication obtained during 2021 and 2022 from payors covering over 90 million covered lives in the United States, including by a Medicare Administrative Contractor (MAC) which recently issued a final Local Coverage Determination (LCD) approving coverage applicable to our Deep TMS for OCD. After the receipt of FDA clearance for our products for smoking addiction, the Company initiated a clinical data collection effort to facilitate and support the long term viability of the commercial plan for this product. 78 ● Pursue additional indications and technological innovations for Deep TMS We are considering expanding the application to other areas as well including - neurological and/or addiction disorders. We intend to progress these plans ourselves and through our relationships with third-party researchers and clinical institutions in conducting clinical trials for additional psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders. With this approach, we address psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders that we believe present some of the most promising market opportunities for Deep TMS. ● Expand reimbursement coverage for Deep TMS for OCD, smoking addiction and other approved indications in the future A key prerequisite to the successful market acceptance of Deep TMS is securing sufficient insurance/third-party payor coverage. The scope and level of coverage are also key factors in our ability to penetrate the market and to expand further use of our Deep TMS system by healthcare providers and facilities for the benefit of the larger patient population. Our MDD treatment with Deep TMS is widely eligible for reimbursement, including from Medicare, subject to the satisfaction of certain clinical criteria. We aim to achieve similar levels of reimbursement for Deep TMS for OCD. We also aim to secure coverage in various jurisdictions outside of the United States, for example in 2021 and in 2022, favorable coverage decisions applicable to TMS for MDD were issued in Australia and Israel, respectively. The Company has also begun efforts to obtain reimbursement for smoking addiction, which we believe will be a key factor in the long term success of this indication. ● Develop innovative enhancements and features for our Deep TMS systems. We continue to develop innovative enhancements and features for our Deep TMS systems to expand the applicability of Deep TMS to additional indications and improve the capabilities of the systems for approved indications. For example, in December 2021 we displayed a future version of the platform that will serve as the basis for our next generation Deep TMS system, which incorporated a novel multichannel stimulator designed to target multiple brain regions simultaneously with independent stimulation parameters, thus enabling more flexible and effective treatment of various brain disorders. These developments include the novel technology of rotational field TMS which involves the operation of two orthogonal coils to induce a rotating field in the brain. This method can stimulate neurons in various orientations, and we believe may potentially increase the efficacy of our technology in various applications. We further believe these enhancements hold the potential to make Deep TMS even more efficient for clinicians, researchers, and patients, and may serve to better position its use in neurology. 79 ● Increase our international commercial footprint We are working to expand our existing commercial footprint in Europe, Asia, Latin America, Australia, and Israel, and pursue commercialization in additional markets. We currently have exclusive distribution agreements in various territories, including, notably, Japan, South Korea, Taiwan, Thailand, the Philippines, and the United Arab Emirates. In Israel, we directly distribute to our customers. We obtained regulatory approval with the Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency (PMDA) in Japan, which is a precondition to receiving reimbursement coverage under the Japanese National Health Insurance Plan. We are working through our Japanese distributor with the relevant bodies in Japan to update the local society guidelines to include Deep TMS in order to obtain such coverage. Deep TMS for MDD Disease Overview MDD is a common and debilitating mental disorder characterized by physiological symptoms, such as sleep disturbance and changes in appetite, emotional symptoms, such as sadness, despair, emptiness, self-hate and critique, and cognitive symptoms, such as difficulty concentrating, memory dysfunction, suicidal thinking, and faulty judgment of reality. MDD is expressed differently, and in different intensities, among patients, and significantly impacts the functioning in all aspects of life. Patients are often not diagnosed due to low levels of awareness of the disease and its symptoms by the patient and the family doctor involved, or due to prejudice related to psychotherapy. In order to be diagnosed with MDD, a patient must display symptoms that are present most of the day, nearly every day, for at least two weeks. A diagnosis of MDD is established by clinical interview, and an assessment of whether a patient reports a collection of the relevant symptoms. MDD is a recurrent disease and follows a fluctuating course over an individual’s lifetime, with periods of remission and relapse. If an initial episode of MDD is resolved, the return of depressive symptoms during the first nine months thereafter is referred to as a relapse of the illness and is generally considered to be part of the same depressive episode. When depressive symptoms return more than 12 months after the initial episode of MDD is resolved, it is considered to be a recurrence of the illness and is deemed a new and distinct episode. A response to treatment is commonly measured as a clinically significant decrease in symptoms on a standardized rating scale from baseline scores. When a patient shows no or nearly no symptoms, the patient is referred to as being in remission. Experiencing one episode of MDD places an individual at an estimated 50% risk of experiencing an additional episode of MDD. Approximately 80% of those individuals who have experienced two episodes of MDD will experience an additional episode. 80 In people with MDD, the complex system of neuronal communication does not function properly. One of the most important discoveries in neuroscience has been the recognition that improper regulation of one or more of the three major neurotransmitters, serotonin, norepinephrine, and dopamine, plays a key role in a patient’s depression. This understanding has guided psychiatric drug development and the treatment of depression for more than three decades by placing a major focus on targeting chemically- based mechanisms. The relatively recent introduction of TMS as a targeted, circuit-based treatment option has reintroduced the importance of electrical mechanisms in restoring proper function to neuronal pathways to treat depression. Market Information According to the WHO, an estimated 280 million people worldwide including 21.0 million individuals in the United States develop a major depressive episode within a given year. We estimate that there are 69 million depression patients in India, 71 million in China, 37 million in Europe, and 6 million in Japan. MDD is one of the most prevalent mental illnesses across all demographics. According to the Clinical Psychology Review, MDD follows a chronic course of repeated bouts of remission and recurrence in about 50% of people affected. The chronic nature of MDD makes it the leading cause of years lost to disability in the world, and MDD patients are more likely to commit suicide. According to the American Journal of Psychiatry, roughly 2% of MDD patients treated as outpatients, and 4% of those hospitalized because of their condition, commit suicide. In addition, studies suggest that some patients exhibit a higher mortality rate even after controlling for suicide. Due to the prevalence and severity of MDD, the treatment of the disorder is a pressing concern for mental health professionals. We focus on the population segment for whom conventional treatment (medicinal and/or psychotherapy) of MDD has not provided the required clinical response, as patients who are treatment-resistant and are entitled to reimbursement for Deep TMS treatment. It is customary to assess that approximately half of the sufferers from the illness do not respond to the first medicinal treatment, and that one-third do not find conventional solutions to their suffering at all. In addition, even among patients who receive medicinal treatment that is found effective, many suffer from severe side effects that cause them to abandon the treatment and be left with their depressive condition. We aim to meet the enormous need of these groups of treatment-resistant patients and provide effective, non-medicinal treatment which is not accompanied by the systemic side effects of the medication on the one hand and the electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) treatments on the other hand (such as damage to memory). Treatment Options for MDD Treatment for patients diagnosed with MDD varies by disease severity. For patients with mild to moderate depression, first line treatment is usually psychotherapy (the treatment of mental disorders by psychological means), especially if the patient is able to identify particular stressors or sources of depressive symptoms. For some of these patients, pharmacotherapy (anti-depressant medication) may be used to supplement psychotherapy. For patients with moderate depression, pharmacotherapy with or without psychotherapy is the recommended initial treatment. TMS is a second line therapy for the treatment of a patient who has failed to achieve satisfactory improvement from prior pharmacotherapy. For patients with severe depression and later stage treatment, somatic treatments such as ECT may be an option. 81 The central group of anti-depressant medicines is the selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRI) and selective serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake (SNR). A significant systematic review of the existing evidence linking serotonin levels to depression was published in Nature in July of 2022. The review concluded that "[t]he main areas of serotonin research provide no consistent evidence of there being an association between serotonin and depression, and no support for the hypothesis that depression is caused by lowered serotonin activity or concentrations." The review, however, did not refute the body of evidence showing that randomized clinical trials (RCTs) comparing SSRIs to placebo have consistently demonstrated statistical significance in reducing depression. As such, there has not been an appreciable change in prescribing patterns. Thus, SSRIs are effective for some patients in treating depression, but there is a gap in understanding as to why. Drug side effects play a decisive role in treatment selection and modification, as each class of drugs is associated with a host of side effects, some more severe or more common than others. The most common side effects include gastrointestinal symptoms, sedation, insomnia, weight changes, sexual dysfunction, nervousness, sleep disruption, nausea, headaches, and cardiovascular or neurological effects. Side effects may also cause patients not to adhere to the treatment or to abandon it. On initiation of anti-depressant pharmacotherapy, close monitoring for response to treatment and development of side effects is essential. Recently, in August 2022, the FDA has approved AUVELITY (dextromethorphan HBr -bupropion HCl) extended-release tablets for the treatment of major depressive disorder (MDD) in adults. AUVELITY is the first and only oral N-methyl D-aspartate (NMDA) receptor antagonist approved for the treatment of MDD. The limitations of anti-depressant medications in MDD treatment were demonstrated in the STAR*D study, a large clinical trial funded by the NIMH that enrolled more than 4,000 adult MDD patients at 41 clinical sites to examine the outcomes to a sequenced series of anti-depressant medication attempts that mimicked best practices. In the study, only 36.8% and 30.6% of patients achieved remission in their first and second medication attempts, respectively. In addition, 30-40% of MDD patients did not experience a meaningful response to anti-depressant medication. An analysis conducted in 2020 which was based on the STAR*D study further reinforced the limitations of anti-depressant medications in MDD treatment, finding that only 21% of patients achieve remission with medication and that 58% achieved no meaningful benefit with a second step switch to a monoaminergic antidepressant. This means that there is still a significant number of patients who could benefit from an alternative treatment such as Deep TMS. Side effects are one of the most commonly cited reasons for patients terminating the use of anti-depressants. The most troubling side effects resulting from long-term antidepressant use are insomnia, weight gain, gastrointestinal issues, and sexual dysfunction. In addition, correlation was discovered between consumption of SSRI medications and actualization of suicidal thoughts in youth, and some SSRI group medicines require strict diets and medical supervision. The most common side effects of the recently approved NMDA treatment include dizziness, headache, diarrhea, somnolence, dry mouth, sexual dysfunction, and hyperhidrosis. 82 TMS has been used as an antidepressant therapy since 2008. Currently, TMS for MDD is generally recommended for treatment-resistant MDD patients. Until recently payors typically required that patients fail multiple antidepressant medications prior to receiving TMS; however, there has been a trend which continued over the past year to reduce the number of required failures to one or two medication failures before qualifying for TMS. Based on research showing that TMS is effective in treating depressive symptoms in patients earlier within the continuum of care, many payors have now reduced the number of prior failed medication trials needed to qualify for Deep TMS for MDD. Specifically, about 90 million covered lives in the US with commercial coverage now qualify for Deep TMS for MDD after two to three failed medication trials, and approximately 42 million lives in the US with Medicare reimbursement coverage qualify after just one to two failed medication trials. For many patients, the side effects associated with pharmacological treatments for depression are a primary reason underlying low compliance and, subsequently, low efficacy of treatment. For TMS, however, no significant side effects have been observed, other than mild headaches for a short period of up to a few hours after the treatment, and rare instances of short seizures. The few side effects associated with TMS treatment is considered one of its main advantages. The most common side effect of Deep TMS treatment is short-lasting mild pain or discomfort around the site of coil application. This side effect usually only lasts during the first week of treatment. Other adverse reaction reactions such as jaw and face pain, muscle pain, spasm or twitching, and neck pain were reported as mild or moderate and were also resolved shortly after treatment, as well as seizures in certain patients. The less severe side effects associated with Deep TMS make it an attractive option for patients. Alternatives to pharmacological and TMS-based treatments include ECT, vagal nerve stimulation (VNS), and deep brain stimulation (DBS). ECT, the main psychotherapy alternative to TMS, is a therapy in which patients are administered brief electric currents through the brain. ECT is a noninvasive treatment carried out by a doctor under full anesthesia and muscle relaxant medicines, and patients often undergo partial hospitalization with recovery time lasting from hours to even days. While fewer treatment sessions are required (6-12 sessions) compared to TMS (20-30 sessions), each session lasts approximately an hour compared to the Deep TMS sessions that are typically about 20 minutes each. While ECT has high proven efficacy (70-75%) for patients with MDD, ECT’s potential for serious side effects, as well as negative stereotypes surrounding the treatment, often cause patients to be reluctant to undergo ECT. ECT affects the entire brain, including parts which do not need treatment, and may cause permanent cognitive damage, including memory loss. ECT may have significant and relatively severe side effects, the most common of which are cognitive and memory loss, changes in blood pressure, muscle pains, nausea, changes in mood, headaches, and pain or discomfort. ECT is currently approved for treatment-resistant depression, severe mania, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, aggression or agitation in patients with dementia, and catatonia. It is provided usually in cases of severe MDD, where medicinal treatment is ineffective or impossible and in instances where the depression constitutes a risk to the life of the patient. VNS and DBS are invasive therapies that can have serious side effects. Both involve implanted devices, which require surgery. In DBS, two electrodes are surgically implanted in the brain and a pulse generator is implanted into the patient’s chest. The electrodes produce electrical impulses that can regulate the electrical activity of the brain. In VNS, a pulse generator is implanted on the upper left side of the chest to stimulate the vagus nerve. VNS and DBS include surgical related risks, such as infection or local damage to the recurrent laryngeal nerve, which may lead to permanent voice alteration. 83 Prescription Digital Therapeutics, or PDTs, are a new therapeutic class of products designed to directly treat diseases with software. Certain PDTs are prescribed by healthcare providers after evaluation by the FDA for safety and efficacy testing via randomized clinical trials. Digital therapeutic companies, such as Pear Therapeutics, Inc., offer and/or are exploring products across a variety of therapeutic areas including substance abuse, insomnia, and depression. These products can also include cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) techniques designed to improve disease outcomes. Deep TMS for MDD—Our Clinical Trials Phase III Trial Measuring Efficacy and Safety of Deep TMS We completed a Phase III trial at 20 different sites in the United States, Canada, Israel, and Germany to test the efficacy and safety of using Deep TMS to treat MDD between 2009 and 2013. The therapeutic effect was clinically meaningful in both patients who failed one to two medications and patients who failed three or more medications, indicating that Deep TMS is effective in an even more treatment-resistant population. Based on these results, we filed a 510(k) application to the FDA for Deep TMS using BrainsWay’s H1 Coil. In 2013, the FDA cleared Deep TMS for the treatment of MDD in adult patients who have failed to achieve satisfactory improvement from previous anti-depressant medication treatment in the current episode. (a)Trial Design This randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter trial investigated the efficacy and safety of Deep TMS in 212 treatment-resistant adult MDD patients. Enrolled subjects were randomized in a 1:1 ratio to undergo either monotherapy with active Deep TMS or with a sham. For active Deep TMS treatment, BrainsWay’s H-Coils was used at 120% stimulation intensity and a frequency of 18 Hz. The trial was designed with three phases. The first phase was a wash-out phase in which patients slowly stopped any anti-depressants, mood stabilizers, or antipsychotics that they were previously taking. This phase lasted one to two weeks. The second phase was a four-week acute treatment phase in which patients received daily treatment with Deep TMS or a sham. The treatments were administered in a five-day sequence each week during the second phase. Measurements in respect of this phase were taken in week five. The final phase was a 12-week maintenance-continuation phase in which patients received two treatments per week of Deep TMS or a sham. Measurements in respect of the final phase were taken in week 16. The primary efficacy endpoint was a change in the 21-question Hamilton Depression Rating Scale (HDRS) at week five (following the end of the acute treatment phase). The secondary efficacy endpoints were response and remission rates at week five. Response was defined as a reduction of at least 50% from baseline HDRS score. Remission was defined as a total HDRS score of less than 10. Tertiary efficacy endpoints included a change in HDRS score from baseline to week 16 and the response and remission rates at week 16. Safety was assessed at every treatment and additional safety evaluations included auditory threshold tests and cognitive evaluations. 84 Inclusion and exclusion criteria required patients to meet the following criteria: ● Antidepressant medication-free (following washout period) ● Failure to respond to one to four antidepressant trials or not tolerant of at least two antidepressant treatments in the current episode ● Diagnosed with MDD with a single or recurrent episode ● Duration of current episode must be at least one month but less than seven years ● Score of at least four on the Clinical Global Impression Severity of Illness (CGI-S) ● Score of at least 20 on the HDRS ● No current (or within past year) diagnosis of other Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-IV) Axis I disorders (e.g., PTSD, OCD, other mood disorders, eating disorders, psychotic disorders, or dissociative disorders) ● No history or increased risk of seizures During analysis, the study results were analyzed in two separate groups: the intention-to-treat (ITT) and per-protocol (PP) analysis sets. The ITT group included all subjects who met the eligibility criteria and received at least one Deep TMS treatment. Some of these patients, however, were not administered the treatment at the specified stimulation intensity of 120%. The PP patients included all subjects from the ITT group who received the protocol-specified treatment and stimulation intensity. Baseline demographic, clinical and safety assessments were performed on the ITT analysis set. Primary efficacy analysis was performed only on the PP group. 85 (b) Trial Results The primary efficacy endpoint was a change in the HDRS total score from baseline through week five. The change was measured as the slope of a graph of time point versus HDRS score. The estimated slope for the Deep TMS treatment group was −6.39 while the estimated slope for the sham treatment group was −3.28. The difference between groups was statistically significant (p = 0.008) for the PP group. The secondary efficacy endpoints were response and remission rates through week five. As shown in Figure 1, response rates were 38.4% at week five for the Deep TMS group and 21.4% at the same time point for the sham group. Remission rates were 32.6% for the Deep TMS group and 14.6% for the sham group. The difference between groups was statistically significant for both response and remission rates (p = 0.0138 and p = 0.0051, respectively). The tertiary efficacy endpoints were changes in HDRS scores, response, and remission rates at week 16 compared to baseline (see Figure 1 below). The difference in slope between Deep TMS and sham groups was 2.47, which was statistically significant (p = 0.0259). Additionally, the response rates at week 16 were 44.3% for the Deep TMS group and 25.6% for the sham group, which demonstrated a statistically significant difference between the groups (p = 0.0086). Remission rates at week 16 were 31.8% for the Deep TMS group and 22.2% for the sham group, which was a nonsignificant difference between groups (p = 0.1492). 86 Figure 1. Response and Remission Rates for Deep TMS and Sham Groups at Week 5 and Week 16 For the group of patients who failed one to two medications, remission rates were 36.6% in the Deep TMS group and 16.7% in the sham group. This was a statistically significant difference (p = 0.032). For the group of patients who failed three or more medications, remission rates were 28.9% for the Deep TMS group and 12.2% for the sham group. This difference was just outside of significance (p = 0.057). The data suggest that Deep TMS treatment can achieve high rates of remission even in patients who have been more resistant to medications. Source: Levkovitz et al., 2015 87 Figure 2. HDRS Score Change (Slope) and Remission Rates for Deep TMS and Sham Groups in Subpopulations of Patients Who Failed 1 to 2 Medications versus Patients Who Failed 3+ Medications I Safety Results Source: Levkovitz et al., 2015 Overall, Deep TMS treatment was safe and well-tolerated by patients. The most common reported side effects within the Deep TMS group are as follows: 26.7% of patients experienced headaches, 5.0% experienced application site pain, and 3.0% experienced application site discomfort. The most common reported side effects within the sham group are as follows: 18.9% of patients experienced headaches, 3.6% experienced insomnia, and 2.7% of patients experienced back pain. One subject experienced a seizure, following excessive consumption of alcohol on the night before treatment that was not reported to the treating physician or operator at the time of treatment. This was considered device-related, albeit with the caveat that withdrawal from alcohol may have led to a reduction of seizure threshold and consequently to this seizure during Deep TMS. Longer-Term Remission and Response As demonstrated by our pivotal multicenter study for MDD (as described above), and in another third-party study (Harel et al. (2014)), MDD patients who achieved remission or response after an acute course of Deep TMS treatment of 20 sessions over four weeks were able to sustain the therapeutic effect by continuing to undergo Deep TMS treatment beyond the treatment course. Additionally, our trial and the Harel study showed that among MDD patients who did not achieve a response after an acute course of Deep TMS treatment, the longer such patients continued to undergo Deep TMS therapy, the more likely they were to achieve remission or response. This result was also demonstrated in another study examining the results of our multicenter trial (Yip et al. (2017)), which found that 72.7% of the patients who did not achieve response after an acute course of treatment achieved a response within the next 12 weeks (which involved twice weekly Deep TMS treatment), of which 60.6% achieved response within the first four weeks. These studies suggest that Deep TMS may continue to be effective beyond the standard acute treatment course, potentially broadening its clinical applicability. 88 Use of H7 Coil for treatment of MDD Our randomized, double-blind, controlled multicenter, non-inferiority study of our H1 and H7 Coils trial, which included 144 subjects, found overall efficacy rates for the H7 Coil which were comparable to those achieved with our H1 Coil. Based on this trial, the Company's MDD clearance, which had previously applied to its H1 Coil, was extended by the FDA to also apply to its H7 Coil, which until this clearance were used only for treatment of OCD. Furthermore, following receipt of this clearance, a publication of the study in The Journal of Clinical Investigation (JCI) Insight included a retrospective analysis of the study results which identify preliminary predictors that could help optimize treatment based on individual patients’ attributes. This analysis examined clinician rating scales and EEG data revealing intriguing differences between the patient treatment of the two coils. Categorizing patients according to “clusters” of clinical depressive and anxiety baseline symptoms derived from a subset of the Hamilton Depression Rating Scale (HDRS-21) resulted in two subject groups: One with higher severity of the cluster, which on average responded better to the H1 Coil, and another with lower severity of the cluster, which on average responded better to the H7 Coil. This analysis also showed that brain activity measured during the first treatment session correlated with the clinical outcomes ultimately achieved after the full course of treatment. This finding suggests that specific brain patterns observed in an individual’s response to either coil during the early stages of treatment might be predictive of the longer-term outcome of treatment with that coil. Deep TMS for OCD Disease Overview OCD is a common, chronic, and long-lasting disorder in which a person has uncontrollable, reoccurring thoughts (obsessions) and behaviors (compulsions) that he or she feels the urge to repeat over and over in a manner that can interfere with all aspects of life, such as work, school, and personal relationships. Individuals with OCD exhibit obsessions, compulsions, or both. Obsessions are reoccurring ideas, thoughts, or impulses that cause anxiety that individuals experience excessively and without cause. Compulsions are defined as repetitive behaviors or thoughts that are performed on a strict schedule and appear to have a purpose to the patient exhibiting the behavior or thought. Even if an individual is aware that the thoughts are inappropriate or irrelevant, he or she still might not be able to suppress the thought or the corresponding action. Obsessions tend to be related to contamination, cleanliness, or orderliness, and so compulsions frequently involve cleaning, washing, counting, arranging things in a particular way, or repeatedly checking on things. These symptoms can interfere with all aspects of life, such as work, school, and personal relationships. While a wide spectrum of individuals may exhibit OCD-like symptoms, in order to be diagnosed with OCD, he or she must exhibit symptoms that cause severe distress or disrupt a person’s functioning for more than one hour per day. 89 OCD can severely disrupt an individual’s daily functioning, and many individuals suffering from OCD have a lower quality of life and significantly more mental distress compared to unaffected individuals. A survey of OCD patients found that 73% of patients have weakened family relationships, 62% have weakened friendships, and 40% are chronically underemployed or unemployed. Patients with both OCD and MDD, a frequent combination of disorders, experience the most severely impacted quality-of-life. Additionally, individuals with OCD may feel embarrassment or shame regarding their obsessions and compulsions, contributing to the low treatment-seeking rate of approximately 36%. Market Information Despite variances in estimates of the incidence of the disorder, we believe that a majority of research reports that 2% of the global population suffer from OCD sometime during their lifetime. According to the National Institute of Mental Health,approximately 1.2% of the adult population in the United States suffers from OCD over their lifetime. Based on these data, we estimate that approximately 3.1 million adults in the United States suffer from OCD annually, and approximately half (i.e., 1.5 million) are treatment resistant. Of the total OCD population, 50.6% of cases are characterized as having severe impairment. Another 34.8% of adults with OCD had moderate impairment, and 14.6% had mild impairment. The average age of onset is 19 years old. There is a significant overlap of patients experiencing MDD and those experiencing OCD. Researchers found that MDD was 10 times more prevalent in OCD patients compared to the general population. Additionally, roughly 30% of OCD patients have concurrent OCD and MDD at the time of evaluation, and 60 to 80% of OCD patients experience a depressive episode over the course of their lifetime. Frequently, depressive symptoms follow OCD, which suggests that the depressive symptoms occur as a response to the distress caused by OCD. Treatment Options for OCD OCD is generally considered to be one of the most difficult psychiatric diseases to treat. The wide variability in the expression of the disease and the frequent co-morbidity (simultaneous presence) with MDD and other anxiety disorders has complicated the development of an effective, targeted treatment for OCD. The accepted treatment for OCD is medicinal treatment, psychotherapy or a combination of both. However, up to 40% of patients do not respond to these treatments sufficiently. While 60-70% of patients respond or partially respond to treatment with antidepressant medications such as SRIs or SSRIs, there is a high relapse rate of approximately 60% when medications are stopped. The high relapse rate suggests that pharmacological treatments should be continued over an extended period of time in order to have continued effect. In addition, when testing a new pharmacological treatment on a patient, it takes 10 to 12 weeks to determine if the medication is bringing about clinically significant improvements in symptoms. Over half of patients experience a 25% to 35% decrease in symptoms within 10 to 12 weeks, but symptoms rarely disappear entirely. In addition, 40-60% of OCD patients do not experience a meaningful response to pharmacological treatment. 90 Deterrents to treatment include the often-severe side effects of medications. Tricyclic antidepressant medication, generally considered to be an effective first- line OCD treatment, is known for its particularly strong side effect profile. The medication can cause heightened risk of seizures, weight gain, sleepiness, tremor, dry mouth, nausea, constipation, visual changes, sweating, and sexual dysfunction. All other OCD medications may cause similar side effects, which make it challenging for patients to retain a high quality of life while also working toward disease remission. Upon initiation of pharmacological treatment for OCD, it is critical to closely monitor for development of any adverse effects. Psychotherapy can be an effective treatment for adults and children with OCD. The treatment may involve controlled exposure to the source of the obsession and practice of refraining from performance of the compulsion. Research shows that certain types of psychotherapy, including cognitive behavior therapy (CBT) and other related therapies (e.g., habit reversal training) can be as effective as medication for many individuals. Research also shows that a type of CBT called Exposure and Response Prevention (EX/RP) is effective in reducing compulsive behaviors in OCD, even in people who did not respond well to antidepressant medication. For many patients EX/RP is the add-on treatment of choice when antidepressant medication does not effectively treat OCD symptoms. Deep TMS presents a novel, FDA-authorized treatment for OCD. In August 2018, the FDA classified and provided marketing authorization for Deep TMS for OCD as an adjunct treatment (i.e., to be used in conjunction with first-line treatment, such as antidepressant medication or CBT) for adult patients suffering from OCD. Deep TMS has the unique ability to simultaneously influence a network of specific regions in the brain related to OCD. In addition, it offers a direct effect over deep regions in the brain associated with the disorder. The effects of the treatment begin within a relatively short time period and the duration of the entire treatment plan is shorter compared to a medicinal treatment. Deep TMS therapy for OCD has not demonstrated any systemic side effects, and we believe that Deep TMS presents an attractive alternative to existing treatment options for OCD because antidepressant medications, due to their side effects, often lead to cessation of treatment by the patient and as a result, relapse of OCD symptoms. Positive data published in February 2022 in the Journal of Psychiatric Research demonstrated the relative cost-effectiveness of Deep TMS for refractory OCD patients when compared with other treatments within the treatment continuum, which includes outpatient medication, CBT, as well as more intensive, facility-based approaches. The data suggest that Deep TMS is a cost-effective alternative, and particularly indicate that it may serve as an incremental strategy to employ when higher intensity strategies, such as facility-based approaches, are either unavailable, not financially feasible, or have extended waits for admission. 91 In 2021, for the first time, several payors issued policies and coverage determinations allowing for reimbursement coverage applicable to Deep TMS for OCD. While the criteria for this emerging Deep TMS coverage varies with each payor, generally, coverage requires the failure of between two and four medication trials before qualifying for reimbursement. The NIMH is supporting research into new treatment approaches for people whose OCD does not respond well to the usual therapies. These new approaches include combination and add-on (augmentation) treatments, as well as novel techniques such as deep brain stimulation (DBS). Deep TMS for OCD — Our Clinical Trials Phase III Trial Measuring Efficacy and Safety We completed a Phase III trial at 11 sites in the United States, Israel, and Canada to test the efficacy and safety of Deep TMS as a treatment for OCD, which was conducted from 2014 through 2017. In this trial, Deep TMS met its safety and efficacy endpoints and based on these results, we filed a de novo application to the FDA for the Deep TMS (using BrainsWay OCD) in this indication. In August 2018, the FDA classified and granted marketing authorization for Deep TMS as an adjunct treatment for adult patients with OCD to be used together with other first-line therapies. (a)Trial Design This double blind, placebo-controlled trial tested the efficacy and safety of Deep TMS in the treatment of 94 treatment-resistant OCD patients. Enrolled subjects were randomized to either treatment with active Deep TMS or a sham. Deep TMS for OCD was used for all treatment sessions, each of which lasted 18.3 minutes. BrainsWay OCD is specifically used in OCD treatment because it targets the anterior cingulate cortex, a region believed to be affected by OCD. The trial consisted of three phases. The first phase, lasting one to two weeks, was the screening phase, during which antidepressant medications other than SSRIs were tapered down and washed out (i.e., to make sure that patients take during the trial only medications that were approved by the protocol (such as SSRIs), and that they remained stable on these medications). Following the screening phase, patients entered into a six-week treatment phase. During the first five weeks of the treatment phase, patients received five consecutive sessions per week, followed by one week with four sessions (29 total treatment sessions). The third phase was the follow-up, in which patients were assessed in week six after their final treatment. The primary endpoint measure was the Yale-Brown Obsessive Compulsive Scale (YBOCS), which is a score ranging from 0 to 40, with higher scores indicating greater severity of OCD symptoms. The secondary efficacy endpoint measures were response rate at weeks 6 and 10, partial response rate at weeks 6 and 10, and remission rates at week 6. Secondary safety endpoint measures included the number of adverse events, physical and cognitive evaluations, and vital signs. 92 Inclusion and exclusion criteria required patients to be diagnosed with OCD, have a YBOCS score of greater than 20, and not be diagnosed with any severe personality disorders. (b)Trial Results After six weeks of treatment, the Deep TMS treatment group had statistically significant improvement in YBOCS score compared to the sham treatment group. The adjusted mean YBOCS score decreased by 6.04 points in the Deep TMS group and by 3.27 points in the sham control group. The difference between the slopes of 2.78 points across six weeks between the treatment arms was statistically significant (p-value: 0.0127), and the effect size at week six assessment was 0.69. As shown in Figure 3, 38.1% of the Deep TMS treatment group achieved a response compared to 11.1% of the sham treatment group. Furthermore, 54.8% of the Deep TMS treatment group achieved a partial response, compared to 26.7% of the sham treatment group. The differences between groups were statistically significant for both response rate (p = 0.0033) and partial response rate (p = 0.0076). Figure 3. Response and Partial Response Rates for Deep TMS and Sham Treatment Groups One month after the end of treatment (10 weeks after baseline), patients retained clinical improvement of symptoms, and these measures (YBOCS change and response rate) were significantly better in the Deep TMS group compared to the sham group (p=0.03 for YBOCS change and p=0.0057 for response rate). Figure 4 highlights the continued decrease in unadjusted mean YBOCS score from baseline over the ten-week period. 93 Figure 4. Total YBOCS Score Change from Baseline over 10-Weeks for Deep TMS and Sham Treatment Groups Real world data further demonstrates the benefits of Deep TMS for OCD: In a post-marketing study, published as a peer-reviewed paper, the overall first and sustained response rates were 72.6% and 52.4%, respectively. The response rate was 57.9% in patients who had YBOCS scores after the FDA-cleared protocol of 29 Deep TMS sessions. First response was achieved in average after 18.5 sessions (SD = 9.4) or 31.6 days (SD = 25.2). Onset of sustained one- month response was achieved in average after 20 sessions (SD = 9.8) or 32.1 days (SD = 20.5). Average YBOCS scores demonstrated continuous reduction with increasing numbers of sessions. The results indicate that in real-world clinical practice, the majority of OCD patients benefitted from our therapy, and the onset of improvement usually occurs within 20 sessions. Extending the treatment course beyond 29 sessions resulted in continued reduction of OCD symptoms, raising the prospect of value for extended treatment protocols in non-responders. A study published in November 2021 in the Brain Stimulation journal demonstrates the durability of Deep TMS for OCD and the significant reduction in functional disability experienced by those who have undergone our therapy for this disorder. To evaluate durability, clinical sites from our pivotal trial, as well as other clinical sites contributing post-marketing data, conducted follow up assessments with patients that had met response criteria following treatment with our H1 Coil. Durability was defined as the elapsed time from the end of the Deep TMS treatment course until there was a change in ongoing treatment. Data revealed that of the 60 subjects evaluated from seven clinical sites, 52 demonstrated durability of one year or more (86.7%), 26 of which showed two or more years of durability. The data also showed that patients exhibited a significant reduction in disability, with self-reported unproductive days per week dropping from 5.5 days (±0.4) to 1.8 days (±0.4), and self-reported lost days per week dropping from 1.9 (±0.6) to 0.3 days (±0.2). 94 Figure 5. OCD Durability and Reduction in Unproductivity Deep TMS for Smoking Addiction Disease Overview Smoking is one of the leading causes of death in developed countries. The addiction to nicotine, similar to the addiction to drugs and alcohol, activates the limbic system and causes uncontrollable desire to smoke. According to the World Health Organization (WHO), 1.3 billion people globally use tobacco, primarily cigarette smoking. Globally, more than 8 million people die from smoking each year: 7 million from direct us and 1.2 million from second-hand smoke. Approximately 34 million U.S. adults smoke cigarettes, and 480,000 die from smoking each year. Repeated nicotine use leads to tobacco use disorder (TUD), characterized by craving and withdrawal, compulsive use despite negative consequences, repeated relapses, and is associated with multiple health problems and failed attempts to cease. Smoking causes about 90% of all lung cancer deaths. Market Information The global nicotine replacement therapy (NRT) market was estimated at $2.6 billion in 2019, and this market value is anticipated to increase as a result of the increasing incidence of chronic, smoking-related diseases. Chantix (Varenicline), the leading smoking cessation pharmaceutical from Pfizer, had sales of $1.1 billion worldwide in 2019, $899 million from the United States. Considering the U.S. market, there are 34 million cigarette smokers. Each year, 55% attempt to quit smoking (81% of which are motivated to quit). Only 29% of adult smokers that attempt to quit report using medication (e.g. NRT, Varenicline, Buproprion), and less than 10% of smokers quit within a given year with varied long-term success. Treatment Options for Smoking Addiction One of the most common smoking addiction options is nicotine replacement therapy (NRT), which is the affixing of patches to the body or the chewing of gum which secrete decreasing concentrations of nicotine in a manner which may assist physical withdrawal. However, this method does not treat the psychological-behavioral component of the addiction, and therefore there is a high probability that the patient will return to smoking if nicotine patch treatment is discontinued. A study found that 93% of over-the-counter NRT users relapse and return to smoking within six months. 95 First line treatment options include antidepressants such as Zyban (bupropion) and Chantix (varenicline). Studies have found advantageous abstinence rates compared to placebo. Yet, recent studies using objective measures found very low quit rates. A recent meta-analysis found that 20% of smokers treated with medications remained abstinent for one year, compared to 12% with placebo. The medications may frequently be associated with undesirable adverse events. There are studies that indicate that combination of psychological support with pharmacotherapy may increase the chances to quit smoking. Deep TMS for Smoking Addiction – Our Clinical Trials Deep TMS presents a novel, FDA-authorized treatment for smoking addiction. In August 2020, the FDA classified and provided marketing authorization for the use of Deep TMS as an aid in short-term smoking cessation in adults. Deep TMS has the unique ability to simultaneously influence a network of specific regions in the brain associated with reward and craving. The effects of the treatment begin within a relatively short time period and the duration of the entire treatment plan is shorter compared to a medicinal treatment. Deep TMS therapy for smoking cessation has not demonstrated any systemic side effects, and we believe that Deep TMS presents an attractive alternative to existing treatment options for smoking cessation because antidepressant medications, due to their side effects, often lead to cessation of treatment by the patient and as a result, relapse to smoking. We concluded with positive results a pivotal multicenter trial assessing the safety and efficacy of Deep TMS as an aid in smoking cessation in adults suffering from chronic smoking addiction. The trial was a randomized, double-blind, multicenter study designed to evaluate the safety and efficacy of Deep TMS treatment as an aid in reducing cigarette smoking in individuals suffering from chronic smoking addiction. It was conducted at 14 sites, primarily in the U.S., and enrolled 262 eligible subjects randomized into two groups: an active treatment group treated with our proprietary H4 Coil targeting addiction-related brain circuits, and a sham (placebo) control group. The primary endpoint of the study was a comparison between the two groups of the four-week continuous quit rate (CQR), representing abstinence during a consecutive four-week period. Weekly abstinence was defined as a subject’s self-report (in a diary) of no smoking, confirmed by urine tests indicating abstinence from smoking. The participants in the study were highly addicted to smoking, with a history of smoking on average for over 26 years and multiple failed attempts to quit. All of the subjects in the study had at least one prior unsuccessful attempt to quit smoking before being enrolled in the trial. Over 68% of the subjects had undertaken at least three prior unsuccessful attempts, and over 25% had undertaken at least five prior unsuccessful attempts. Participants received three weeks of daily Deep TMS (or sham) treatment followed by one session per week for three more weeks (for a total of 18 treatments over six weeks). Assessment visits, including questionnaires and the collection of urine samples, were performed weekly from week two until week six. In addition, subjects were asked to keep a record of their smoking behavior on a diary card. Patients reporting abstinence at 6 weeks were invited for a long follow-up (L-UP) visit at 4 months. 96 Of the 169 participants in the study who actually completed three weeks of Deep TMS or sham treatment, plus the mandatory additional three weeks of follow-up (reaching the six-week endpoint), the CQR was 28.0% in the treatment group compared to 11.7% in the sham group (p=0.007). The primary endpoint was defined based on the CQR among those subjects who received at least one Deep TMS (or sham) treatment session and had at least one post- baseline assessment, even if not completing the treatment period. Within this cohort (ITT-E- which consisted of 234 participants and included dropouts) the CQR was 19.4% in the treatment group and 8.7% in the sham group (p= 0.0174). The Overall 4-week continuous quit rate (CQR) is shown in the figure below for the active Deep TMS and sham groups, within the ITT-E and completers (CO) cohorts. Figure 6. Overall 4-week Continuous Quit Rates for Deep TMS and Sham Treatment Groups An important secondary endpoint was the reduction in the number of cigarettes smoked. At baseline, the average number of cigarettes smoked per week was 123 for the active group and 139 for the sham group. After 3 weeks of treatment, the average number of cigarettes smoked per week was reduced to 38 in the active group and 57 in the sham group (p= 0.0018, active vs. sham). By the sixth week of the study, the average number of cigarettes smoked per week declined to 31 for the active group and 48 for the sham group (p=0.0125, active vs. sham). The numbers of cigarettes per week, from baseline to the 6-week time-point, are shown in the figure below for the two groups. As can be seen, the difference between the Deep TMS and sham group is significant starting from week 2. 97 Figure 7. Number of Cigarettes Smoked for Deep TMS and Sham Treatment Groups Sales and Marketing United States The United States is our primary and most strategic market, representing approximately 75% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2022. We operate in the United States through our wholly owned subsidiary, BrainsWay USA Inc., as a direct marketing and sales channel, engaging in the marketing, sales, support, and logistics independently in the United States. As of December 31, 2022, we had 65 U.S. employees, including 55 sales, marketing and service/operations employees, 7 general and administrative employees, and 3 medical affairs employees. In the United States, we sell or lease Deep TMS systems by one of the following two methods: (i) a fixed-fee lease model in which the Deep TMS system is leased to a customer for a fixed annual fee, generally with a term of between 48 to 60 months, for unlimited use; and (ii) a sales or purchase model in which the Deep TMS system is sold to the customer for a fixed purchase price. sales or purchase model. We also utilize and/or are planning to utilize other commercial models, including those based on a pay per use model, with certain customers in certain territories. Additional potential revenues may be derived from extended warranty fees paid for the system for service coverage beyond the standard included warranty period, and from variable or usage fees based on the number of treatments performed with the system. We are also able to leverage our platform technology, which includes the ability to treat multiple indications using different H-Coil helmets, to facilitate transactions utilizing combined pricing models often involving a single system with one or more add- on helmets. These flexible offerings are designed to facilitate market penetration by addressing the differing clinical needs and risk tolerance among our customer base. As of December 31, 2022, approximately 46% of our global Deep TMS systems installed base for MDD utilized the fixed-fee lease model, and approximately 54% utilized the sales model. We generally commercialize Deep TMS for OCD utilizing a leasing or purchase model, and often as part of a combined offering with our MDD system. Following our receipt of FDA clearance for smoking addiction, we completed controlled and limited market releases of our system for this indication, and are currently in the process of a clinical data collection effort to facilitate a long term commercial plan for this product. 98 The training for operation of our Deep TMS system is not complex and requires about a day of training which includes theoretical learning and a number of practical hours of practice of placing the helmet on the head of the patient and providing treatment. Deep TMS for OCD requires additional training on triggering the patient’s OCD symptoms prior to administration of the treatment. Similarly, Deep TMS for smoking addiction involves a provocation procedure which triggers each individual smoker's craving for his or her preferred cigarette brand prior to the administration of therapy. After installation of our system, we offer high quality service, technical support, and repair to customers. Customers leasing the device generally receive support including maintenance and warranty for repairs and replacements during the full term of the lease. In contrast, customers purchasing the device receive this support for the first year following purchase. Thereafter, the warranty and support can be extended on a yearly basis by paying a set fee. Our marketing activities include, amongst other things, corporate presence in major commercial and professional conferences, press releases, advertising, participation in open house and other similar events, social media, Search Engine Optimization (SEO), and other internet-based promotional campaigns, and release of both direct and online marketing materials, which are all designed to increase the use of our systems for the authorized indications. Outside of the United States Approximately 25%, 12% and 13% of our revenues for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively, were generated outside of the United States. A significant part of our sales outside the United States are made indirectly with local distributors and agents. Most of our sales outside the United States are made only via the purchase model, although we lease some of our Deep TMS systems in France and Israel. Our primary focus is on selling to hospitals, medical centers and clinics dealing with the treatment of psychiatric neurological and addiction illnesses and disorders. Our non-U.S. sales are managed both by our internal team in Israel and by local agents in various countries. In Israel, we do not use a distributor and our sales team distributes directly to our customers. We have exclusive distribution agreements in various territories, including, notably, in Japan, South Korea, Thailand, Taiwan, the Philippines, and the United Arab Emirates, and are seeking new distribution partners for other strategic markets. Under our distribution agreements, the distributor typically receives an exclusive right to commercialize the Deep TMS in the relevant territory. The exclusivity is contingent upon fulfillment of certain quotas, or pre-defined minimum orders of a number of systems per period. We have the right to cancel the exclusivity of the distributor if the distributor fails to fulfill the set targets. The distributor is required to pay us for each Deep TMS system installed in the territory. The duration of these agreements varies between distributors and ranges between three and ten years. In territories in which we use a local distributor, the distributor is generally responsible for obtaining and maintaining the regulatory approvals required for marketing of Deep TMS systems in the territory and for the installation, training, and maintenance of the systems in the relevant territory. In Japan, we have obtained PMDA regulatory approval for our Deep TMS system, which is a precondition to receiving reimbursement coverage under the Japanese National Health Insurance Plan. We are working through our Japanese distributor with the relevant bodies in Japan in an effort to update the local society guidelines to include Deep TMS in order to obtain such coverage. We aim to increase our marketing and sales outside the United States by means of cultivating and supporting our existing distributors, and by considering other strategic opportunities in various markets. Success of penetration in each country is contingent on a variety of factors, including, among others, the strength and capabilities of the distribution partner, the existence of regulatory approvals, the availability of reimbursement, the support of key opinion leaders, and the ability of customers to adopt our technology. 99 Our Clinical Pipeline Set forth below is a table presenting the status of our currently planned clinical pipeline: Additional Potential Deep TMS Applications Our primary focus for additional potential applications for Deep TMS include neurological and/or addiction disorders. For instance, we announced pilot study results from a randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind study on the safety and efficacy of Deep TMS in reducing alcohol consumption and craving in adults with Alcohol Use Disorder (AUD). Analyzing data from 46 subjects, the study demonstrated that subjects in the active group had an average of 2.9% heavy drinking days (defined as a day on which four or more drinks were consumed for women, or five or more drinks for men) compared to 10.6% heavy drinking days in the sham group. We have conducted clinical trials evaluating Deep TMS for a variety of neurological and psychiatric conditions and believe further investigation could pave the way for marketing authorizations in new indications in the United States and expand the potential for treatment to a wider range of patients. Factors that contribute to how we prioritize the pursuit of certain clinical studies include, but are not limited to, the strength of our feasibility clinical data, market potential, required budget, and ease of conduct of the trial. However, there is no guarantee that we will ultimately be successful in obtaining marketing clearance for the indications prioritized for further study. Competition The industry for the treatment of mental health diseases, disorders, and other conditions is intensely competitive. Our currently marketed Deep TMS System is, and any future indications we develop and commercialize will be, subject to intense competition. Our Deep TMS system for MDD competes with existing antidepressant drugs, other TMS therapies and to a lesser degree, more invasive treatments such as ECT, VNS, and DBS. Our Deep TMS system for OCD also competes with existing medications and other available treatments. The industry in which we operate is subject to rapid change and is highly sensitive to the introduction of new products or other market activities of current or new industry participants. Certain competitors may be larger and have greater resources than us, and may develop treatment options that receive faster regulatory approvals and/or are more rapidly adopted by clinicians and patients. Our competitors compete with us on the basis of efficacy and safety, regulatory approvals, price and availability of reimbursement from third-party payors, ease of use/administration of the treatment option, reputation, and market trends. Key competitive factors affecting the commercial success Deep TMS System are likely to be efficacy, safety and tolerability, reliability, convenience and time frame of administration, market acceptance of our products relative to alternative treatments, and reimbursement. 100 Competitors that sell other forms of TMS therapy for MDD include Neuronetics, MagVenture, Magstim, MAG & More, Cloud TMS, and Nexstim, that compete directly with us. Their systems are typically based on traditional TMS utilizing a figure-8 coil and are generally FDA-cleared for MDD only, although MagVenture has a non-clinical trials- based FDA clearance for OCD. By contrast, our unique Deep TMS H-Coils are designed to address a number of different brain disorders. Several competitors have obtained 510(k) clearance for their TMS device for an OCD indication, using our de novo classification as a predicate device in their submission, and others may follow suit. We remain the only company to have proven clinical efficacy for this indication based on a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter trial, while other competitors that have since obtained FDA clearance for this indication, have done so in part relying on our clinical data. BrainsWay remains the only company currently with marketing authorizations for MDD, OCD, and the treatment of smoking addiction. We also face competition from pharmaceutical and other companies that develop competitive products, such as antidepressant medications (including but not limited to a nasal spray utilizing the drug esketamine approved by the FDA for use in conjunction with an oral antidepressant), with certain competitive advantages such as widespread market acceptance, ease of patient use and well-established reimbursement. We may also face competition from the SAINT™ Neuromodulation System, a brain stimulation technology for treatment of neuropsychiatric disorders, which received an FDA clearance for the treatment of MDD in adults who have failed to achieve satisfactory improvement from prior antidepressant medications in the current episode. In addition, we may face competition from ketamine, which is used as an anesthetic to treat a variety of brain disorders. Currently in clinical trials, there are a number of psychedelics including lysergic acid diethyamide (LSD), psilosybin, DMT, and methylendioxymethamphetatmine (MDMA) showing early promise in the treatment of mental health conditions like depression and PTSD. Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if these competitors develop and commercialize antidepressant medications or other treatments that are safer or more effective than Deep TMS. At any time, these and other potential market entrants may develop treatment alternatives that may render our products uncompetitive or less competitive. In addition, we could face competition by the recently approved AUVELITY (dextromethorphan HBr -bupropion HCl) extended-release tablets for the treatment of major depressive disorder (MDD) in adults, which are the first and only oral N-methyl D-aspartate (NMDA) receptor antagonist approved for the treatment of MDD. 101 We are also subject to competition from invasive neuromodulation therapies such as ECT, VNS, and DBS. Major players in this space include Abbott, Boston Scientific Corporation, LivaNova, and Medtronic. For example, the VNS system developed by Cyberonics (now LivaNova) is FDA-approved for MDD. For smoking addiction, there are a wide range of prescription and over-the-counter (OTC) short term aids in smoking cessation. Two prescription medications that are synonymous with the market are Chantix® (varenicline) and Zyban (buproprion). OTC nicotine replacement therapies continue to play a major role in a multi-modal approach to smoking cessation, with common forms ranging from chewing gums, to lozenges, to transdermal patches. Digital therapeutics, including prescription digital therapeutics (PDTs), are also gaining popularity in the space of mental health treatments given the availability and affordability of smart phones. For all of the conditions we address in the United States, there are numerous popular phone applications to help reinforce the multi-modal treatment algorithms. In addition, we may face competition in the future from other noninvasive treatments for MDD (including anxious depression), OCD, and smoking addiction. Examples of noninvasive treatment options in early development include low-intensity and low-frequency ultrasound (LIFU), transcranial laser therapy, and infrared therapy. We cannot predict whether any of these or any other treatment options will succeed in clinical trials or be commercially marketable in the future. Intellectual Property See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses.” Government Grants As of December 31, 2022, we have received grants from the IIA in an aggregate amount of approximately $13.4 million. We are currently required to pay 3% royalties of sales of our Deep TMS products, which payment obligations do not currently exceed the amount of the grant received (in U.S. dollars), plus interest at an annual rate equal to the LIBOR rate. As of December 31, 2022, we have paid royalties to the IIA in an aggregate amount of approximately $4.4 million (including amounts in respect of accrued interest), with remaining outstanding royalties of up to $11.6 million. In addition, we received from MAGNET approvals for grants in an aggregate amount of NIS 8.2 million (approximately $2.3 million based on the NIS to USD exchange rate as of December 31, 2022). There is no requirement to repay the grants or pay royalties thereon. Manufacturing and Supply We manage all aspects of product supply through our Jerusalem and/or U.S.-based operations teams. We manufacture our proprietary H-Coils and outsource the manufacture of certain components, including the stimulator, the computer controlling the stimulator, cooling system, the helmet, and the arm of the helmet, which are produced and tested to our specifications. We assemble Deep TMS systems at our headquarters in Jerusalem, US warehouses and/or installation sites. In some cases, we rely on third-party providers to provide components used in existing products and we expect to continue to do so for future products. Our production activities also include manually assembling certain components of our devices for all required clinical and commercial quantities, and the integration of all components into a functioning Deep TMS system. 102 We rely on suppliers for most of the components used in manufacturing Deep TMS, including the computer controlling the stimulator, the helmet, and the arm of the helmet. In addition, we rely on the outsourcing company utilized for the manufacture of our newer systems, including our proprietary stimulator and various other components. We manage our arrangements with our third-party manufacturers and suppliers to adjust delivery schedules and quantities of components to match our changing manufacturing requirements. We forecast our component needs based on historical trends, current utilization patterns, and sales forecasts of future demand. We establish our relationships with our third-party manufacturers and suppliers through supplier contracts and purchase orders. In most cases, these supplier relationships may be terminated by either party upon short notice. The prices that we pay for sourced components vary depending on various factors, including the cost of the raw materials required for those components, our required delivery times, and shipping costs. Magstim (UK) has historically supplied us with stimulators, and it is anticipated that they will continue to be used a source for older generation systems which do not include our newer FDA-cleared stimulator for as long as such older generation systems remain in usage or are commercially available. In order to mitigate the risks related to a single-source of supply, we qualify alternative suppliers when possible, maximize the use of commercial, off the shelf components and materials, minimize specialized or proprietary manufacturing processes, and develop contingency plans for responding to disruptions, including maintaining adequate inventory of any critical components. For further discussion of the risks related to our supply chain, see “Risk Factors – Our operations could be adversely affected by global supply chain disruptions”. To date, the supply of finished products to our customers and clinicians has not been materially adversely affected as a result of component supply issues. We are subject to extensive governmental regulation in connection with the manufacture of our devices. We must ensure that all of the processes, methods, and equipment are compliant with the current Quality System Regulations (QSR) for devices on an ongoing basis, mandated by the FDA and other regulatory authorities, and must conduct extensive audits of vendors, contract laboratories and suppliers. We comply with such regulatory requirements. Certain of our foreign marketing authorizations requires compliance of said manufacturing process with the ISO 13485 standard, with which we are compliant. Reimbursement We estimate that over 90% of the total private insurer adult covered lives in the United States have coverage for reimbursement of MDD treatment with Deep TMS, available after one to four failed (inadequate response or intolerable) trials of antidepressant medications. In addition, our MDD treatment with Deep TMS is eligible for reimbursement from Medicare, and is available after one to two failed trials of psychopharmacologic agents (such as antidepressant medications) and subject to the satisfaction of other clinical criteria. Typically, payers (including Medicare) will provide reimbursement for up to 36 treatment sessions of Deep TMS for MDD, although the maximum number of covered sessions varies by insurer and/or location. 103 Over the past two years there has been emerging reimbursement coverage for Deep TMS for the treatment of OCD, with over 90 million covered lives eligible for coverage as of March 2023. Positive coverage decisions for Deep TMS for OCD have been issued by Centene Corporation (with 26 million covered lives), Health Care Service Corporation (HCSC) (with 17 million covered lives), TriCare (with 9.6 million covered lives), Cigna Corporation (with 17 million covered lives), Highmark (with 6.8 million covered lives), Premera (with 2.6 million covered lives) and LifeWise (with 2.2 million covered lives). Additionally, one of the seven Medicare Administrative Contractors (MACs) in the US, Palmetto GBA, published a final Local Coverage Determination (LCD) in 2022 extending coverage applicable to Deep TMS for OCD. While the criteria for this emerging Deep TMS for OCD coverage varies with each payor, generally, coverage requires the failure of between two and four medication trials before qualifying for reimbursement. We are actively engaged in efforts to facilitate increased coverage for OCD treatment by more payors, including both commercial and governmental. We have also begun efforts to obtain reimbursement for smoking addiction, which we believe will be a key factor in the long term success of this indication. In addition, there is currently an out-of-pocket market for our Deep TMS systems for OCD, and we are working to broaden the scope of reimbursement coverage for Deep TMS for OCD treatment, both commercial and governmental, based on a demonstration of the reasonableness and necessity of the treatment through clinical data. Deep TMS for smoking addiction is not currently eligible for reimbursement. We plan to seek to obtain coverage as we progress in our commercialization for this indication. The sale or lease of a medical device utilized for in-office medical treatments depend, in part, on the extent to which such treatments using that device will be covered by third- party payors, such as government health care programs (e.g., Medicare), private insurance, and managed healthcare organizations. Even if a third-party payor covers a particular treatment, the resulting reimbursement payment rates may not be adequate to cover a provider’s cost to purchase such medical device or ensure that purchase or lease will be profitable for the provider. Additionally, patients who are treated in-office for a medical condition generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with the treatment and may be unwilling to undergo such treatment in the absence of coverage and adequate reimbursement. Reimbursement by a third-party payor may depend upon a number of factors, including the third-party payor’s determination that a treatment is: neither experimental nor investigational; safe, effective, and medically necessary; appropriate for the specific patient; cost-effective; supported by high quality evidence published in peer reviewed medical journals; included in clinical practice guidelines; and supported by medical community acceptance and demand. Physician reimbursement under Medicare generally is based on a defined fee schedule, or the Physician Fee Schedule, through which payment amounts are determined by the relative values of the service rendered in a physician office setting or by a physician in a facility setting. Medicare coverage for TMS also has specific patient history requirements. Medicare coverage for Deep TMS generally requires one to four failed (inadequate response or intolerable) trials of psychopharmacologic agents (such as antidepressant medications). 104 In the United States, there is no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement among private third-party payors. Reimbursement rates from private payors vary depending on the procedure performed, the commercial payor, contract terms, and other factors. Private third-party payors often rely upon Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement policies, but also have their own methods and approval process apart from Medicare coverage and reimbursement determinations. Private insurance coverage for Deep TMS has traditionally required three to four failures of antidepressant medications. However, many payors have now reduced the number of prior failed medication trials needed to qualify for Deep TMS for MDD. Specifically, over 165 million covered lives in the US with commercial coverage now qualify for Deep TMS for MDD after two to three failed medication trials, and all Medicare Administrative Contractors (MACs) have issued Local Coverage Determinations (LCDs) qualifying approximately 62 million lives in the US for Medicare reimbursement after just one to two failed medication trials. Coverage and reimbursement for treatments can differ significantly from payor to payor. Decisions regarding the extent of coverage and amount of reimbursement to be provided for an in-office treatment are made on a plan-by-plan basis. One payor’s determination to provide coverage for a specific treatment does not assure that other payors will also provide coverage and adequate reimbursement. In addition, the U.S. federal government and state legislatures have continued to implement cost containment programs, including price controls and restrictions on coverage and reimbursement. Governmental and private insurers are increasingly challenging the price, examining the medical necessity, and reviewing the cost-efficacy of medical services. Adoption of price controls and cost containment measures by any such payors, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could limit our market opportunity and reduce our revenues. Private insurers currently cover treatments using our Deep TMS system for MDD, and there is now emerging coverage from various payors for Deep TMS therapy for OCD. We are actively engaged in efforts to facilitate increased coverage for OCD treatment by more payors, including both commercial and governmental. Reimbursement is not yet available for Deep TMS for smoking addiction or for therapies currently under development for other indications. However, we are engaged in efforts to obtain coverage for Deep TMS for smoking addiction as our commercialization efforts for that indication progress, based on the novelty of the technology, unmet clinical need and the efficacy and safety profile of the treatment. Nonetheless, we can provide no assurances that we will be able to obtain a wide range reimbursement coverage for OCD nor any reimbursement coverage for smoking addiction, and even if obtained, we can provide no assurance that the coverage will be at the same levels as we have for MDD. 105 We are also working to include Deep TMS in additional insurance coverages in the United States and in other jurisdictions in which we operate. In regions where we have appointed a local distributor, where reasonable, it is typically required under our agreements that the distributor utilize efforts to obtain reimbursement coverage for Deep TMS in the relevant territory on our behalf. In June 2022, for the first time, the Israeli Ministry of Health has approved coverage applicable it its Deep TMS system for the treatment of depression. The inclusion of the treatment within Israel’s health basket of essential medical services means that the country’s health funds must now make the treatment available to qualifying patients free of charge. Qualifying patients include adults over the age of 21 with depression who have either not responded to two prior antidepressants, or who are intolerant to other treatment alternatives. Coverage may be provided for up to 40 treatment sessions, which are to be administered in hospitals. In Australia, in November 2021, for the first time, coverage applicable to Deep TMS for MDD was granted for adults over the age of 18. Coverage in Australia is available for 35 treatment sessions. Government Regulation United States Our products and our operations are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other federal and state authorities in the United States, as well as comparable authorities in foreign jurisdictions. Our products are subject to regulation as medical devices under the U.S. Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (FDCA), as implemented and enforced by the FDA. The FDA regulates the development, design, non-clinical and clinical research, manufacturing, safety, efficacy, labeling, packaging, storage, installation, servicing, recordkeeping, premarket clearance or approval, import, export, adverse event reporting, advertising, promotion, marketing and distribution, and import and export of medical devices to ensure that medical devices distributed domestically are safe and effective for their intended uses and otherwise meet the requirements of the FDCA. In addition to U.S. regulations, we are subject to a variety of regulations in other jurisdictions governing clinical trials and commercial sales and distribution of our products. Whether or not we obtain FDA clearance or approval for a product, we must obtain authorization before commencing clinical trials or obtain marketing authorization or approval of our products under the comparable regulatory authorities of countries outside of the United States. The marketing authorization process varies from country to country and the time may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA clearance or approval. FDA Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements Unless an exemption applies, each medical device commercially distributed in the United States requires either FDA clearance of a 510(k) premarket notification or premarket approval, or PMA. Under the FDCA, medical devices are classified into one of three classes—Class I, Class II or Class III— depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of manufacturer and regulatory control needed to ensure its safety and efficacy. Class I includes devices with the lowest risk to the patient and are those for which safety and efficacy can be assured by adherence to the FDA’s general controls for medical devices, which include compliance with the applicable portions of the QSR facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse medical events, and truthful and non-misleading labeling, advertising, and promotional materials. Class II devices are subject to the FDA’s general controls, and special controls as deemed necessary by the FDA to ensure the safety and efficacy of the device. These special controls can include performance standards, post-market surveillance, patient registries, special labeling requirements, premarket data requirements and FDA guidance documents. While most Class I devices are exempt from the 510(k) premarket notification requirement, manufacturers of most Class II devices are required to submit to the FDA a premarket notification under Section 510(k) of the FDCA requesting permission to commercially distribute the device. The FDA’s permission to commercially distribute a device subject to a 510(k) premarket notification is generally known as 510(k) clearance. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risks, such as life-sustaining, life- supporting or some implantable devices, or devices that have a new intended use, or use advanced technology that is not substantially equivalent to that of a legally marketed device, are placed in Class III, requiring approval of a PMA. 106 Our Deep TMS system is classified as a Class II medical device. For MDD, smoking addiction, and subsequently granted applications relating to MDD (including a 3-minute Theta Burst protocol and a labeling expansion to include reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms among depressed patients), we obtained FDA marketing authorization through the 510(k) clearance process. For OCD, we obtained FDA marketing authorization through the de novo classification process. Subsequent changes made to our Deep TMS system will be made through one or more of the various existing FDA review pathways. 510(k) Marketing Clearance Pathway To obtain 510(k) clearance, we must submit to the FDA a premarket notification submission demonstrating that the proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a predicate device already on the market. A predicate device is a legally marketed device that is not subject to premarket approval, i.e., a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (pre-amendments device) and for which a PMA is not required, a device that has been reclassified from Class III to Class II or I, or a device that was found substantially equivalent through the 510(k) process. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes nine to 12 months, but may take significantly longer. The FDA may require additional information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence. If the FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent to a predicate device currently on the market, it will grant 510(k) clearance to commercially market the device. If the FDA determines that the device is “not substantially equivalent” to a previously cleared device, the device is automatically designated as a Class III device. The device sponsor must then fulfill more rigorous PMA requirements, or can request a risk- based classification determination for the device in accordance with the de novo classification process, which is a route to market for novel medical devices that are low to moderate risk and are not substantially equivalent to a predicate device. 107 Premarket Approval Process A PMA application must be submitted if the medical device is in Class III (although the FDA has the discretion to continue to allow certain pre-amendment Class III devices to use the 510(k) process) or cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process. A PMA application must be supported by, among other things, extensive technical, pre-clinical, clinical trials, manufacturing, and labeling data to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device. After a PMA application is submitted and filed, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the submitted information, which typically takes between one and three years, but may take significantly longer. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of information already provided. Also, during the review period, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA will usually be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of the device. In addition, the FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with the QSR, which imposes extensive design development, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures in the design and manufacturing process. The FDA may approve a PMA application with post-approval conditions intended to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device including, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale, distribution, and collection of long-term follow-up data from patients in the clinical study that supported approval. Failure to comply with the conditions of approval can result in materially adverse enforcement action, including the loss or withdrawal of the approval. New PMA applications or supplements are required for significant modifications to the manufacturing process, labeling of the product and design of a device that is approved through the PMA process. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of information as an original PMA application, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the original PMA application, and may not require as extensive clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel. De novo Classification Process Medical device types that the FDA has not previously classified as Class I, II, or III are automatically classified as Class III regardless of the level of risk they pose. The Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act of 1997 established a new route to market for low to moderate risk medical devices that are automatically placed into Class III due to the absence of a substantially equivalent predicate device, called the “Request for Evaluation of Automatic Class III Designation,” or the de novo classification process. This process allows a manufacturer whose novel device is automatically classified as Class III to request down-classification of its medical device into Class I or Class II on the basis that the device presents low or moderate risk, rather than requiring the submission and approval of a PMA application. Prior to the enactment of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, in July 2012, a medical device could only be eligible for de novo classification if the manufacturer first submitted a 510(k) premarket notification and received a determination from the FDA that the device was not substantially equivalent to a predicate device. FDASIA streamlined the de novo classification pathway by permitting manufacturers to request de novo classification directly without first submitting a 510(k) premarket notification to the FDA and receiving a not substantially equivalent determination. We obtained marketing authorization for the OCD indication for our system using the direct de novo request classification process. We have used the 510(k) clearance process to obtain authorization from the FDA for changes to our marketed Deep TMS system, including applications extending our clearances to our proprietary stimulator, and expansions to our MDD indication which now allow us to market a shorter 3 minute depression protocol as well the ability to market our MDD therapy for the reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms among depressed patients, and we received an extension for the FDA clearance of our H7 Coil for treatment of MDD (including anxious depression). 108 Clinical Trials A clinical trial is typically required to support a PMA application or de novo classification, and is sometimes required for a 510(k) premarket notification. Clinical trials for significant risk devices generally require submission of an application for an Investigational Device Exemption, or IDE, to the FDA. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the investigational protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE application must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of patients, unless the product is deemed a non-significant risk device and eligible for more abbreviated IDE requirements. Clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the IDE application is approved by the FDA as well as the appropriate institutional review boards (IRBs), at the clinical trial sites, and the informed consent of the patients participating in the clinical trial is obtained. After a trial begins, the FDA may place it on hold or terminate it if, among other reasons, it concludes that the clinical subjects are exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Any trials we conduct must be conducted in accordance with FDA regulations as well as other federal regulations and state laws concerning human subject protection and privacy. Moreover, the results of a clinical trial may not be sufficient to obtain clearance or approval of the product. Changes to Marketed Devices After a device receives 510(k) marketing clearance, or de novo classification, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or efficacy, or that would constitute a major change or modification in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) marketing clearance or, depending on the modification, a de novo classification or PMA. The FDA requires each manufacturer to determine whether the proposed change requires submission of a 510(k) or a PMA in the first instance, but the FDA can review any such decision and disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. Many minor modifications today are accomplished by a manufacturer documenting the change in an internal letter-to-file. The letter-to-file is in lieu of submitting a new 510(k) to obtain clearance for every change. The FDA can always review these letters to file in an inspection. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or request the recall of the modified device until 510(k) marketing clearance or PMA is obtained. Also, in these circumstances, the manufacturer may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. 109 Post-market Regulation After a device is cleared or approved for marketing, numerous and extensive regulatory requirements continue to apply. These include: ● establishment registration and device listing with the FDA; ● QSR requirements, which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation, and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the design, manufacturing, and distribution process; ● labeling and marketing regulations, which require that promotion is truthful, not misleading, fairly balanced, and provide adequate directions for use and that all claims are substantiated, and also prohibit the promotion of products for unapproved or “off-label” uses and impose other restrictions on labeling; ● FDA guidance on off-label dissemination of information and responding to unsolicited requests for information; ● clearance or approval of product modifications to 510(k)-cleared devices that could significantly affect safety or efficacy or that would constitute a major change in intended use of one of our cleared devices; ● medical device reporting regulations, which require that a manufacturer report to the FDA if a device it markets may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury, or has malfunctioned and the device or a similar device that it markets would be likely to cause or contribute to a death or serious injury or serious adverse events, if the malfunction were to recur; ● correction, removal and recall reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health; ● complying with regulations requiring Unique Device Identifiers (UDI) on devices and also requiring the submission of certain information about each device to the FDA’s Global Unique Device Identification Database (GUDID); ● the FDA’s recall authority, whereby the agency can order device manufacturers to recall from the market a product that is in violation of governing laws and regulations; and ● post-market surveillance activities and regulations, which apply when deemed by the FDA to be necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and efficacy data for the device. We may be subject to similar foreign laws that may include applicable post-marketing requirements such as safety surveillance and risk-benefit analysis. Our manufacturing processes are required to comply with the applicable portions of the QSR, which cover the methods and the facilities and controls for the design, manufacture, testing, production, processes, controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, distribution, installation, and servicing of finished devices intended for human use. The QSR also requires, among other things, maintenance of a device master file, device history file, and complaint files. As a manufacturer, we are subject to periodic scheduled or unscheduled inspections by the FDA. Our failure to maintain compliance with the QSR requirements could result in the shut-down of, or restrictions on, our manufacturing operations, and the recall or seizure of our products. The discovery of previously unknown problems with any of our products, including unanticipated adverse events or adverse events of increasing severity or frequency, whether resulting from the use of the device within the scope of its clearance or off-label by a physician in the practice of medicine, could result in restrictions on the device, including the removal of the product from the market or voluntary or mandatory device recalls. 110 The FDA has broad regulatory compliance and enforcement powers. If the FDA determines that we failed to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, it can take a variety of compliance or enforcement actions, which may result in any of the following sanctions: ● warning letters, untitled letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees, and civil penalties; ● recalls, withdrawals, or administrative detention or seizure of our products; ● operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production; ● refusing or delaying requests for 510(k) marketing clearance or PMA approvals of new products or modified products; ● withdrawing 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals that have already been granted; ● refusal to grant export or import approvals for our products; or ● criminal prosecution. U.S. and Foreign Healthcare Laws and Compliance Requirements Healthcare providers, physicians, and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation, prescription, and payment for medical treatments. A medical device manufacturer’s arrangements with third-party payors, providers, and patients may expose it to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may affect its business or the financial arrangements and relationships through which it markets, sells and distributes its products. Even if a medical device manufacturer does not control referrals of healthcare services or bill directly to Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors, federal, and state healthcare laws and regulations are applicable to its business. In addition, portions of our business may be subject to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA). To the extent we provide any covered entity customers with services that involve the use or disclosure of protected health information (PHI) we may be required to enter into business associate agreements. Business associates are also directly liable for compliance with HIPAA. The laws that may affect a medical device manufacturer’s ability to operate include, but are not limited to: 111 ● the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or providing remuneration (broadly interpreted to include anything of value), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order, or arrange for or recommend a good or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare and Medicaid. The government can establish a violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute without proving that a person or entity had actual knowledge of the law or a specific intent to violate. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim for reimbursement that includes items resulting from a violation of the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors to the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute protecting certain common business arrangements and activities from prosecution or regulatory sanctions, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly. Practices that involve remuneration to those who prescribe, purchase, or recommend medical device products, including discounts, or engaging individuals as speakers, consultants, or advisors, may be subject to scrutiny if they do not fit squarely within an exception or safe harbor. Our practices may not in all cases meet all of the criteria for safe harbor protection from anti- kickback liability. Moreover, there are no safe harbors for many common practices, such as reimbursement support programs, educational or research grants, or charitable donations; ● the federal civil False Claims Act (FCA), which prohibits, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false or fraudulent claims for payment of federal government funds, and knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. Private individuals, commonly known as “whistleblowers,” can bring FCA qui tam actions, on behalf of the government and themselves, and may share in amounts paid by the entity to the government in recovery or settlement. False Claims Act liability is potentially significant in the healthcare industry because the statute provides for treble damages and mandatory penalties of $11,181 to $22,363 per false or fraudulent claim or statement. Many pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers have been investigated and have reached substantial settlements under the FCA in connection with alleged off label promotion of their products and allegedly providing free products to customers with the expectation that the customers would bill federal health care programs for the product. In addition, a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the FCA. In addition, manufacturers can be held liable under the FCA even when they do not submit claims directly to government payors if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims. There are also criminal penalties, including imprisonment and criminal fines, for making or presenting false, fictitious or fraudulent claims to the federal government; 112 ● HIPAA, which prohibits and imposes criminal liability for, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing or attempting to execute a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third party payors, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or representation, or making or using any false writing or document knowing the same to contain any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or entry in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation; ● HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (HITECH), and their implementing regulations, which imposes privacy, security, transmission, and breach reporting obligations with respect to individually identifiable health information upon entities subject to the law, including health plans, healthcare clearinghouses, and certain healthcare providers and their respective business associates that perform services on their behalf that involve individually identifiable health information. HITECH also created new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions; ● the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, created under the PPACA, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies reimbursed under Medicare, Medicaid, or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to the United States Department of Health and Human Services information related to payments or other transfers of value made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists, and chiropractors), and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Beginning in 2022, applicable manufacturers were also required to report information regarding payments and transfers of value provided to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified nurse anesthetists, and certified nurse-midwives; and ● foreign and state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws, that may impose similar or more prohibitive restrictions, and may apply to items or services reimbursed by any non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers; state laws that require device manufacturers to comply with the industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the applicable compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws that require device manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures and pricing information; and other federal and state laws that govern the privacy and security of health information or personally identifiable information in certain circumstances, including state health information privacy and data breach notification laws which govern the collection, use, disclosure, and protection of health-related and other personal information, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus requiring additional compliance efforts and data privacy and security laws and regulations in foreign jurisdictions that may be more stringent than those in the United States (such as the European Union, which adopted the General Data Protection Regulation, which became effective in May 2018). 113 Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of their statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors, it is possible that some of a medical device manufacturer’s business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of these laws. The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations on some issues. Federal and state enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Ensuring that business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations is costly and time consuming. If a medical device manufacturer’s operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to it, it may be subject to civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, substantial monetary penalties, individual imprisonment, exclusion from governmental funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, additional reporting obligations and oversight if it becomes subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and the curtailment or restructuring of operations, any of which could adversely affect the ability of a medical device manufacturer to operate its business and the results of its operations. United States Healthcare Reform In the United States, a number of legislative and regulatory proposals have been considered or enacted to change the healthcare system in ways that could affect a medical device manufacturer’s business. Among policy makers and governmental and private insurers in the United States, there is significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality or expanding access. For example, in 2010, the PPACA was enacted, which includes measures to significantly change the way health care is financed by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impacts the medical device industry. Among other ways in which it may impact a medical device manufacturer’s business, the PPACA: 114 ● establishes a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee and identify priorities in comparative clinical efficacy research in an effort to coordinate and develop such research; ● implements payment system reforms including a national pilot program on payment bundling to encourage hospitals, physicians, and other providers to improve the coordination, quality, and efficiency of certain healthcare services through bundled payment models; and ● expands the eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs. Some of the provisions of the PPACA have yet to be implemented, and there have been judicial and Congressional challenges to modify, limit, or repeal certain aspects of the PPACA since its enactment and have continued to evolve. During his presidency, President Trump has supported the repeal of all or portions of the PPACA, and in January 2017, he signed Executive Orders designed to delay the implementation of certain provisions of the PPACA or otherwise circumvent some of the requirements for health insurance mandated by the PPACA to the maximum extent permitted by law. Due to such efforts, certain elements of the PPACA have been invalidated or suspended, which has, in turn, led to additional challenges against the law as a whole. For example, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 included a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the PPACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate”. As a result, there is significant uncertainty regarding future healthcare reform and its impact on our operations. In December 2018, a district court in Texas held that the individual mandate is unconstitutional and that the rest of the PPACA is, therefore, invalid. On appeal, the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals affirmed the holding on the individual mandate but remanded the case back to the lower court to reassess whether and how such holding affects the validity of the rest of the PPACA. The Fifth Circuit’s decision on the individual mandate was appealed to the U.S. Supreme Court. On June 17, 2021, the Supreme Court held that the plaintiffs (comprised of the state of Texas, as well as numerous other states and certain individuals) did not have standing to challenge the constitutionality of the PPACA’s individual mandate and, accordingly, vacated the Fifth Circuit’s decision and instructed the district court to dismiss the case. As a result, the PPACA will remain in-effect in its current form for the foreseeable future; however, we cannot predict what additional challenges may arise in the future, the outcome thereof, or the impact any such actions may have on our business. The Biden administration has also introduced various measures in recent years with a focus on healthcare and drug pricing, in particular. For example, on January 28, 2021, President Biden issued an executive order that initiated a special enrollment period for purposes of obtaining health insurance coverage through the PPACA marketplace, which began on February 15, 2021, and remained open through August 15, 2021. The executive order also instructed certain governmental agencies to review and reconsider their existing policies and rules that limit access to healthcare, including among others, reexamining Medicaid demonstration projects and waiver programs that include work requirements and policies that create unnecessary barriers to obtaining access to health insurance coverage through Medicaid or the PPACA. On the legislative front, the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 was signed into law on March 11, 2021, which, in relevant part, eliminates the statutory Medicaid drug rebate cap, currently set at 100% of a drug’s average manufacturer price, for single source drugs and innovator multiple source drugs, beginning January 1, 2024. And, on August 16, 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (“IRA”) was signed into law. Among other things, the IRA requires manufacturers of certain drugs to engage in price negotiations with Medicare (beginning in 2026), imposes rebates under Medicare Part B and Medicare Part D to penalize price increases that outpace inflation (first due in 2023), and replaces the Part D coverage gap discount program with a new discounting program (beginning in 2025). The IRA also authorizes HHS to implement many of these provisions through guidance, as opposed to regulation, for the initial years. We cannot yet assess the impact that the IRA will have on the medical-products industry, but it will likely be significant. 115 There is seemingly constant evolution with regard to healthcare in the United States, and we cannot predict what healthcare programs and regulations may be implemented or changed at the federal and/or state level or the effect of any future legislation or regulation on our business or that of our current or prospective customers, suppliers, and/or the U.S. healthcare industry as a whole. It is possible that recent and/or future initiatives could have an adverse effect on our ability to obtain approval and/or successfully commercialize products in the United States in the future. For example, any changes that reduce, or impede the ability to obtain, reimbursement for the type of products we currently market, or may commercialize in the future (as applicable), in the United States would likely have an adverse effect on our business and profitability. Outside of the United States We also have received European Conformity (CE) marking in the European Economic Area (EEA) and in Israel for MDD, OCD, and smoking addiction, and 11 other indications in psychiatry, addiction treatment, and neurology. Additional regulatory approvals have also been obtained for Deep TMS in various other existing and potential territories, including, for example, in Canada and India. Sales and marketing of medical devices outside of the United States are subject to foreign regulatory requirements that vary widely from country to country. The time required to obtain appropriate marketing authorizations from other foreign authorities may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval. Whether or not we have obtained FDA approval, our Deep TMS systems may be subject to different regulatory requirements in other jurisdictions. The foreign regulatory approval process includes all the risks associated with FDA regulation, as well as country-specific regulations. Employees Our employees include professionals with extensive experience in medical device development and applications, neurology and psychopathology, pre- clinical experimentation, clinical development, and business development. As of December 31, 2022, we had 134 employees, of which 65 were based in the United States and 69 were based outside of the United States (in Israel). Our U.S. employee base includes 55 employees in sales, marketing, and service/operations, 3 employees in medical affairs, and 7 general and administrative employees. Our Israeli employee base includes 51 employees in clinical trials, research and development, production, and service/operations, 5 employees in sales and marketing, and 13 general and administrative employees. 116 While none of our employees are party to any collective bargaining agreements, certain provisions of the collective bargaining agreements between the Histadrut (General Federation of Labor in Israel) and the Coordination Bureau of Economic Organizations (including the Industrialists’ Associations) are applicable to our employees by order of the Israel Ministry of Labor. Such orders are part of the employment related laws and regulations which apply to our employees and set certain mandatory terms of employment. Such mandatory terms of employment primarily concern the length of the workday, minimum daily wages, pension plan benefits for all employees, insurance for work-related accidents, procedures for dismissal of employees, severance pay and other conditions of employment. We generally provide our employees with benefits and working conditions beyond the required minimums. We have never experienced an employment-related work stoppage and we believe our relationship with our employees is good. Environmental Matters We are subject to various environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing noise emissions. We believe that our business, operations, and facilities are being operated in compliance in all material respects with applicable environmental and health and safety laws and regulations. Based on information currently available to us, we do not expect environmental costs and contingencies to have a material adverse effect on us. Significant expenditures could be required in the future, however, if we are required to comply with new or more stringent environmental or health and safety laws, regulations or requirements. Legal Proceedings On January 10, 2023, the Company announced that it had settled a lawsuit filed by Neuronetics, Inc. in the District of Delaware. The Company had filed a motion to dismiss the case, and, while that motion was pending, agreed to settle the case on mutually agreeable terms and without any admission of liability or wrongdoing, including the release of certain potential counterclaims, to avoid the time, expense and uncertainty of litigation. C. Organizational Structure Our three subsidiaries, all of which wholly-owned, are: BrainsWay, Inc., incorporated in Delaware on March 31, 2003; Brain Research and Development Services Ltd., incorporated in Israel on August 13, 2003; and BrainsWay USA Inc., incorporated in Delaware on November 24, 2014. D. Property, Plants and Equipment BrainsWay has offices in the United States and Israel. 117 In Israel, the Company has leased offices in Jerusalem, Israel, since November 2007. In October 2022, upon the expiration of our previous lease agreement for our existing space, the Company signed a renewed lease agreement with the same Landlord providing for a move within the same building to a space which is being built out according to our custom specifications. The newly built-out space will consist of approximately 1,520 square meters, including administrative offices, research operations, central laboratory, and a warehouse. The lease term extends until 5 years beginning from the date we move into the new space (expected to occur within the coming year once the buildout is complete), with an automatic extension period of another 5 years unless terminated prior thereto. Under the terms of the agreement, lease payments and management fees will amount to approximately $34,000 plus value added tax, or VAT, per month, in the aggregate, and are paid in NIS. In the United States, the Company's corporate headquarters is located in Boston, MA, in a space comprised of 3,976 square feet leased at a rate of $8,118 per month, with a contractual lease term that expires in November 2024. We have also had corporate offices located in New Jersey since April 2016. Our Cresskill, NJ offices occupy a space comprised of approximately 2,326 square feet leased at a rate of $4,815 per month, pursuant to a lease with a current term expiring (unless extended) in June 2023. ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS Not applicable. ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report, particularly those in “Item 3. Key Information – D. Risk Factors.” Company Overview BrainsWay is a global leader in advanced noninvasive neurostimulation treatments for mental health disorders. We are boldly advancing neuroscience with our proprietary Deep Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation (Deep TMS™) platform technology to improve health and transform lives. We are dedicated to leading through superior science and building on what we believe to be an unparalleled body of clinical evidence. We are the first and only TMS company to obtain from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) three cleared indications backed by pivotal studies demonstrating clinically proven efficacy. Current indications include major depressive disorder (MDD), including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression, obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), and smoking addiction. We have also received CE Mark for a variety of psychiatric and neurological indications. We are focused on increasing global awareness of and broad access to Deep TMS. Deep TMS uses magnetic pulses to stimulate neurons and consequently modulates the physiological activity of the brain. Our technology can either increase brain activity in neuronal networks which are hypoactive, or alternatively decrease brain activity in neuronal networks which are hypoactive. Our proprietary electromagnetic coils, which we refer to as H-Coils, are designed to safely stimulate deep and broad brain regions, which we believe provides an advantage over other available TMS products, which we refer to collectively as Traditional TMS, that generally use a “figure 8” design. In the United States, we sell our Deep TMS system for the treatment of MDD (including reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms, commonly referred to as anxious depression), OCD and smoking addictions. We believe that our Deep TMS technology has the potential to be safe and effective for the treatment of a wide range of additional psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders. Additional clinical trials of Deep TMS in various psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders are underway or planned. 118 Our first commercial H1 Coil Deep TMS product received clearance from the FDA in 2013 for the treatment of MDD in adult patients who have failed to achieve satisfactory improvement from anti-depressant medication in the current episode. Our Deep TMS system for MDD is currently marketed to and installed at psychiatrists’ offices and other facilities principally in the United States and in certain other countries throughout the world. In addition, our second Deep TMS commercial product received FDA marketing authorization in August 2018 as an adjunct therapy for adult patients suffering from OCD, and in August 2018 as an adjunct therapy for adult patients suffering from OCD, and we currently market this product to the same general clientele as our MDD systems.. Furthermore, our third Deep TMS commercial product received FDA marketing authorization in August 2020 as a short-term therapy for smoking addiction. Moreover, in August 2021, we received 510(k) clearance from the FDA for our Deep TMS for its use for the reduction of comorbid anxiety symptoms in adult patients with depression. In August 2022, we received 510(k) clearance from the FDA for the use of our H7 Coil to treat MDD (including anxious depression). Our sales and marketing efforts are currently focused in the United States, where we generated approximately 75 % of our revenues in the year ended December 31, 2022. We believe that Deep TMS represents a platform technology that provides for an opportunity to develop additional Deep TMS products for a variety of psychiatric, neurological, and addiction disorders. We are planning clinical trials for other indications, including neurological and/or addiction disorders. Our current customers are principally doctors, hospitals, and medical centers in the field of psychiatry. Treatment with Deep TMS is typically performed as an office-based procedure using our Deep TMS system, which consists of our proprietary H-Coil helmet, as well as several other components, including a stimulator, cooling system, positioning arm and an operator interface. A course of treatment for MDD typically requires 20 treatment sessions (five times a week over a period of four weeks) and thereafter up to 24 additional maintenance-continuation sessions (twice weekly over a period of up to 12 weeks). The standard Deep TMS treatment protocol for OCD requires 29 treatment sessions over six weeks. A course of treatment for smoking addiction typically requires 18 treatment sessions, comprised of treatment five times a week over a period of three weeks, followed by treatment once per week for an additional three weeks. Each standard MDD, OCD or smoking addiction session lasts 20 minutes, 19 minutes, and 18 minutes, respectively. For Deep TMS for MDD, the FDA also cleared a 3 minute “Theta Burst” treatment protocol. Patients may experience some discomfort during treatment and must use earplugs to reduce exposure to the loud sounds produced by the device. The treatment requires no anesthesia, hospitalization or sedation and no systemic side effects are associated with this therapy. 119 In the United States, we sell or lease Deep TMS systems by one of the following two methods: (i) a fixed-fee lease model in which the Deep TMS system is leased to a customer for a fixed annual fee, generally with a term of between 48 and 60 months, for unlimited use; and (ii) a sales or purchase model in which the Deep TMS system is sold to the customer for a fixed purchase price. Additional potential revenues may be derived from extended warranty fees paid for the system for service coverage beyond the standard included warranty period, and from variable or usage fees based on the number of treatments performed with the system. We are also able to leverage our platform technology, which includes the ability to treat multiple indications using different H-Coil helmets, to facilitate transactions utilizing combined pricing models often involving a single system with one or more add-on helmets. These flexible offerings are designed to facilitate market penetration by addressing the differing clinical needs and risk tolerance among our customer base. We commercialize Deep TMS for OCD based generally on either the sale model, or as part of a fixed-fee lease model together with our MDD system. Following our receipt of FDA clearance for smoking addiction, we completed controlled and limited market releases of our system for this indication, and are currently in the process of a clinical data collection effort to facilitate a long term commercial plan for this product. As of December 31, 2022, we had an installed base of approximately 884 Deep TMS systems, whereby 411 systems were leased from us, and an additional 473 systems were sold by us prior to December 31, 2022. Our installed base increased by 130 systems during 2022. In addition, as of December 31, 2022, we had shipped 414 H1 Coils as additional coils attached to certain of our new and existing systems following our receipt in August 2018 of marketing approval from the FDA for our OCD system. For the year ended December 31, 2022, our revenues were $27.2 million compared to $29.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, representing a decrease of 8.4% over the revenues generated in 2021. We incurred net losses of $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2022, we had an accumulated deficit of $97.1 million. Our primary sources of capital to date have been from public offerings in Israel and in the United States, and private placements of our securities, grants from the Israel Innovation Authority (IIA), borrowings under our credit facilities, and the lease and sale of our products. We expect our research, development, and clinical trials expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we continue to develop next generation technology (including in the areas of multichannel and rotational field TMS), rollout additional features on our current platform (including beta testing of additional remote capabilities), pursue future confirmatory trials and data collection efforts for existing indications, and seek FDA clearance for new indications such as fatigue in MS, addictions (including alcohol, cocaine and/or opioid addiction), pain and other potential psychiatric and neurological indications. In addition, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses for product sales, marketing, manufacturing, and distribution. On February 25, 2021, we closed a follow-on underwritten public offering of ADSs with gross proceeds of approximately $45.2 million before deducting underwriting discount and commissions and offering expenses. We believe that our existing cash resources will be sufficient to enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 24 months. 120 Components of Our Results of Operations Revenues We derive our revenues from the lease and sale of our Deep TMS systems. We offer the following main pricing models: ● Fixed-fee Lease Model: The customer leases the Deep TMS system and pays a fixed annual or monthly fee for the term of the lease (generally between 48 and 60 months). ● Sale Model: The Deep TMS system is sold to the customer for a fixed purchase price. Additional revenues may be generated from certain customers in certain territories who are or may potentially be under a Pay Per Use model, whereby the customer pays a fixed fee per every patient session during which the system is used. Further potential revenues may be derived from extended warranty fees paid for the system for service coverage beyond the standard included warranty period, which is generally for one year, and from variable or usage fees based on the number of treatments performed with the system. We are also able to leverage our platform technology, which includes the ability to treat multiple indications using different H-Coil helmets, to facilitate transactions utilizing combined pricing models often involving a single system with one or more add-on helmets. Our revenues from the operating leases of our Deep TMS systems are recognized on a straight-line method over the term of the lease. Usage based fees, if applicable, are recognized as revenue when we are entitled to receive such revenue. Our revenues from sales are recognized when control of the system is transferred to the customer, generally upon delivery of the system. Cost of revenues and gross margin Our cost of revenues includes a significant component of depreciation of the Deep TMS systems, due to the fact that we maintain ownership of those systems placed under various models including our fixed-fee lease model, where we place our system at a site for use by our customer, rather than selling it outright. We expect to continue to own those of our Deep TMS systems which have been placed under these models for the foreseeable future, which allows us to maintain our relatively low cost of revenues for those systems. 121 In the case of the Deep TMS systems that we sell under our sales model, the entire cost of the Deep TMS system is recognized upon such sale. The cost of revenues for systems that we sell primarily consists of the costs of raw materials, including components purchased from our third-party contract manufacturers and manufacturing and assembly of the components that we perform ourselves. While we have previously used a third-party stimulator for our Deep TMS systems, we developed and have received FDA clearance for our own proprietary stimulator for MDD (in May 2018), OCD (in March 2019), and smoking addiction (in April 2021). The cost of revenues for systems that we lease or sell also include costs related to personnel, royalties to PHS and Yeda, shipping, and our operations department. We expect our cost of revenues to increase in absolute dollars to the extent our revenues increase. Selling and marketing expenses Selling and marketing expenses consist of marketing and commercial activities related to the sale and lease of our Deep TMS systems, as well as personnel expenses, including salaries and related benefits, sales commissions, share-based compensation for employees, and facility costs. Other significant sales and marketing costs include conferences, trade shows, and promotional and marketing activities, including direct and online marketing, SEO, earned media, practice support programs, media campaigns and travel expenses. We anticipate relative stability in current headcount levels for our commercial organization, and we plan to focus on aligning our current resources with existing territories in order to maximize and enhance efficiency. As a result, we expect our sales and marketing expenses to decrease. Research and development expenses, net Research and development expenses, net, consist primarily of personnel expenses, including salaries and related benefits, share-based compensation for employees, facility costs, laboratory materials, regulatory costs, patents, and travel expenses, as well as expenses associated with outsourced professional scientific development services, and the costs of multi-center and other clinical trials. We expect to continue to incur research and development expenses for the near future as we advance the development of our Deep TMS technology for various neurological and/or addiction disorders, as well as for various hardware and software development projects related to the Deep TMS system. While continuing to pursue these strategic initiatives, we also plan on streamlining existing resources as we shift more of our focus to our commercial operations. As a result, we expect our research and development expenses to decrease. 122 General and administrative expenses General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel expenses, including salaries and related benefits, share-based compensation, and travel expenses for employees in executive, finance, information technology, legal, and human resource functions. General and administrative expenses also include the cost of insurance, professional services, including legal and accounting fees as well as administrative costs, including corporate facility costs. We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will decrease as we realign our corporate activities. General and administrative costs include, but are not limited to, accounting, legal, human resources, consulting, investor relations, listing fees on The Nasdaq Global Market, costs associated with reporting and compliance in the United States, as well as director and officer insurance premiums, as a result of becoming a public company in the United States. Finance expenses, net Our finance expenses, net, consist primarily of expenses related to bank charges, and the amortization of deferred financing costs related to our finance expense with respect to the fair value re-measurement related to our outstanding liability to the IIA on account of grants received for financing our research and development activity, as well as interest income earned on our bank deposits and foreign currency exchange transactions. Income taxes expense Our income taxes expense is derived primarily from income generated from the sales and lease of our Deep TMS systems from our U.S. subsidiary. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recorded deferred tax assets in respect of temporary differences in the U.S. subsidiary. Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with IFRS, requires companies to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at and as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates and judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty, and actual results may differ. Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this report. Critical accounting estimates and judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, and are particularly important to the portrayal of our financial position and results of operations. Our estimates are primarily guided by observing the following critical accounting policies: 123 Revenue Recognition We generate revenues from the sale and lease of our systems. We sell products mainly directly to end users, third party financing companies with arrangements with end users, and to a lesser extent, to third-party distributors outside of the United States which typically do not include return rights. We typically have post-sale obligations of training and installation of our systems and may provide an annual service warranty for the Deep TMS system after the expiration of the standard warranty. Revenues for such services are deemed distinct performance obligations and are recognized when the services are performed. Revenue from sale of systems is recognized at the point in time when control of the system is transferred to the customer, generally upon delivery of the system to the customer. We generate lease revenue from a fixed-fee lease model in which the Deep TMS system is leased to a customer for a fixed annual fee, generally for a term of between 48 to 60 months, allowing for unlimited use during the lease period. Leases in which substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the leased asset are not transferred to the lessee are classified as operating leases. Revenues from operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Usage based fees are recognized as revenue when the Company is entitled to receive such revenue. Allowance for doubtful accounts based on expected credit losses on trade receivables We apply a simplified approach and measure the loss allowance in respect of our short -term financial assets, trade receivables, in an amount equal to the lifetime expected credit losses. The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts based on expected credit losses for trade receivables. The allowance rates are based on days past due for its various customers. The allowance is initially based on the Company’s historical observed default rates as well as forward-looking information. At each reporting date, the historical observed default rates are updated and changes in the forward-looking estimates are analyzed. The amount of the allowance is sensitive to changes in circumstances and forecasted economic conditions. Royalty Bearing Governmental Grants Government grants are recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the grants will be received, and the Company will comply with all attached conditions. Government grants received from the IIA and repayable to the IIA through royalty-bearing sales are recognized upon receipt as a liability if future economic benefits are expected to be derived through estimated future cash flows from the research project, resulting in royalty bearing sales due to the IIA. A liability for the grant is first measured at fair value using a discount rate that reflects a market rate of interest. The difference between the amount of the grant received and the fair value of the liability is accounted for as a government grant and recognized as a reduction of research and development expenses. After initial recognition, the liability is measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Royalty payments are recorded as a reduction of the liability. 124 If no economic benefits are expected from the research activity, the grants received are recognized as a reduction of the related research and development expenses. In that event, the royalty obligation is treated as a contingent liability. On each reporting date, the Company evaluates whether there is reasonable assurance that the liability recognized, in whole or in part, will not be repaid based on the best estimate of future sales and using the original effective interest method and, if so, the appropriate amount of the liability is derecognized against a corresponding reduction in research and development expenses. Grants received from the IIA prior to January 1, 2009, which are recognized as a liability, are accounted for as forgivable loans in accordance with IAS 20, based on the original terms of the loan. Share-based compensation Share-based compensation reflects the compensation expense of our stock option, and more recently, restricted share unit (RSU) programs granted to employee and other service providers, in which the compensation expense is measured at the grant date fair value of the award. The grant date fair value of share-based compensation is recognized as an expense over the requisite service period, net of estimated forfeitures. We recognize compensation expense for awards conditioned only on continued service that have a graded vesting schedule using the accelerated method and classify these amounts in our statement of comprehensive loss based on the department to which the related employee/service provider reports. Traditionally, the preferred form of equity compensation to our employees, consultants and directors was in the form of options. On May 4, 2021, we commenced a tender offer to exchange eligible options (“Eligible Options”) to purchase Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.04 per Ordinary Share, for replacement options to purchase Ordinary Shares (“New Options”), with modified terms pursuant to the Offer to Exchange Eligible Options for New Options, dated May 4, 2021 (the “Exchange Offer”). Following the Exchange Offer, to better align with the interests of prospective grantees, among other factors, we diversified our equity grants to prospective grantees to be either in the form of options or in the form of RSUs, according to the form of equity that bests suits the grantee. Share-Based Compensation Valuation We selected the Binomial Lattice option-pricing model as the most appropriate method for determining the estimated fair value of options compensation. For the purpose of the evaluation of the fair value, and the manner of the recognition of options compensation, our management is required to estimate, among others, various subjective parameters that are included in the calculation of the fair value of the options compensation, as well as our results and the amount of options that will vest. These parameters include the expected volatility of our share price over the expected term of the grant, the risk-free interest rate assumption, forfeitures behaviors and expected dividends. 125 Some of our more recent incentive equity grants were in the form of restricted share units (RSUs). We evaluate the fair value of RSUs based on the price of our ordinary shares at the time of grant and the quantity of RSUs granted. In connection with these RSU grants, we adopted a mechanism entailing an irrevocable instruction by the CFO similar to a 10b5-1 plan in order to allow for “sale-to-cover” which entails the sale of vested RSUs so as to cover the RSU holders’ tax expenses triggered by such vesting. Fair value of Ordinary Shares. Since our Ordinary Shares have traded on the TASE since 2007, and our ADSs have traded on The Nasdaq Global Market since 2019, we have a market price per share of our Ordinary Shares and ADSs. Traditionally, the exercise price for options granted by the Company was determined based on the average price per share over a calendar period of trading days preceding the grant date. Under the new compensation policy approved by the Company’s shareholders on December 22, 2021, the exercise price for any newer options grants are to be based on the closing price of our ADSs on the day prior to the grant. On June 2, 2021, we completed the Exchange Offer and the exercise price per Ordinary Share of the new options granted pursuant to the exchange offer is $4.675 per Ordinary Share. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions – Related Party Transactions.” Volatility. The expected volatility of the price of our Ordinary Shares reflects the assumption that the historical volatility of the share prices on the TASE is reasonably indicative of expected future trends. Risk-free interest rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on observed interest rates appropriate for the expected term of the options granted in dollar terms. Expected term. The expected term of options granted is derived from the output of the option valuation model and represents the period of time the options are expected to be outstanding. Expected dividend yield. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and we do not have current plans to pay cash dividends in the near term. Recent Accounting Pronouncements The recent accounting pronouncements are set forth in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1 of this Annual Report. A. Operating Results Quarterly Results of Operations The following tables show our unaudited quarterly statements of operations for the periods indicated. We have prepared this quarterly information on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements. 126 Three months ended Statements of operations Revenues Cost of revenues Gross profit Research and development expenses, net Selling and marketing expenses General and administrative expenses Total Operating expenses Total Operating Loss Finance expenses, net Loss before income taxes Income taxes (tax benefit) Net loss and comprehensive loss 2022 March 31 June 30 Sep. 30 Dec. 31 March 31 June 30 Sep. 30 Dec. 31 March 31 June 30 Sep. 30 Dec. 31 2021 U.S dollars in thousands 7,005 1,300 5,705 1,650 4,191 1,377 7,218 1,513 269 1,782 156 1,938 8,006 2,192 5,814 1,731 4,552 1,539 7,822 2,008 329 2,337 113 2,450 4,820 992 3,828 1,041 2,178 824 4,043 215 179 394 177 571 7,066 1,566 5,500 1,576 2,999 1,332 5,907 407 239 646 (240) 406 6,033 1,729 4,304 2,151 4,750 1,726 8,627 4,323 (401) 3,922 (55) 3,867 8,470 1,906 6,564 2,032 4,518 1,466 8,016 1,452 379 1,831 (484) 1,347 6,014 1,485 4,529 1,411 2,393 1,311 5,115 586 210 796 170 966 8,061 1,930 6,131 1,786 4,042 1,536 7,364 1,233 360 1,593 211 1,804 5,168 1,341 3,827 2,220 4,751 1,726 8,697 4,870 99 4,969 70 5,039 4,157 1,015 3,142 1,795 3,713 1,255 6,763 3,621 (309) 3,312 130 3,442 6,121 1,463 4,658 925 3,129 1,405 5,459 801 412 1,213 160 1,373 7,970 1,867 6,103 1,576 4,146 1,863 7,585 1,482 324 1,806 187 1,993 2020 Our quarterly revenues and operating results have varied in the past and are expected to vary in the future due to numerous factors. We believe that period-to- period comparisons of our operating results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance. Year ended December 31, 2022 compared to year ended December 31, 2021 Revenues Our total revenues decreased by $2.5 million, or 8.4%, from $29.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 to $27.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease in revenues was attributed mainly to a decrease in lease of our Deep TMS systems to customers. Revenues from leases were 40% of the revenues for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to 45% of the revenues for the year ended December 31, 2021. Cost of revenues and gross margin Our cost of revenues was $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase is primarily attributed to increase in sales volumes. There has been no material change in our gross margin as a percentage of revenue for the last three years. Research and development expenses, net Our research and development expenses, net, were $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase of $1.3 million, or 20%, was primarily attributable to increased investments in clinical trial and post-marketing studies related to our OCD and depression indications, as well as increased regulatory expenses to support the clearances in the geographies we sell in. Selling and marketing expenses Our selling and marketing expenses were $18.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to $15.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase of $2.3 million, or 14.6%, was primarily attributable to increased investments in the commercial team in the United States. These investments included increased headcounts, recruiting expenses, as well as higher travel costs which are due to both increased headcount and increases in travel related expenses during the year. The Company also had higher marketing expenses to support increased awareness including trades shows, and digital marketing initiatives. 127 General and administrative expenses Our general and administrative expenses were $6.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase of $1.1 million, or 19% is mainly attributed to one-time professional and legal fees. Finance expenses, net Our finance expenses, net, were $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The decrease of $1 million is mainly attributed to an increase in interest income from bank deposits. For information on the impact of currency fluctuations on the company, please see Item 11 “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” below. Year ended December 31, 2021 compared to year ended December 31, 2020 For comparison of fiscal year 2021 to fiscal year 2020 please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Year ended December 31, 2021 compared to year ended December 31, 2020” section in our annual report on form 20-F filed with the SEC on April 12, 2022. For more information regarding governmental economic, fiscal, monetary or political policies or factors that have materially affected, or could materially affect, directly or indirectly, the Company’s operations in Israel, please see also Item 3D. Risk Factors - Risks Related to Our Functions in Israel. B. Liquidity and Capital Resources Overview As of December 31, 2022, we had cash, cash equivalents and short-term deposits of $47.9 million and an accumulated deficit of $97.1 million, compared to cash equivalents and short-term deposits of $57.3 million, and an accumulated deficit of $83.7 million as of December 31, 2021. We incurred negative cash flows from operating activities of $9.8 million and positive cash flows from operating activities of $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. We have incurred operating losses since our inception, but anticipate that our operating losses will decrease as we implement measures designed to reduce operating expenses. Our primary sources of capital to date have been from public offerings in the U.S. and Israel and private placements of our securities, grants from the IIA, and leases and sales of our Deep TMS systems. From inception through December 31, 2022, we raised $129 million from placements of our Ordinary Shares and exercise of options. 128 The Company’s primary contractual obligations consist of liabilities in respect of research and development grants received from the Israeli Innovation Authority, royalties in respect of license agreements for the use of some of our intellectual property with Yeda and PHS, as well as lease liabilities in respect of corporate facilities and vehicles. For information about the Company's contractual obligations, see Notes 11 and 14 to our Audited Financial Statements. We expect our revenues to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we expand the marketing of our Deep TMS system for MDD, OCD, and smoking addiction. Given recent cost cutting measures implemented by us, we expect the gap between operating expenses and revenues to decrease as compared to 2022 levels. Accordingly, based on our current business plan, we believe that our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2022 and the anticipated revenues from sales of our products will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through the next 12 and 24 months periods, respectively. Cash flows The table below summarizes our cash flow activities for the indicated periods: (in thousands) Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities Exchange rate differences on cash and cash equivalents Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents Year Ended December 31, 2021 2022 (9,760) 42,169 (1,547) (202) 30,660 884 (42,216) 41,516 (224) (40) Net cash used in operating activities was $9.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $0.9 million providing during the year ended December 31, 2021. The decrease of $10.7 million was primarily due to higher loss, as well as changes in working capital. Investing Activities Net cash provided by investing activities was $42.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $42.2 million used during the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase of $84.4 million was mainly attributed to the investment of funds raised during 2021 in short-term deposits, compared to their classification as cash in 2022. 129 Financing Activities Net cash used in financing activities was $1.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $41.5 million provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2021. The change was mainly due to the completion of a follow-on underwritten public offering of ADSs during the prior year. Government Grants As of December 31, 2022, our wholly owned subsidiary, Brain Research and Development Services, Ltd., has received grants from the IIA in an aggregate amount of approximately $13.4 million. Brain Research and Development Services, Ltd. is currently required to pay 3% royalties of sales of our Deep TMS products, which payment obligations do not currently exceed the amount of the grant received (in U.S. dollars), plus interest at an annual rate equal to the LIBOR rate. As of December 31, 2022, Brain Research and Development Services, Ltd. has paid royalties to the IIA in an aggregate amount of approximately $4.4 million (including amounts in respect of accrued interest), with remaining outstanding royalties of up to $11.6 million. Research and development grants received from the IIA are recognized upon receipt as a liability if future economic benefits are expected from the project that will result in royalty-bearing sales. The amount of the liability for the loan is first measured at fair value using a discount rate that reflects a market rate of interest that reflects, in turn, the appropriate degree of risks inherent in our business. If no economic benefits are expected from the research activity, the grant receipts are recognized as a reduction of the related research and development expenses. In that event, the royalty obligation is treated as a contingent liability in accordance with IAS 37, “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities, and Contingent Asset.” At the end of each reporting period, we evaluate whether there is a reasonable assurance that the received grants will not be repaid based on our best estimate of future sales and, if so, no liability is recognized, and the grants are recorded against a corresponding reduction in research and development expenses. Research and development grants received from the European Union are recorded against a corresponding reduction in research and development expenses. Additionally, in 2013, the MAGNET committee of the IIA (MAGNET) approved the activities of the consortium for the development plan of a brain stimulator and monitor tool, which we refer to as the Consortium, of which we are one of the participants. As part of the Consortium, Brain Research and Development Services, Ltd. received from MAGNET approvals for grants in an aggregate amount of NIS 8.2 million (approximately $2.3 million based on the NIS to USD exchange rate as of December 31, 2022). There is no requirement to repay the grants or pay royalties thereon. Such non-royalty-bearing grants from MAGNET program for funding approved research and development projects are recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the grants will be received and we will comply with all attached conditions, on the basis of the costs incurred, and are presented as a deduction from research and development expenses. In the event of failure of a project that was partly financed by the IIA, we would not be obligated to pay any royalties or repay the amounts received. 130 C. Research and Development, Patents, and Licenses For descriptions of the company’s research and development policies for the years 2021 and 2020, please see the “Item 5.C Research and Development, Patents, and Licenses” sections in our annual reports on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on April 12, 2022 and April 19, 2021, respectively. Intellectual Property The core technology of our Deep TMS based on H-Coils is covered by our patents. Our intellectual property portfolio consists principally of patents and pending patent applications related to our Deep TMS technology that are either exclusively licensed to us for commercialization on a worldwide basis from (1) agencies of the U.S. Public Health Service (PHS) within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS), and (2) Yeda Research and Development Company Limited, or Yeda, the commercialization arm of the Weizmann Institute for Science (Weizmann Institute) or are owned by us. These include a total of 34 issued U.S. patents, 2 pending U.S. patent applications, 51 issued patents in other jurisdictions (treating Europe as one jurisdiction), and 14 pending patent applications in other jurisdictions. Our strategy is to seek to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, filing U.S. and foreign patent applications related to our proprietary technology, inventions, and improvements that are important to the development of our business. Our intellectual property rights outside of the United States are principally in Europe (France, Italy, Sweden, UK, and Germany), Canada, Australia, Japan, Hong Kong, and Israel. Patents related to our Deep TMS technology may provide future competitive advantages with claims related to aspects of the structure of our coils and methods of administration of treatment for applications of such technology. We also rely on our trade secrets, know- how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our proprietary position. We look to defend our Deep TMS technology by asserting our intellectual property rights, where it is determined to be necessary, to preserve our rights and gain the benefit of our technological investments. We seek to obtain patents in connection with the technology that we have developed as part of our strategy for protection of our intellectual property, including technology covered under our license agreements with the PHS and Yeda. The claiming strategy in each of our patent applications is based on the advice of our patent counsel and our business model and our business needs are taken into consideration. We file patent applications containing claims seeking protection of our proprietary technologies and products, as well as all new applications and/or uses we discover or develop for existing technologies and products, assuming these are strategically valuable. We continuously assess the number and types of patent applications, as well as the pending and issued patent claims, to ensure that appropriate coverage and value are obtained for our systems and methods, given the governing law and the corresponding patent office rules and regulations. In addition, claims may be modified during patent prosecution or additional claims added to meet our intellectual property and business needs. 131 Patents and Patent Applications Our first group of patents (Patent Family A) relates to the H-Coil technology in general: This includes coverage for the H-Coil for MDD, the H-Coil for OCD, the H-Coil for smoking addiction, and for future products we are developing. This group of patents has been exclusively licensed to us from the PHS, and includes two issued U.S. patents and seven issued patents in other jurisdictions. The issued patents are set to expire in 2026 in the U.S. and expired in 2021 outside the U.S. These coils are also covered by additional patents which extend until later dates as detailed further in this section. Our second group of patents (Patent Family B) relates to additional design features of BrainsWay’s H-Coil for MDD, H-Coil for smoking addiction coil, and also covers some future products we are developing. This group of patents has been licensed to us from the PHS and from Yeda, and includes six issued U.S. patents and eleven issued patents in other jurisdictions. The issued patents in this group are set to expire in 2025-2028 in the U.S. and in 2026 in other countries, not taking into account any potential patent term adjustment or extension that may be available in the future. These coils are also covered by additional patents which extend until later dates as detailed further in this section. Our third group of patents (Patent Family C) relates to a family of central base coils including BrainsWay’s H-Coil for OCD, and also some future products that we are developing. This group of patents is owned by us, and includes three issued U.S. patents, ten issued patents in other jurisdictions, and one pending patent application in other jurisdictions. The issued patents are set to expire in 2033 in the U.S., and in 2034 in other countries, not taking into account any potential patent term adjustment or extension that may be available in the future. Our fourth group of patents (Patent Family D) relates to a family of unilateral coils including some future products we are developing. Patent Family D is owned by us, and includes one issued U.S. patent, and five issued patents in other jurisdictions. The issued patents are set to expire in 2033 in the U.S., and in 2034 in other countries, not taking into account any potential patent term adjustment or extension that may be available in the future. Our fifth group of patents (Patent Family E) consists of utility model patent applications which provide coverage of several H-Coils, including those used in BrainsWay’s MDD and OCD systems. This group of patents (Patent Family E) is owned by us, and includes two issued Chinese Utility Model patents, one issued patent in the U.S., two issued patents in other jurisdictions, and four pending patent applications in other jurisdictions. The issued patents are set to expire in 2039. Our sixth group of patents (Patent Family F) relates to a family of circular coils including BrainsWay’s H-Coils for MDD and smoking, as well as some other future products we are developing. This group of patents (Patent Family F) is owned by us, and includes two issued U.S. patents, six issued patents in other jurisdictions and one pending patent applications in other jurisdictions. The issued patents are set to expire in 2033 in the U.S. and in 2034 in other countries, not taking into account any potential patent term adjustment or extension that may be available in the future. 132 Our seventh group of patents (Patent Family G) relates to real-time closed-loop brain stimulation and includes one pending patent application in the U.S. and three pending patent applications in other jurisdictions. Our eighth group of patents (additional families of issued patents and pending patent applications) relates to a multichannel stimulator we are developing as an enhancement to our Deep TMS system, which we see as the next generation of our products, several H-Coil designs which may be future products, capabilities to address additional medical conditions such as the need to open the blood brain barrier, and biomarker research using Deep TMS with an EEG that we are currently conducting. These include seven issued U.S. patents, eleven issued patents in other jurisdictions, and four pending patent applications in other jurisdictions. Patent applications in these families, if issued, are set to expire in 2029, 2031, 2033, and between 2037 and 2039, not taking into account any potential patent term adjustment or extension that may be available in the future. In addition to the list of patents noted above, an additional group of patents relates to multichannel stimulation and was acquired from TMS Innovations, LLC. We believe these patents will enable us to broaden the scope of capabilities in the multichannel stimulator we are developing. The issued patents are set to expire between 2026 and 2035 in the U.S, not taking into account any potential patent term adjustment or extension that may be available in the future. In addition to the list of patents noted above, in January 2020 we exercised our option to exclusively license the rights to certain patents relating to rotational field TMS from Yeda. This group of patents includes two issued U.S. patents and four issued patents in other jurisdictions. The issued patents are set to expire in 2032 in the U.S. and in 2030 in other countries, not taking into account any potential patent term adjustment or extension that may be available in the future. The patent positions of companies like ours are generally uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions that may vary from one jurisdiction to another. Our ability to maintain and solidify our proprietary position for our technology will depend on our success in obtaining effective claims and enforcing those claims once granted. We can provide no assurance that our patent applications or those patent applications that we in-license will result in the issuance of any corresponding patents (other than any allowed patent applications, which normally result in the issuance of a patent after the applicant has paid the required issue fee). The inability of any such patent applications to be allowed may harm our ability to protect our intellectual property, our ability to compete in the neuromodulation market, and our results of operations. Our issued patents and those that may be issued in the future, or those licensed to us, may be challenged, narrowed, circumvented or found to be invalid or unenforceable, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing related products. Neither we nor our licensors can be certain that we were the first to invent or first to file for the inventions claimed in our owned or licensed patents or patent applications which may also affect our ability to assert the patents against others. In addition, our competitors may design around our patents or any technology developed by us, and the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with any meaningful competitive advantages against these competitors. Furthermore, because of the extensive time required for development, testing and regulatory review of a potential product, it is possible that, before our future product can be commercialized, any related patent may expire or remain in force for only a short period following commercialization, thereby reducing any advantage of the patent. See “Risk Factors—Risk Relating to Intellectual Property”. 133 License Agreements The core technology for Deep TMS is exclusively licensed to us for commercialization on a worldwide basis from the PHS and Yeda. PHS License Agreement The initial discoveries of the Deep TMS technology and the feasibility studies for implementation of the technology were carried out in the framework of research performed at NIH by the scientific founders of our Company prior to its formation. The rights for such discoveries are owned by the DHHS and are now licensed to us by the PHS, an agency within the DHHS. Subsequent to these discoveries, applications were filed for registration of Patent Family A and Patent Family B (described under “—Patents” above) covering the H-Coils developed in the course of this research. In 2003, we entered into a license agreement with the PHS, pursuant to which we were granted (i) an exclusive license to develop, manufacture, use, import and sell any product or treatment which is created or based on the patents and which deals with TMS and (ii) the right to enter into sublicense agreements, subject to approval of the PHS. The U.S. government was granted an irrevocable, nonexclusive, nontransferable royalty-free license for use of any invention in connection with the patents, throughout the world, for the benefit of the U.S. government, a foreign government and other international organization under the provisions of a treaty or agreement applicable to the U.S. government at such time. In addition, the PHS is entitled to grant academic or commercial bodies a nonexclusive license for use of the patents for advancement of basic research only, subject to our consent. We are required to pay royalties consisting of 2% (beyond the first $10 million in cumulative sales, a milestone which has passed), or payments received from sales or leases of our Deep TMS systems and/or portions thereof using the licensed technology. In addition, we are required to pay a royalty of 8% from the net cash proceeds we receive from any sublicenses, so long as the underlying intellectual property is valid and enforceable in the relevant territory. In addition, there is a one-time $10,000 fee relating to certain new FDA approvals associated with these patents. 134 The PHS is responsible for registration and defense of Patent Family A, subject to indemnification by us for registration expenses. We are responsible for registration and defense of the Patent Family B and are required to bear all related expenses. The PHS license agreement is valid up until the expiration of the last to expire of the licensed patent rights under the agreement. The PHS may cancel the agreement in the event of, among others, (i) a fundamental breach by us, (ii) we enter into involuntary liquidation proceedings or shall become insolvent, (iii) we have not achieved our milestones under the agreement (all of which have been achieved as of the date hereof), (iv) we have maliciously made a false statement or has omitted a material fact in an application for a license or in any other report required under the agreement, (v) we do not make the product based upon the patents accessible to the public after commencement of the commercial marketing of the product, (vi) we are unable to bring the product to a level of safety which it must reach in order to license the product or (vii) we do not manufacture the licensed products substantially in the United States without reasonable justification, in each case, subject to a 90-day cure period (other than in respect of clause (ii) above). We may cancel the agreement at any time with 60 days’ notice, subject to payment of any outstanding royalties. If the PHS license agreement is terminated as a result of the expiration of the first registered patent under the agreement (as described above), we may continue to market and sell the products and processes in any country in which the patent is expired, without an obligation to pay royalties or any other payment whatsoever to the PHS. Yeda License Agreement In 2005, we entered into a research and licensing agreement with Yeda, which, as amended from time to time, we refer to as the Yeda license agreement, pursuant to which we licensed certain technologies developed at the Weizmann Institute in studies conducted by Prof. Avraham Zangen, the scientific founder and neurobiological advisor of the Company, in the field of treatment of depression using TMS technology. Under the Yeda license agreement, all of the rights, including the rights to registration of patents, rights and inventions, information and/or other results which shall arise from the research, referred to as the “licensed technology”, remain exclusively owned by Yeda. The Yeda license agreement grants us an exclusive license to use the licensed technology, throughout the world, for performance of research and development, manufacture, commercialization, and sale of systems for medical treatment in the field of TMS treatment. The license is valid with regard to every product up to the expiration or revocation date of the latest patent registered under the agreement in a particular country, provided that the date of expiry of the license shall be extended to a period of 15 years commencing on the date of first commercial sale of the product in such country. Yeda reserves the right to make use of the information which shall be developed for academic and research purposes only, including its publication, subject to various restrictions set forth in the agreement. We have agreed to lend to Yeda, without consideration, one Deep TMS system, which it shall use for academic research purposes only. We have the right to grant sublicenses subject to the fulfillment of conditions specified in the agreement. 135 Under the terms of the Agreement with Yeda, we are required to pay 1% of net sales on systems which are based on certain patents (which include technology licensed from PHS). Additionally, we are required to pay 2% of net sales (beyond the first $10 million in cumulative sales, a milestone which has passed), for products which are based solely on certain patents licensed exclusively from Yeda. In addition, in the event we receive income from products which are sublicensed, we would be re required to pay a royalty of up to 8% on the net cash proceeds received from such sublicenses, so long as the underlying intellectual property is valid and enforceable in the relevant territory. In addition, there are certain one-time fees relating to certain new FDA approvals associated with these patents. In January 2020, we exercised our right to add the additional rotational field TMS innovation. To the extent products based on this technology are commercialized we will have to pay Yeda royalties, either at increased rates ranging from 1.6%-2% in addition to the previously determined rates for “combined products” (which also include innovations covered by previous agreements), or at a fixed rate of 5% for products based exclusively on the rotational field TMS. In addition to customary termination rights of a party due to material breach by the other party, Yeda has the right to terminate the agreement in the event that Yeda receives notice or a claim from the PHS that performance of the research constitutes breach of a patent of the PHS. We have agreed to indemnify Yeda in respect of any such claim or demand from the PHS. To the best of our knowledge, the Yeda agreement and performance of the research thereunder do not breach the terms of our license agreement with the PHS. In any event of termination of the Yeda agreement, all of the rights in the licensed technology will be returned to Yeda, and we are required to grant Yeda a nonexclusive license, without consideration, in perpetuity, throughout the world for all information developed by it or which shall arise from the development of the products under the agreement, including any license or application for license submitted by us in connection with the products. Following the expiry of the latest patent in such country with regard to such product, we would be entitled to continue to manufacture and sell such product in such country without payment of royalties to Yeda. Trade Secrets and Know-How We may rely, in some circumstances, on trade secrets and know-how to protect our technology. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect. We seek to protect our proprietary technology and processes, in part, through confidentiality agreements and assignment of inventions agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors, and contractors. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and trade secrets by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. While we have confidence in these individuals, organizations and systems, such agreements or security measures may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. 136 D. Trend Information Trend information is included throughout the other sections of this Item 5. In addition, in the aftermath of the COVID-19 global pandemic, quarantine mandates, and the ensuing global supply chain crisis, we have seen a significant rise in the price of many of the electronic components needed for our systems. These price increases are largely attributable to supply and demand factors, and in some cases, shortages, relating to these parts across the globe. On a related point, the lead time for receiving electronic components shipped by suppliers has increased significantly amid the worldwide supply chain crisis. This has compelled us to significantly increase inventory levels to ensure that future demand for our systems can be timely met. Within the broader context of electronic component supply issues, the third party we rely on for the outsourced manufacture of our newer generation systems halted production in 2021 for a period due to the shortage in PC computers which are needed for these systems. The shortage in PC computers, including due to a worldwide shortage in PC boards, relative to our demand is an ongoing issue which may impact ongoing supply capabilities in the near term. While after the brief 2021 halt we were able to adapt our standard manufacturing process to allow for the integration of these PC components at a later stage of the production line once inventory levels were restocked, this is illustrative of the continuing need to adapt to the realities and challenges posed by the worldwide supply chain crisis. In addition, we have seen a trend of high volatility in the workforce. In 2021, the number of voluntary resignations by employees across the U.S. and Israeli economies increased, and 2022 saw large-scale layoffs particularly among technology companies. We believe that these events have created a climate of volatility in employment relations throughout the economy that has affected our ability to recruit, train and retain employees including effective sales professionals, thus our ability to ramp up our sales and marketing force as quickly as would have otherwise been possible. Another trend relating to our business is the expansion and reliance on reimbursement by major insurers and government plans. Over the past year we have experienced emerging reimbursement coverage for Deep TMS for the treatment of OCD, with over 90 million covered lives eligible for coverage as of March 2023. Positive coverage decisions for Deep TMS for OCD have been issued by Centene Corporation (with 26 million covered lives), Health Care Service Corporation (HCSC) (with 17 million covered lives), TriCare (with 9.6 million covered lives), Cigna Corporation (with 17 million covered lives), Highmark (with 6.8 million covered lives), Premera (with 2.6 million covered lives) and LifeWise (with 2.2 million covered lives). Additionally, one of the seven Medicare Administrative Contractors (MACs) in the US, Palmetto GBA, has published a final Local Coverage Determination (LCD) in 2022 extending coverage applicable to Deep TMS for OCD. While the criteria for this emerging Deep TMS for OCD coverage varies with each payor, generally, coverage requires the failure of between two and four medication trials before qualifying for reimbursement. We are actively engaged in efforts to facilitate increased coverage for OCD treatment by more payors, including both commercial and governmental. If this trend continues, we anticipate that it can have a positive impact on our industry in general, and the demand for our Deep TMS therapy in particular. This, in turn, could have a positive effect on our revenues, income from continuing operations, and profitability. 137 E. Critical Accounting Estimates Not applicable. ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES A. Directors and Senior Management Recent Developments In the beginning of 2023, we underwent a transition in our leadership. On January 12, 2023 our board of directors appointed Mr. Ami Boehm, an experienced, accomplished, and well-respected leader in capital markets, investing, and advising in multiple global industries, as a director. On February 13, 2023 the board appointed Mr. Boehm as our new Chairman, succeeding Dr. David Zacut, co-founder of BrainsWay, who has held the role of Chairman since our inception, and now serves as a vice chairman on the board. In tandem with the transition to a new Chairman, on February 13, 2023, our board of directors appointed Mr. Hadar Levy as our new Chief Executive Officer. Christopher R. von Jako, Ph.D., who served in that role since January 2020, stepped down from the Company to pursue other opportunities. The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers and directors as of the date of this Annual Report. Name Senior Management: Hadar Levy R. Scott Areglado Dr. Yiftach Roth Moria Ben Soussan (Ankri) Christopher Boyer Eric Hirt Directors: Ami Boehm Dr. David Zacut(3) Avner Hagai(2) Eti Mitrany(1)(2) Karen Sarid(1)(2)(3) Prof. Abraham Zangen Yossi Ben Shalom(3) Avner Lushi(1) Age Position 49 59 53 38 45 47 54 71 67 53 72 53 66 56 Chief Executive Officer Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Chief Scientist Vice President of Research and Development Vice President of Global Marketing Vice President of US Sales Chairman of the Board Vice Chairman of the Board Director Director Director Director Director Director (1)Member of our audit committee, which also serves as our financial statements committee. (2)Member of our compensation committee. (3)Member of our executive committee. 138 Board Diversity Matrix Nasdaq’s Board Diversity Rule is designed to encourage a minimum board diversity objective for companies and provide stakeholders with consistent, comparable disclosures concerning a company’s current board composition. The rule requires companies listed on Nasdaq to: (1) publicly disclose board- level diversity statistics using a standardized template; and (2) have or explain why they do not have at least two diverse directors. Our current board composition is reflected in the following matrix: Country of Principal Executive Offices: Foreign Private Issuer Disclosure Prohibited under Home Country Law Total Number of Directors Board Diversity Matrix (As of March 27, 2023) Israel Yes No 8 Female Male Non-binary Did Not Disclose Gender Part I: Gender Identity Directors Part II: Demographic Background Underrepresented Individual in Home Country Jurisdiction LGBTQ Did Not Disclose Demographic Background Directors who are Jewish People Directors with Disabilities 2 0 0 0 8 0 6 0 0 As a Foreign Issuer subject to the added flexibility provided under Nasdaq’s Board Diversity Rule, we currently meet the diversity objectives promulgated under this rule by having two female directors, as reflected in the above matrix. 139 Executive officers Hadar Levy serves as our Chief Executive Officer since February 13, 2023. Prior to this, Mr. Levy served as our Senior Vice President and General Manager North America since May 2020, and before that as Chief Financial Officer from September 2014 to May 2020. Mr. Levy also serves as a director in ReWalk Robotics Ltd. (NASDAQ listed) since July 2022. Prior to his service at the Company, from August 2011 to September 2014 Mr. Levy served as Chief Financial Officer of the Latin American Division at Amdocs; and from 2008 to 2011, served as Chief Financial Officer & Vice President of Business Development of Notalvision. Prior to this position, he served as Controller of GE Healthcare Israel. Mr. Levy holds a BA in Economics and Accounting from Ruppin and an LLM from Bar Ilan University. Mr. Levy is a Certified Public Accountant. R. Scott Areglado has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since May 2021. Prior to his service at the Company, Mr. Areglado served as Chief Financial Officer of iCAD, Inc., a publicly traded global medical technologies provider of advanced image analysis, from May 2018, and previously served as its Vice President and Corporate Controller (from 2011 to 2018). From 2005 to 2010, Mr. Areglado served as Vice President and Controller at AMICAS, Inc., a Nasdaq-listed image and information management solutions company serving the healthcare industry. From 1991 to 2004, he held various accounting and financial roles of increasing responsibility in the software, communications, and transportation and logistics industries. He holds a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Accounting from the University of Massachusetts, Amherst, and a Master of Business Administration in Entrepreneurship from the Franklin W. Olin Graduate School of Business at Babson College. Dr. Yiftach Roth is one of our scientific founders and key inventors of the Deep TMS technology. Dr. Roth has served as our Research and Development Manager since May 2006. In 2010, Dr. Roth became our Chief Scientist. From 2003 through 2006, Dr. Roth worked in the Advanced Technology Center of the Chaim Sheba Medical Center at Tel Hashomer as a researcher in the field of Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI). Dr. Roth holds B.Sc. and M.Sc. degrees in Physics and a Ph.D. in Medical Physics from Tel Aviv University. Dr. Roth is the brother-in-law of Professor Zangen, a director and scientific consultant for the Company. Moria Ben Soussan (Ankri) has served as our Vice President of Research and Development since September 2017. Prior to her service as a Vice President of Research and Development, from 2010 to 2017, Ms. Ankri served as a manager at the Biomedical Development Department of our Company and as a research and development project manager at our Company. Ms. Ankri holds a B.Sc. in Biomedical Engineering from the Jerusalem College of Technology, and a B.Sc. in neurobiology studies at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem. Christopher Boyer has served as our Vice President Global Marketing since June 2020. Prior to joining the Company, he served as Managing Director of Drake Partners LLC, a start-up private equity and management consulting firm, where he led commercial activities for many of the portfolio companies. Prior to Drake Partners, he was Vice President at St. Jude Medical (now part of Abbott), where he managed the commercial integration of NeuroTherm, Inc. He was formerly the Vice President, America Sales, and Global Marketing for NeuroTherm, an international pain management company, where he transformed the sales and marketing organizations to accelerate revenue growth. This effort contributed to the subsequent sale of the company to St. Jude Medical. Earlier in his career, Mr. Boyer held marketing roles of increasing responsibility at Smith & Nephew and Stryker. Prior to his medical device career, he was a field artillery captain in the United States Army, and he received a Bronze Star Medal for his service. Mr. Boyer holds a B.S. in Mathematical Sciences from the United States Military Academy at West Point. 140 Eric Hirt has served as our Vice President of US Sales since May 2022. Prior to joining the Company, he led the US Sales Team at Aerogen, a world leader in aerosol drug delivery for patients in the acute care setting. Prior to Aerogen, he also held sales leadership roles at Teleflex and Integra LifeSciences, in addition to sales and marketing leadership positions at Covidien (now part of Medtronic). Before his management roles, Mr. Hirt was a territory sales professional for Covidien and Phenomenex. Mr. Hirt holds an MBA from Pepperdine Graziadio Business School (Malibu, CA) and a BS degree in Allied Health from The Ohio State University (Columbus, OH). Directors Ami Boehm serves as our Director since January 12, 2023, and as Chairman of our Board of Directors since February, 2023. Mr. Boehm has deep expertise in providing strategic advice for companies operating in multiple global industries. From 2004 until 2022, he served as a partner at FIMI Opportunity Funds, Israel’s leading private equity firm. As a partner at FIMI, Mr. Boehm has sourced and led dozens of control equity investments, and led improvement processes of FIMI’s portfolio companies and strategic activities of the portfolio companies in Israel, China, Europe and the U.S. He has served as Chairman of the Board or Director of numerous public and private companies, including Ormat Technologies, Inc. (NYSE and TASE listed), Gilat Satellite Networks, Ltd. (NASDAQ and TASE listed), TAT Industries Ltd. (NASDAQ and TASE listed), Kamada Ltd. (NASDAQ and TASE listed), Rekah Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. (TASE listed), Novolog Ltd. (TASE listed), Hamlet, Ltd. (TASE listed), Galam Ltd., and Greenstream Ltd., and has worked closely with management teams across the continuum of business and corporate development activities. Mr. Boehm received a Master of Business Administration from Northwestern University and Tel-Aviv University, a Bachelor of Law from Tel-Aviv University, and a Bachelor of Economics from Tel-Aviv University. Dr. David Zacut serves as Vice-Chairman of our Board of Directors since February, 2023. Prior to that he has served as our Chairman of the Board of Directors since our inception, is a member of our executive committee, and has been providing consulting services to Brain Research and Development Services since May 2001. Since 1983, Dr. Zacut has been working as a senior practicing physician at Hadassah Hospital, and from 1994 through 2003, he served as a managing director of several large medical centers. In addition, Dr. Zacut serves as a director of several private companies, including Brain Research and Development Services. Dr. Zacut holds an M.D. degree from the Hebrew University of Jerusalem. Avner Hagai has served as our Director since November 2006 and currently serves as a member of our compensation committee. He currently serves as a director at several companies, including at Prisma F.S. Ltd., a building management company (where he has served since 2002), and previously served as a director at Hofit Kibbutz Kinneret Ltd., a plastics manufacturer. Mr. Hagai established A.A. Glass Ltd., an automotive glass and services company, where he has served as a director since 1984. 141 Eti Mitrany has served as our Director since June 2016, and currently serves as chairperson of our compensation committee and a member of our audit committee. Ms. Mitrany is an executive with over 25 years of global experience in the life sciences industry. She has served as an active board member since January 2023 at TrioxNano, a nanotechnology treatment company, and also serves as a consultant at pharmaceutical and digital health companies. From April 2021 until December 2022, she served as CFO and Head of Corporate Strategy at CytoReason, a life sciences AI company developing a computational model of the human body. From 2012 until January 2020, she served as Senior Vice President, Head of the Corporate Economic Department at Teva Pharmaceuticals, with global responsibility for Teva’s business planning and analysis. Prior to that, Ms. Mitrany held various positions at Teva, including serving as CFO of its global specialty business (commercial, R&D, and new ventures), head of Financial Planning & Analysis of the global branded business, and global CFO of Copaxone (a multiple sclerosis treatment) and various other specialty products. Ms. Mitrany received her BA in Economics and an MBA in Finance, both from Tel-Aviv University. Karen Sarid has served as our Director since December 2017, currently serves as chairperson of our audit committee, and is a member of our compensation committee and our executive committee. Between March 2014 and July 2017, Ms. Sarid served as VP Beauty and Dental and as Chairman of China activities at Syneron Medical Ltd. Between January 2012 and August 2013 Ms. Sarid served as President of Alma Lasers Ltd. Ms. Sarid currently serves as a director of Eva Visual Ltd. She holds a BA in Economics and Accounting from the University of Haifa. Prof. Avraham Zangen has served as our Director since June 2019. Prof. Zangen is the Head of the Brain Stimulation and Behavior Lab and the Chair of the PsychoBiology Brain Program at Ben-Gurion University in Israel. His research is directed at identifying and understanding altered neuroplasticity in psychiatric disorders, primarily depression, addiction and ADHD, utilizing brain stimulation, and imaging techniques to explore mechanisms and potential clinical applications. He co-developed, along with Dr. Yiftach Roth, the Deep TMS coil which serves as BrainsWay’s platform technology. Professor Zangen has published over 150 peer reviewed articles, reviews, and book chapters. He has been awarded numerous prizes for his scientific achievements, including the Medical Futures Innovation Award in London, the Sieratzki Prize for Advances in Neuroscience, and the Juludan Prize at the Technion. He has also received several distinguished research grants, including from the National Institutes of Health, H2020 and the Israel Science Foundation. Professor Zangen is the brother-in-law of Dr. Yiftach Roth, who serves as our Chief Scientific Officer and a co-developer of our Deep TMS technology. Yossi Ben Shalom has served as our Director since December 2018 and is a member of our executive committee. Mr. Ben Shalom is a co-founder of D.B.S.I, a private investment company specializing in investments in mature companies that are positioned globally for high growth or built for vast expansion through M&As. As such, Mr. Ben Shalom serves as the Chairman of Pointer Telocation Ltd. (Nasdaq: PNTR), Rada (Nasdaq: RADA) and Shagrir Group Car Services Ltd. (TASE: SHGR). He also serves as a director at Taldor Computer Systems (1986) Ltd. (TASE: TALD), Eldan Cargo Ltd., The 8 Note Production & Distribution Ltd., Car 2 Go Ltd., Matzman Et Merutz Milenum Ltd. and Kafrit Industries (1993) Ltd. Mr. Ben Shalom was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Koor Industries Ltd. from 1998 through to 2000. Before that, Mr. Ben-Shalom served as Chief Financial Officer of Tadiran Ltd. between 1994 and 1998. Mr. Ben Shalom holds a BA in Economics and an MA in Business Administration both from Tel Aviv University. 142 Avner Lushi has served as our Director since January 2020 and currently serves as a member of our audit committee. He co-founded the Guangzhou Sino- Israel Bio-industry Investment Fund (GIBF) which focuses on introducing Israeli and western life sciences companies to the Chinese market (and related investments), where he also serves as a Managing Partner & CEO. Between 2004 and 2015 Mr. Lushi served as a Partner and Managing Director of Israel Healthcare Ventures (IHCV), a life sciences venture capital fund. From 2001 to 2005, he co-founded and served as CEO of Life Sciences Transaction Support Ltd. (LTS), a PwC subsidiary dealing with life sciences investment banking. Since 2005, Mr. Lushi has served as an independent board member at nine public companies, the two last active ones being Ram-On Investments and Holdings (1999) Ltd and Allmed Solutions Ltd. In addition, he serves as a board member of several private companies as part of his role at GIBF. From 1997 to 2001, prior to turning to the private sector, he held increasingly senior roles within the Israeli Prime Minister’s Chamber and the Israeli Supreme Court. Mr. Lushi holds an LLM in Law from the Hebrew University of Jerusalem, LLB in Law and a BA in Economics from the Haifa University. B. Compensation The aggregate compensation paid, and benefits-in-kind granted to or accrued on behalf of all of our directors and executive officers for their services, in all capacities, to us during the year ended December 31, 2022, was approximately $3.6 million. Out of that amount, $2.3 million was paid as salary, $1.1 million was attributed to the value of the equity-based awards granted to senior management during 2022 and approximately $0.2 million was attributed to retirement plans. No additional amounts have been set aside or accrued by us to provide pension, retirement, or similar benefits. The compensation terms for our directors and officers are derived from their employment agreements, and comply with our Amended and Restated Compensation Policy for Executive Officers and Directors approved by our shareholders on December 22, 2021 (the “Compensation Policy”). The table and summary below outline the actual compensation granted or paid to our five highest compensated officers during the year ended December 31, 2022. 143 Name and position of director or officer Christopher von Jako, former President and CEO Hadar Levy, former SVP and General Manager OUS, CEO since February 2023 R. Scott Areglado, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Christopher Boyer, VP Global Marketing Amit Ginou, VP, and Israel Site Manager (6) Base Salary or Other Payments(1) Value of Social benefit (2) Value of Equity Based Compensation Granted(3)(5) All Other Compensation(4) Total 524,262 55,868 286,918 - 867,048 411,694 50,746 80,668 7,717 550,824 377,251 50,162 78,839 291,850 46,102 63,583 - - 506,252 401,535 202,747 47,789 50,926 15,689 317,152 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) “Base Salary or Other Payments” means the aggregate yearly gross monthly salaries or other payments with respect to our senior management and members of the board of directors which was actually paid during the year ended December 31, 2022. “Social Benefits” include payments to the National Insurance Institute, advanced education funds, managers’ insurance and pension funds; vacation pay; and recuperation pay as mandated by Israeli law. Consists of the fair value of the equity-based compensation granted during the year ended December 31, 2022 in exchange for the directors' and officers' services recognized as an expense in profit or loss and is carried to the accumulated deficit under equity. The total amount is recognized as an expense over the vesting period of the RSUs and/or options. “All Other Compensation” includes, among other things, bonuses, car-related expenses (including tax gross-up) and communication expenses. Christopher Boyer was granted 28,000 RSUs commencing on April 1, 2022 and vesting over a 4 year period. Amit Ginou was granted 19,500 RSUs commencing on April 1, 2022 and vesting over a 4 year period. Hadar Levy was granted 30,000 RSUs commencing on September 1, 2022 and vesting over a 3.5 year period. (6) Mr. Ginou’s employment with the company will conclude on June 20, 2023, following a 3-month notice period. Certain equity-based compensation listed in the table above was granted pursuant to an equity incentive plan. For information regarding the terms of our equity incentive plans, please see the section titled “Award Plans” under Item 6.E. In addition, all of our directors and executive officers are covered under our directors’ and executive officers’ liability insurance policies and were granted letters of indemnification by us. Employment Agreements We have entered into written employment or service agreements with each member of our senior management. All of these agreements contain customary provisions regarding noncompetition, confidentiality of information, and assignment of inventions. However, the enforceability of the noncompetition provisions may be limited under applicable laws. 144 For information on exemption and indemnification letters granted to our directors and officers, please see “Item 6C. – Board Practices – Exculpation, Insurance and Indemnification of Directors and Officers.” Director Compensation As of the date of the filing of this annual report, we pay our non-executive directors (i.e., all directors other than Mr. Boehm, Dr. Zacut and Prof. Zangen) an annual cash fee of NIS 133,000 (approximately $39,610) Additionally, as of the date of the filing of this annual report, we pay a cash fee of NIS 2,480 (approximately $740) per meeting of the Board and any committee thereof, which is increased to (i) NIS 4,020 (approximately $1,200) in the case of a committee chairperson; or (ii) NIS 4,390 (approximately $1,310) in the case of a director determined to be an expert. Ami Boehm serves as an active chairman of our board of directors. Effective as of the date that Mr. Boehm was appointed as the Chairman of the Board, namely February 13, 2023 (Mr. Boehm’s compensation from the date of his appointment as a director on January 1, 2023 until his appointment as Chairman was the same as that applicable to our other non-executive directors) Mr. Boehm receives a monthly compensation of NIS 22,500 plus VAT for his term in office (calculated based on 30% capacity of a NIS 75,000 full capacity role). In addition, he was granted 300,000 options to purchase Ordinary Shares of the Company, subject to a 4 year vesting schedule and acceleration in the event of a change of control, at an exercise price equal to 125% of half of the closing ADS price on the NASDAQ exchange on March 17, 2023, subject to standard terms in the company's Amended and Restated 2019 Share Incentive Plan and compliance with all applicable laws. For more information, please see our proxy statement filed on February 13, 2023 and resulting resolution approved by the shareholders on March 20, 2023. According to the consultancy agreement between Dr. Zacut and the Company, as of May 30, 2016, Dr. Zacut is entitled to a monthly consulting fee of NIS 30,000, set based on a 40% capacity position. For more information, please see the proxy statement filed on February 13, 2023 and resulting resolution approved by the shareholders on March 20, 2023. We also have a consultancy agreement with Prof. Zangen, a director and scientific founder of the Company. For more information, please see “Item 7B. Related Party Transactions.” The table and summary below outline the actual compensation granted or paid to our directors during the year ended December 31, 2022. 145 Name of director Annual Basis Compensation Annual Per meeting compensation Value of Equity Based Compensation Granted(3) All Other Compensation(4) Total Dr. David Zacut Prof. Avraham Zangen Karan Sarid Eti Mitarni Avner Lushi Yossi Ben Shalom Avner Hagai 106,564 62,091 39,000 39,000 39,000 39,000 39,000 35,965 15,430 12,944 12,234 8,374 11,839 11,839 4,555 15,112 291 538 106,564 77,203 74,965 66,560 64,320 55,789 47,737 (3) Mainly attributed to expenses for the granting of options and expenses for the repricing of options. (4) Mainly attributed to car expenses and reimbursements of travel expenses. Compensation Policy In general, under the Israeli Companies Law, a public company must have a compensation policy approved by the board of directors after receiving and considering the recommendations of the compensation committee. In addition, the compensation policy requires the approval of the general meeting of the shareholders. In public companies such as our Company, shareholder approval requires one of the following: (i) the majority of shareholder votes counted at a general meeting including the majority of all of the votes of those shareholders who are non-controlling shareholders and do not have a personal interest in the approval of the compensation policy, who vote at the meeting (excluding abstentions) or (ii) the total number of votes against the proposal among the shareholders mentioned in paragraph (i) does exceed two percent (2%) of the voting rights in the company. Under special circumstances, the board of directors may approve the compensation policy despite the objection of the shareholders on the condition that the compensation committee and then the board of directors decide, on the basis of detailed arguments and after discussing again the compensation policy, that approval of the compensation policy, despite the objection of the meeting of shareholders, is for the benefit of the company. The compensation policy must be based on certain considerations, must include certain provisions, and needs to reference certain matters as set forth in the Israeli Companies Law. The compensation policy must serve as the basis for decisions concerning the financial terms of employment or engagement of office holders, including exculpation, insurance, indemnification or any monetary payment or obligation of payment in respect of employment or engagement. The compensation policy must relate to certain factors, including advancement of the company’s objectives, business plan, long-term strategy, and creation of appropriate incentives for office holders. It must also consider, among other things, the company’s risk management, size, and the nature of its operations. The compensation policy must furthermore consider the following additional factors: 146 ● the education, skills, experience, expertise, and accomplishments of the relevant office holder; ● the office holder’s position, responsibilities, and prior compensation agreements with him or her; ● the ratio between the cost of the terms of employment of an office holder and the cost of the employment of other employees of the company, including employees employed through contractors who provide services to the company, in particular the ratio between such cost, the average, and median salary of the employees of the company, as well as the impact of such disparities on the work relationships in the company; ● if the terms of employment include variable components—the possibility of reducing variable components at the discretion of the board of directors and the possibility of setting a limit on the value of variable equity-based components not settled in cash; and ● if the terms of employment include severance compensation—the term of employment or office of the office holder, the terms of his or her compensation during such period, the company’s performance during such period, his or her individual contribution to the achievement of the company goals and the maximization of its profits and the circumstances under which he or she is leaving the company. The compensation policy must also include, among others: ● with regards to variable components in the terms of office and employment: ● with the exception of office holders who report directly to the chief executive officer, determining the variable components on long-term performance basis and on measurable criteria; however, the company may determine that an immaterial part of the variable components of the compensation package of an office holder’s shall be awarded based on non-measurable criteria, if such amount is not higher than three monthly salaries per annum, while taking into account such office holder contribution to the company; ● the ratio between variable and fixed components, as well as the limit of the values of variable components at the time of their payment. However, with respect to variable equity-based components that are not settled in cash, the limit of their value at the time of grant. ● a condition under which the office holder will return to the company, according to conditions to be set forth in the compensation policy, any amounts paid as part of his or her terms of employment, if such amounts were paid based on information later to be discovered to be wrong, and such information was restated in the company’s financial statements; 147 ● the minimum holding or vesting period of variable equity-based components to be set in the terms of office or employment, as applicable, while taking into consideration long-term incentives; and ● a limit to retirement grants. Our compensation policy is designed to promote retention and motivation of directors and senior management, incentivize superior individual excellence, align the interests of our directors and senior management with our long-term performance and provide a risk management tool. To that end, a portion of an executive officer compensation package is targeted to reflect our short and long-term goals, as well as the executive officer’s individual performance. On the other hand, our compensation policy includes measures designed to reduce the executive officer’s incentives to take excessive risks that may harm us in the long-term, such as limitations on the value of cash bonuses and equity-based compensation to a maximum number of monthly salaries, limitations on the ratio between the variable and the total compensation of an executive officer and minimum vesting periods for equity-based compensation. Our compensation policy also addresses our executive officer’s individual characteristics (such as his or her respective position, education, scope of responsibilities and contribution to the attainment of our goals) as the basis for compensation variation among our senior management, and considers the internal ratios between compensation of our senior management and directors and other employees. Pursuant to our compensation policy, the compensation that may be granted to an executive officer may include: base salary, exemption indemnification and insurance, annual bonuses and other cash bonuses (such as a signing bonus and special bonuses with respect to any special achievements, such as outstanding personal achievement, outstanding personal effort or outstanding company performance), equity-based compensation, social benefits, retirement, and termination of service arrangements. All cash bonuses to executive officers (“Annual Target Bonus”, “Overachievement Bonus and “Special Bonus”) are limited to a maximum amount linked to the executive officer’s base salary. In addition, the total equity-based compensation components may not exceed 200% of each executive officer’s base salary with respect to any given calendar year. An annual cash bonus may be awarded to senior management upon the attainment of pre-set periodic objectives and individual targets. The annual cash bonus that may be granted to our senior management will be based on performance objectives and a discretionary evaluation of the executive officer’s overall performance by our compensation committee and board of directors and subject to minimum thresholds. The annual cash bonus that may be granted to senior management may be based in a rate of up to 25% on a discretionary evaluation. Furthermore, our chief executive officer will be entitled to recommend performance objectives, and such performance objectives will be approved by our compensation committee (and, if required by law, by our board of directors). 148 The equity-based compensation under our compensation policy for our officers and directors is designed in a manner consistent with the underlying objectives in determining the base salary and the annual cash bonus, with its main objectives being to enhance the alignment between the officers’ and directors’ interests with our long-term interests and those of our shareholders, and to strengthen the retention and the motivation of senior management in the long term. Our compensation policy provides for officers and directors compensation in the form of share options or other equity-based awards, such as restricted shares and restricted share units (RSUs), in accordance with our Share Incentive Plan then in place. All equity-based incentives granted to officers and directors shall be subject to vesting periods in order to promote long-term retention of the awarded officer or director. The equity-based compensation shall be granted from time to time and be individually determined and awarded according to the performance, educational background, prior business experience, qualifications, role, and the personal responsibilities of the officer or director. Our compensation policy limits the number of outstanding securities exercisable or convertible into shares to 10% of our issued and outstanding share capital on a fully diluted basis. In addition, our compensation policy contains compensation recovery provisions which allows us under certain conditions to recover bonuses paid in excess, enables our chief executive officer to approve an immaterial change in the terms of employment of an executive officer (provided that the changes of the terms of employment are in accordance with our compensation policy) and allows us to exculpate, indemnify, and insure our senior management and directors subject to certain limitations set forth thereto. Our compensation policy also provides for compensation to the members of our board of directors (except for directors that are employed by, or provides services, directly or through companies in their control, to the Company in another role) either (i) for external directors, if any, in accordance with the amounts provided in the Companies Regulations (Rules Regarding the Compensation and Expenses of an External Director) of 2000, as amended by the Companies Regulations (Relief for Public Companies Traded in Stock Exchange Outside of Israel) of 2000, as such regulations may be amended from time to time, or (ii) for all other directors, in accordance with the amounts determined in our compensation policy. Our amended and restated compensation policy was last approved by our shareholders on December 22, 2021 and is valid for a period of three years according to the Israeli Companies Law. C. Board Practices Appointment of Directors and Terms of Officers Our board of directors consists of eight (8) directors, including six (6) directors who qualify as “independent” under applicable U.S. securities laws and Nasdaq listing rules: Ami Boehm, Avner Hagai, Karen Sarid, Eti Mitrany, Yossi Ben Shalom, and Avner Lushi. The term of office of each director shall be until the next general meeting of our shareholders. Under our articles of association, the number of directors on our board of directors will be not less than four (4) but no more than nine (9) directors, not including any external directors to the extent required to be appointed by the Israeli Companies Law, and not including up to two (2) additional directors who may be appointed by our board of directors whose term of office would expire as of the first annual meeting of shareholders after their appointment, at which they may be re-elected by such general meeting subject to the total number of directors not exceeding nine (9). 149 Under our articles of association, our board of directors may elect new directors if the number of directors is below the maximum provided in the articles of association, and the term of office of such elected directors shall be until the next general meeting of our shareholders. Under Israeli law, the chief executive officer of a public company may not serve as the chairman of the board of directors of the company unless approved by a special majority of our shareholders as required under the Israeli Companies Law. In addition, under the Israeli Companies Law, our board of directors must determine the minimum number of directors who are required to have financial and accounting expertise. Under applicable regulations, a director with financial and accounting expertise is a director who, by reason of his or her education, professional experience, and skills, has a high level of proficiency in and understanding of business accounting matters and financial statements. He or she must be able to thoroughly comprehend the financial statements of the company and initiate debate regarding the manner in which financial information is presented. In determining the number of directors required to have such expertise, the board of directors must consider, among other things, the type and size of the company and the scope and complexity of its operations. Our board of directors has determined that we should have at least two directors with the requisite financial and accounting expertise. On February 2023 our board of directors appointed Mr. Ami Boehm as an active chairman with a view that he would take a pro-active role in setting the growth strategy of the Company and work with our newly appointed CEO to form the new leadership of the Company. Dr. David Zacut, our vice-chairman is closely familiar with the operations and procedures of the Company and was appointed by the board to provide special consulting services to the board and senior management. There are no arrangements or understandings between us, on the one hand, and any of our directors, on the other hand, providing for benefits upon termination of their employment or service as directors of our Company. Independent and External Directors - Israeli Companies Law Requirements Under the Israeli Companies Law, we would be required to include on our board of directors at least two members, each of whom qualifies as an external director, and as to whom special qualifications, voting requirements and other provisions would be applicable. We would also be required to include one such external director on each of our board committees. Under regulations promulgated under the Israeli Companies Law, Israeli companies whose shares are traded on stock exchanges such as the Nasdaq that do not have a controlling shareholder (as defined therein) and which comply with the requirements of the jurisdiction where the company’s shares are traded with respect to the appointment of independent directors and the composition of an audit committee and compensation committee, may elect not to follow the Israeli Companies Law requirements with respect to the composition of its audit committee and compensation committee and the appointment of external directors. As we do not have a controlling shareholder, and as we comply with the requirements of the Nasdaq with respect to the composition of our board and such committees, therefore we are exempt from the Israeli Companies Law requirements with respect thereto, including the appointment of external directors. 150 Committees Israeli Companies Law Requirements Our board of directors has established four standing committees, the audit committee (which serves also as our financial statements committee), the compensation committee, the nomination committee, and the executive committee. Audit Committee Israeli Companies Law Requirements Under the Israeli Companies Law, the board of directors of any public company must also appoint an audit committee comprised of at least three directors, including all of the external directors (if any). The audit committee may not include: ● the chairman of the board of directors; ● a controlling shareholder or a relative of a controlling shareholder; ● any director employed by us or by one of our controlling shareholders or by an entity controlled by our controlling shareholders (other than as a member of the board of directors); or ● any director who regularly provides services to us, to one of our controlling shareholders or to an entity controlled by our controlling shareholders. According to the Israeli Companies Law, the majority of the members of the audit committee, as well as the majority of members present at audit committee meetings, will be required to be “independent” (as defined below), and the chairperson of the audit committee will be required to be an external director. Any persons disqualified from serving as a member of the audit committee may not be present at the audit committee meetings, unless the chairperson of the audit committee has determined that such person is required to be present at the meeting or if such person qualifies under one of the exemptions of the Israeli Companies Law. The term “independent director” is defined under the Israeli Companies Law as an external director or a director who meets the following conditions, and who is appointed or classified as such according to the Israeli Companies Law: (1) the conditions for his or her appointment as an external director (as described above) are satisfied, and the audit committee approves the director having met such conditions, and (2) he or she has not served as a director of the company for over nine consecutive years with any interruption of up to two years of his or her service not being deemed a disruption to the continuity of his or her service. 151 Pursuant to regulations promulgated under the Israeli Companies Law, we comply with the requirements of Nasdaq with respect to the composition of our audit committee and compensation committee, and do not follow the Israeli Companies Law requirements with respect to the composition of such committees, such as those described above. See the section titled “Directors and Senior Management” under Item 6.A above. Nasdaq Listing Requirements Under the Nasdaq corporate governance rules, we are required to maintain an audit committee consisting of at least three independent directors, all of whom are financially literate and one of whom has accounting or related financial management expertise. Our audit committee consists of Karen Sarid, Eti Mitrany, and Avner Lushi. Karen Sarid serves as Chairperson of the committee. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the Nasdaq corporate governance rules. Our board of directors has determined that each of Karen Sarid, Eti Mitrany, and Avner Lushi is an audit committee financial expert as defined by SEC rules, and has the requisite financial experience as defined by the Nasdaq listing rules. Each of the members of the audit committee is “independent” as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act. Approval of Transactions with Related Parties The approval of the audit committee is required to effect specified actions and transactions with office holders and controlling shareholders and their relatives, or in which they have a personal interest. See the section titled “Duties of Directors and Officers and Approval of Specified Related Party Transactions under the Israeli Companies Law” below. The audit committee may not approve an action or a transaction with a controlling shareholder or with an office holder unless at the time of approval the audit committee meets the composition requirements under the Israeli Companies Law. Audit Committee Charter Our board of directors adopted an audit committee charter setting forth the responsibilities of the audit committee consistent with the rules of the SEC and the Nasdaq corporate governance rules, which include: ● retaining and terminating our independent auditors, subject to board of directors and shareholder ratification; 152 ● overseeing the independence, compensation, and performance of our independent auditors; ● the appointment, compensation, retention, and oversight of any accounting firm engaged for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit services; ● pre-approval of audit and non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditors; ● reviewing with management and our independent directors our financial statements prior to their submission to the SEC; and ● approval of certain transactions with office holders and controlling shareholders, as described below, and other related party transactions. Additionally, under the Israeli Companies Law, the role of the audit committee includes the identification of irregularities in our business management, among other things, by consulting with the internal auditor or our independent auditors and suggesting an appropriate course of action to the board of directors. In addition, the audit committee or the board of directors, as set forth in the articles of association of the company, is required to approve the yearly or periodic work plan proposed by the internal auditor. The audit committee is required to assess the company’s internal audit system and the performance of its internal auditor. The Israeli Companies Law also requires that the audit committee assess the scope of the work and compensation of the company’s external auditor. In addition, the audit committee is required to determine whether certain related party actions and transactions are “material” or “extraordinary” for the purpose of the requisite approval procedures under the Israeli Companies Law and whether certain transactions with a controlling shareholder will be subject to a competitive procedure. The audit committee charter states that in fulfilling its role the committee is empowered to conduct or authorize investigations into any matters within its scope of responsibilities. A company whose audit committee’s composition also meets the requirements set for the composition of a compensation committee (as further detailed below) may have one committee acting as both audit and compensation committees. Compensation Committee Israeli Companies Law Requirements Under the Israeli Companies Law, public companies are required to appoint a compensation committee in accordance with the guidelines set forth thereunder. The compensation committee must consist of at least three members. All of the external directors, if any, must serve on the committee and constitute a majority of its members. The chairperson of the compensation committee must be an external director, if any. All external directors, if any, must be members of the compensation committee, and the remaining members must be directors whose compensation is in accordance with the regulations for compensation of external directors under the Israeli Companies Law. In addition, members of the compensation committee may not include directors who are disqualified from serving as members of the audit committee (as described above). 153 The compensation committee, which consists of Eti Mitrany, Avner Hagai, and Karen Sarid, assists the board of directors in determining compensation for our directors and officers. Eti Mitrany serves as Chairperson of the committee. Under SEC and Nasdaq rules, there are heightened independence standards for members of the compensation committee, including a prohibition against the receipt of any compensation from us other than standard supervisory board member fees. Although foreign private issuers are not required to meet this heightened standard, our board of directors has determined that all of our expected compensation committee members meet this heightened standard. In accordance with the Israeli Companies Law, the roles of the compensation committee are, among others, as follows: (1)to recommend to the board of directors the compensation policy for directors and officers, and to recommend to the board of directors once every three years whether the compensation policy that had been approved should be extended for a period of more than three years; (2)to recommend to the board of directors updates to the compensation policy, from time to time, and examine its implementation; (3)to decide whether to approve the terms of office, and employment of directors and officers that require approval of the compensation committee; and (4)to decide whether the compensation terms of the chief executive officer, which were determined pursuant to the compensation policy, will be exempted from approval by the shareholders because such approval would harm the ability to engage the chief executive officer. In addition to the roles mentioned above our compensation committee also makes recommendations to our board of directors regarding the awarding of employee equity grants. In addition to the above, our compensation committee is entitled to agree to prior notice periods for resignation or dismissal within the context of certain acceleration events, and to agree to up to 12 months full payment of the compensation package and fringe benefits, upon termination by us of an engagement with an officer or an employee. Pursuant to regulations promulgated under the Israeli Companies Law, we comply with the requirements of Nasdaq with respect to the composition of our audit committee and compensation committee, and do not follow the Israeli Companies Law requirements with respect to the composition of such committees, such as those described above. See the section titled “Directors and Senior Management” under Item 6.C above. 154 Nasdaq Listing Requirements Under the Nasdaq Listing Rules, we are required to maintain an audit committee consisting of at least three members, all of whom are independent and are financially literate and one of whom has accounting or related financial management expertise. The independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act implement two basic criteria for determining independence: ● audit committee members are barred from accepting directly or indirectly any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the issuer or an affiliate of the issuer, other than in the member’s capacity as a member of the board of directors and any board committee; and ● audit committee members may not be an “affiliated person” of the issuer or any subsidiary of the issuer apart from her or his capacity as a member of the board of directors and any board committee. The SEC has defined “affiliate” for non-investment companies as “a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.” The term “control” is intended to be consistent with the other definitions of this term under the Exchange Act, as “the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.” A safe harbor has been adopted by the SEC, under which a person who is not an executive officer or 10% shareholder of the issuer would be deemed not to have control of the issuer. In accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Nasdaq Listing Rules, the audit committee is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, and performance of our independent auditors. In addition, the audit committee is responsible for assisting the board of directors in reviewing our annual financial statements, the adequacy of our internal control and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. The audit committee also oversees our major financial risk exposures and policies for managing such potential risks, discusses with management and our independent auditor significant risks or exposure and assesses the steps management has taken to minimize such risk. As noted above, the members of our audit committee include Karen Sarid, Eti Mitrany, and Avner Lushi, with Karen Sarid serving as chairperson. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the Nasdaq Listing Rules. Our board of directors has determined that each of Karen Sarid, Eti Mitrany, and Avner Lushi is an audit committee financial expert as defined by the SEC rules and all members of the audit committee have the requisite financial experience as defined by the Nasdaq Listing Rules. Each of the members of the audit committee is “independent” as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act. 155 Compensation Committee Charter Our board of directors adopted a compensation committee charter setting forth the responsibilities of the compensation committee consistent with the rules of the SEC and the Nasdaq corporate governance rules, which include: ● recommending to the Board of Directors for its approval (i) a compensation policy for officers and directors, (ii) once every three years, whether to extend the compensation policy, subject to receipt of the required corporate approvals approval (either a new compensation policy or the continuation of an existing compensation policy must in any case occur every three years); and (iii) periodic updates to the compensation policy. In addition, the compensation committee is required to periodically review the implementation of the compensation policy; ● approving transactions relating to the terms of office and employment of office holders (within the meaning of the Companies Law), which require the approval of the compensation committee pursuant to the Companies Law; ● reviewing and approving the granting of options and other incentive awards to the extent such authority is delegated by our board of directors; and ● reviewing, evaluating and making recommendations regarding the compensation and benefits for our non-employee directors. Nomination Committee In March 2022, our Board of Directors appointed a nomination committee, comprised of Avner Lushi, Avner Hagai and Yossi Ben Shalom. Our Nomination Committee assuming the responsibility for recommending to the Board nominees for election (including re-election) to the Company’s Board of Directors, in lieu of the recommendation by our independent directors. Consistent with the requirements of the Nasdaq Rules, our Nomination Committee is responsible for: · · · identifying potential new candidates for service on the Company’s Board of Directors, taking into account, inter alia, the candidate’s applicable experience, expertise and/or familiarity with the Company’s field of business, as well as the candidate’s ethical character, independent judgment and industry reputation; conducting appropriate inquiries into the backgrounds and qualifications of potential candidates for service as directors; and reviewing and resolving whether or not to approve arrangements with respect to such candidates. 156 Nasdaq Requirements The Nasdaq Rules require that director nominees be selected or recommended for the board’s selection either by a nomination committee composed solely of independent directors or by a majority of independent directors, in a vote in which only independent directors participate, subject to certain exceptions. Executive Committee In 2021, our Board of Directors appointed an executive committee, comprised of Dr. David Zacut, Karen Sarid and Yossi Ben Shalom. The roles of the executive committee are: · · to oversee the implementation of the business strategy of our company; and to exercise such other duties as the board may resolve from time to time. The following table sets forth the attendance rate for each of our directors in the board of directors during 2022: Name Ami Boehm Dr. David Zacut Avner Hagai Avner Lushi Eti Mitrany Karen Sarid Prof. Avraham Zangen Yossi Ben Shalom Percentage of Meetings Attended NA* 87.50% 100% 87.50% 100% 100% 87.50% 87.50% *Mr. Boehm did not join our board of directors until after the start of the first quarter of 2023. Our board of directors takes an active role in supervising the risk management of the Company and follows our internal policies and procedures. Our internal auditor is in the process of submitting a final report to our board with respect to current status and potential threats to our IT systems. Corporate Governance Practices Internal Auditor Under the Israeli Companies Law, the board of directors of a public company must appoint an internal auditor based on the recommendation of the audit committee. The role of the internal auditor is, among other things, to examine whether a company’s actions comply with applicable law and orderly business procedure. Under the Israeli Companies Law, the internal auditor may not be an interested party or an office holder or a relative of an interested party or of an office holder, nor may the internal auditor be the company’s independent auditor or the representative of the same. 157 An “interested party” is defined in the Israeli Companies Law as (i) a holder of 5% or more of the issued share capital or voting power in a company, (ii) any person or entity who has the right to designate one or more directors or to designate the chief executive officer of the company, or (iii) any person who serves as a director or as a chief executive officer of the company. Mr. Yisrael Gewirtz of Fahn Kanne Control Management Ltd. (Grant Thornton Israel) serves as our internal auditor. Duties of Directors and Officers and Approval of Specified Related Party Transactions under the Israeli Companies Law Fiduciary Duties and Duty of Care of Office Holders The Israeli Companies Law imposes a duty of care and a fiduciary duty on all office holders of a company. The duty of care of an office holder is based on the duty of care set forth in connection with the tort of negligence under the Israeli Torts Ordinance (New Version) 5728-1968. This duty of care requires an office holder to act with the degree of proficiency with which a reasonable office holder in the same position would have acted under the same circumstances. The duty of care includes, among other things, a duty to use reasonable means, in light of the circumstances, to obtain: ● information on the business advisability of a given action brought for his or her approval or performed by virtue of his or her position; and ● all other important information pertaining to such action. The fiduciary duty incumbent on an office holder requires him or her to act in good faith and for the benefit of the company, and includes, among other things, the duty to: ● refrain from any act involving a conflict of interest between the performance of his or her duties in the company and his or her other duties or personal affairs; ● refrain from any activity that is competitive with the business of the company; ● refrain from exploiting any business opportunity of the company for the purpose of gaining a personal advantage for himself or herself or others; and ● disclose to the company any information or documents relating to the company’s affairs which the office holder received as a result of his or her position as an office holder. We may approve an act specified above which would otherwise constitute a breach of the office holder’s fiduciary duty, provided that the office holder acted in good faith, the act or its approval does not harm the company, and the office holder discloses his or her personal interest, including any material fact or document, a reasonable time before consideration of the approval of such act. Any such approval is subject to the terms of the Israeli Companies Law, setting forth, among other things, the appropriate bodies of the company entitled to provide such approval, and the methods of obtaining such approval. 158 Disclosure of Personal Interest of an Office Holder and Approval of Transactions The Israeli Companies Law requires that an office holder disclose to the company without delay any personal interest that he or she may have and all related material information or documents relating to any existing or proposed transaction by the company. An interested office holder’s disclosure must be made without delay and in any event no later than the first meeting of the board of directors at which the transaction is considered. An office holder is not obliged to disclose such information if the personal interest of the office holder derives solely from the personal interest of his or her relative in a transaction that is not considered an extraordinary transaction. Under the Israeli Companies Law, once an office holder has complied with the above disclosure requirement, a company may approve a transaction between the company and the office holder or a third party in which the office holder has a personal interest. However, a company may not approve a transaction or action that is not to the company’s benefit. Under the Israeli Companies Law, unless the articles of association of a company provide otherwise, a transaction with an office holder or with a third party in which the office holder has a personal interest, which is not an extraordinary transaction, requires approval by the board of directors. If the transaction considered is an extraordinary transaction with an office holder or third party in which the office holder has a personal interest, then audit committee approval is required prior to approval by the board of directors. For the approval of compensation arrangements with directors and senior management, see the section titled “Compensation Policy” under Item 6.B above. Any persons who have a personal interest in the approval of a transaction that is brought before a meeting of the board of directors or the audit committee, except for a transaction with an office holder or with a third party in which the office holder has a personal interest, which is not an extraordinary transaction, may not be present at the meeting or vote on the matter. However, if the chairman of the board of directors or the chairman of the audit committee has determined that the presence of an office holder with a personal interest is required, such office holder may be present at the meeting for the purpose of presenting the matter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a director who has a personal interest may be present at the meeting, and vote on the matter if a majority of the directors or members of the audit committee have a personal interest in the approval of such transaction. If a majority of the directors at a board of directors meeting have a personal interest in the transaction, such transaction also requires approval of the shareholders of the company. A “personal interest” is defined under the Israeli Companies Law as the personal interest of a person in an action or in a transaction of the company, including the personal interest of such person’s relative or the interest of any other corporate body in which the person and/or such person’s relative is a director or general manager, a 5% shareholder or holds 5% or more of the voting rights, or has the right to appoint at least one director or the general manager, but excluding a personal interest stemming solely from the fact of holding shares in the company. A personal interest also includes (1) a personal interest of a person who votes according to a proxy of another person, including in the event that the other person has no personal interest, and (2) a personal interest of a person who gave a proxy to another person to vote on his or her behalf regardless of whether or not the discretion of how to vote lies with the person voting. 159 An “extraordinary transaction” is defined under the Israeli Companies Law as any of the following: ● a transaction other than in the ordinary course of business; ● a transaction that is not on market terms; or ● a transaction that may have a material impact on the company’s profitability, assets or liabilities. Disclosure of a Personal Interest of a Controlling Shareholder and Approval of Transactions The Israeli Companies Law also requires that a controlling shareholder disclose to the company without delay any personal interest that he or she may have and all related material information or documents relating to any existing or proposed transaction by the company. A controlling shareholder’s disclosure must be made without delay and in any event no later than the first meeting of the board of directors at which the transaction is considered. Extraordinary transactions with a controlling shareholder or in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest, including a private placement in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest, and the terms of engagement of the company, directly or indirectly, with a controlling shareholder or a controlling shareholder’s relative (including through a corporation controlled by a controlling shareholder), regarding the company’s receipt of services from the controlling shareholder, and if such controlling shareholder is also an office holder or employee of the company, regarding his or her terms of employment, require the approval of each of (i) the audit committee or the compensation committee with respect to the terms of the engagement of the company, (ii) the board of directors, and (iii) the shareholders, in that order. In addition, the shareholder approval must fulfill one of the following requirements: ● a majority of the shares held by shareholders who have no personal interest in the transaction and are voting at the meeting must be voted in favor of approving the transaction, excluding abstentions; or ● the shares voted by shareholders who have no personal interest in the transaction who vote against the transaction represent no more than two percent (2%) of the voting rights in the company. 160 In addition, an extraordinary transaction with a controlling shareholder or in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest, and an engagement of the company, directly or indirectly, with a controlling shareholder or a controlling shareholder’s relative (including through a corporation controlled by a controlling shareholder), regarding the company’s receipt of services from the controlling shareholder, and if such controlling shareholder is also an office holder or employee of the company, regarding his or her terms of employment, in each case with a term of more than three years requires the abovementioned approval every three years; however, transactions not involving the receipt of services or compensation can be approved for a longer term, provided that the audit committee determines that such longer term is reasonable under the circumstances. In addition, transactions with a controlling shareholder or a controlling shareholder’s relative who serves as an officer in a company, directly or indirectly (including through a corporation under his control), involving the receipt of services by a company or their compensation can have a term of five years from the company’s initial public offering under certain circumstances. The Israeli Companies Law requires that every shareholder that participates, in person, by proxy or by voting instrument, in a vote regarding a transaction with a controlling shareholder, must indicate in advance or in the proxy card whether or not that shareholder has a personal interest in the vote in question. Failure to so indicate will result in the invalidation of that shareholder’s vote. Duties of Shareholders Under the Israeli Companies Law, a shareholder has a duty to act in good faith and in an acceptable manner in exercising its rights and performing its obligations towards the company, and other shareholders and to refrain from abusing its power in the company, including, among other things, when voting at meetings of shareholders on the following matters: ● an amendment to the articles of association; ● an increase in the company’s authorized share capital; ● a merger; and ● the approval of related party transactions and acts of office holders that require shareholder approval. A shareholder also has a general duty to refrain from discriminating against other shareholders. The remedies generally available upon a breach of contract will also apply to a breach of the shareholder duties mentioned above, and in the event of discrimination against other shareholders, additional remedies may be available to the injured shareholder. In addition, any controlling shareholder, any shareholder that knows that its vote can determine the outcome of a shareholder vote (including in a class meeting), and any shareholder that, under a company’s articles of association, has the power to appoint or prevent the appointment of an office holder, or any other power with respect to a company, is under a duty to act with fairness towards the company. The Israeli Companies Law does not describe the substance of this duty except to state that the remedies generally available upon a breach of contract will also apply in the event of a breach of the duty to act with fairness, taking the shareholder’s position in the company into account. 161 Approval of Private Placements Under the Israeli Companies Law and the regulations promulgated thereunder, a private placement of securities does not require approval at a general meeting of the shareholders of a company; provided however, that in special circumstances, such as a private placement which is intended to obviate the need to conduct a special tender offer (see the section titled “Acquisitions under Israeli Law” in Exhibit 2.3) or a private placement which qualifies as a related party transaction (see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees – C. Board Practices – Duties of Directors and Officers and Approval of Specified Related Party Transactions under the Israeli Companies Law”), approval at a general meeting of the shareholders of a company is required. Exculpation, Insurance and Indemnification of Directors and Officers Under the Israeli Companies Law, a company may not exculpate an office holder from liability for a breach of the fiduciary duty. An Israeli company may exculpate an office holder in advance from liability to the company, in whole or in part, for damages caused to the company as a result of a breach of the office holder’s duty of care but only if a provision authorizing such exculpation is included in its articles of association. Our articles of association include such a provision. A company may not exculpate in advance a director from liability arising due to the breach of his or her duty of care in connection with dividend or distribution to shareholders. Under the Israeli Companies Law and the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968 (the “Israeli Securities Law”) a company may indemnify an office holder in respect of the following liabilities, payments, and expenses incurred for acts performed by him or her as an office holder, either in advance of an event or following an event, provided its articles of association include a provision authorizing such indemnification: ● a monetary liability incurred by or imposed on the office holder in favor of another person pursuant to a court judgment, including pursuant to a settlement confirmed as judgment or arbitrator’s decision approved by a competent court. However, if an undertaking to indemnify an office holder with respect to such liability is provided in advance, then such an undertaking must be limited to events which, in the opinion of the board of directors, can be foreseen based on the company’s activities when the undertaking to indemnify is given, and to an amount or according to criteria determined by the board of directors as reasonable under the circumstances, and such undertaking shall detail the abovementioned foreseen events and amount or criteria; ● reasonable litigation expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, which were incurred by the office holder as a result of an investigation or proceeding filed against the office holder by an authority authorized to conduct such investigation or proceeding, provided that such investigation or proceeding was either (i) concluded without the filing of an indictment against such office holder and without the imposition on him of any monetary obligation in lieu of a criminal proceeding; (ii) concluded without the filing of an indictment against the office holder but with the imposition of a monetary obligation on the office holder in lieu of criminal proceedings for an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent; or (iii) in connection with a monetary sanction; 162 ● a monetary liability imposed on the office holder in favor of a payment for a breach offended at an Administrative Procedure (as defined below) as set forth in Section 52(54)(a)(1)(a) to the Israeli Securities Law; ● expenses expended by the office holder with respect to an Administrative Procedure under the Israeli Securities Law, including reasonable litigation expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees; ● reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the office holder or which were imposed on the office holder by a court (i) in a proceeding instituted against him or her by the company, on its behalf, or by a third party, (ii) in connection with criminal indictment of which the office holder was acquitted, or (iii) in a criminal indictment which the office holder was convicted of an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent; and ● any other obligation or expense in respect of which it is permitted or will be permitted under applicable law to indemnify an office holder, including, without limitation, matters referenced in Section 56H(b)(1) of the Israeli Securities Law. An “Administrative Procedure” is defined as a procedure pursuant to chapters H3 (Monetary Sanction by the Israeli Securities Authority), H4 (Administrative Enforcement Procedures of the Administrative Enforcement Committee) or I1 (Arrangement to prevent Procedures or Interruption of procedures subject to conditions) to the Israeli Securities Law. Under the Israeli Companies Law and the Israeli Securities Law, a company may insure an office holder against the following liabilities incurred for acts performed by him or her as an office holder if and to the extent provided in the company’s articles of association: ● a breach of the fiduciary duty to the company, provided that the office holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the act would not harm the company; ● a breach of duty of care to the company or to a third party, to the extent such a breach arises out of the negligent conduct of the office holder; ● a monetary liability imposed on the office holder in favor of a third party; 163 ● a monetary liability imposed on the office holder in favor of an injured party at an Administrative Procedure pursuant to Section 52(54)(a)(1)(a) of the Israeli Securities Law; and ● expenses incurred by an office holder in connection with an Administrative Procedure, including reasonable litigation expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees. Under the Israeli Companies Law, a company may not indemnify, exculpate or insure an office holder against any of the following: ● a breach of the fiduciary duty, except for indemnification and insurance for a breach of the fiduciary duty to the company to the extent that the office holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the act would not prejudice the company; ● a breach of duty of care committed intentionally or recklessly, excluding a breach solely arising out of the negligent conduct of the office holder; ● an act or omission committed with intent to derive illegal personal benefit; or ● a fine, civil fine, financial sanction or forfeit levied against the office holder. Under the Israeli Companies Law, exculpation, indemnification, and insurance of office holders must be approved by the compensation committee and the board of directors, and, with respect to directors or controlling shareholders, their relatives and third parties in which controlling shareholders have a personal interest, also by the shareholders. Our articles of association permit us to exculpate, indemnify, and insure our office holders to the fullest extent permitted or to be permitted by law. Our office holders are currently covered by a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy. As of the date of this report, no claims for directors’ and officers’ liability insurance have been filed under this policy, and we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation or proceeding involving any of our office holders, including our directors, in which indemnification is sought. D. Employees Our employees include professionals with extensive experience in medical device development and applications, neurology and psychopathology, pre- clinical experimentation, clinical development, and business development. As of December 31, 2022, we had 134 employees, of which 65 are based in the United States and 69 are based outside of the United States (in Israel). This includes 41 employees in sales and marketing, and 35 employees in clinical trials and research and development. Management, administration, and operations Research and development Sales and Marketing 164 2022 Company Employees As of December 31, 2021 Company Employees 2020 Company Employees 58 35 41 53 35 30 48 26 26 While none of our employees are party to any collective bargaining agreements, certain provisions of the collective bargaining agreements between the Histadrut (General Federation of Labor in Israel) and the Coordination Bureau of Economic Organizations (including the Industrialists’ Associations) are applicable to our employees by order of the Israel Ministry of Labor. Such orders are part of the employment related laws and regulations which apply to our employees and set certain mandatory terms of employment. Such mandatory terms of employment primarily concern the length of the workday, minimum daily wages, pension plan benefits for all employees, insurance for work-related accidents, procedures for dismissal of employees, severance pay and other conditions of employment. We generally provide our employees with benefits and working conditions beyond the required minimums. We have never experienced any employment-related work stoppages and believe our relationship with our employees is good. E. Share Ownership For information regarding the share ownership of our directors and executive officers, please see “Item 7.A. Major Shareholders.” Award Plans On May 29, 2014, we adopted the Share Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time, or the Plan. The Plan is intended to afford an incentive to our and any of our affiliate’s employees, directors, officers, consultants, advisors, and any other person or entity who provides services to the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates, to continue as service providers, to increase their efforts on our and our affiliates behalf and to promote our success, by providing such persons with opportunities to acquire a proprietary interest in us. On September 26, 2019 we adopted the BrainsWay Ltd. Amended and Restated 2019 Share Incentive Plan, which was approved by our shareholders on January 13, 2020. The 2019 Plan provides for the granting of Ordinary Shares, ADSs, stock options under various tax regimes in Israel and the U.S., restricted shares, restricted share units (RSUs), and other share-based awards to employees, officers, directors, and/or other service providers, including advisors of the Company, and/or of its subsidiaries, and/or affiliated companies of the Company. The same number of our Ordinary Shares are available for issuance as awards under the 2019 Plan as were available under the 2014 Plan as of the effective date of the 2019 Plan, and the 2014 Plan continues to govern the terms of awards issued thereunder prior to the effective date of the 2019 Plan. Under the 2019 Plan, we may issue options to purchase up to 3,626,200 of our Ordinary Shares. As of December 31, 2022, options to purchase 1,459,400 Ordinary Shares, at a weighted average exercise price of $4.53 per share, and 769,040 unvested restricted share units (RSUs) were outstanding. The equity pool under the 2019 Plan is subject to adjustment if particular capital changes affect our share capital or such other number as our board of directors may determine from time to time. Ordinary shares subject to outstanding awards under the 2019 Plan that subsequently expire, are cancelled, forfeited, repurchased or terminated for any reason before being exercised will be automatically, and without any further action, returned to the “pool” of reserved shares and will again be available for grant under the 2019 Plan. 165 The equity pool under the 2019 Plan is subject to adjustment if particular capital changes affect our share capital or such other number as our board of directors may determine from time to time. Ordinary shares subject to outstanding awards under the 2019 Plan that subsequently expire, are cancelled, forfeited, repurchased or terminated for any reason before being exercised will be automatically, and without any further action, returned to the “pool” of reserved shares and will again be available for grant under the 2019 Plan. A stock option is the right to purchase a specified number of Ordinary Shares in the future at a specified exercise price and subject to the other terms and conditions specified in the option agreement and the 2019 Plan. The exercise price of each stock option granted under the 2019 Plan will be determined in accordance with the limitations set forth under the 2019 Plan. The exercise price of any stock options granted under the 2019 Plan may be paid in cash, through “cashless exercise” mechanism or any other method that may be approved by our compensation committee, which may include procedures for cashless exercise. Our compensation committee may also grant, or recommend that our board of directors' grant, other forms of equity incentive awards under the 2019 Plan, such as restricted shares, restricted share units (RSUs), and other forms of share-based compensation. Israeli participants in the 2019 Plan may be granted options subject to Section 102 of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance (New Version), 1961, or the Israeli Tax Ordinance. Section 102 of the Israeli Tax Ordinance allows employees, directors and officers who are not controlling shareholders (as defined for those purposes under the Israeli Tax Ordinance) and are considered Israeli residents (and in certain cases also non-Israeli residents for the time they worked in Israel) to receive favorable tax treatment for compensation in the form of shares or options. Our non-employee service providers and controlling shareholders may only be granted options under another section of the Israeli Tax Ordinance, which does not provide for similar tax benefits. Section 102 includes two alternatives for tax treatment involving the issuance of options or shares to a trustee for the benefit of the grantees and also includes an additional alternative for the issuance of options or shares directly to the grantee. Commonly, the most favorable tax treatment for the grantees is under Section 102(b)(2) of the Israeli Tax Ordinance, the issuance to a trustee under the “capital gain track.” However, under this track we are not allowed to deduct an expense with respect to the issuance of the options or shares. Any options granted under the 2019 Plan to participants in the United States will be either “incentive stock options,” which may be eligible for special tax treatment under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or options other than incentive stock options (referred to as “nonqualified stock options”), as determined by our compensation committee or our board of directors and stated in the option agreement. 166 Our compensation committee administers the 2019 Plan, or if determined otherwise by our board of directors, the Plan will be administered by our board of directors or other designated committee on its behalf. Even if the compensation committee or any other committee was appointed by our board of directors in order to administrate the 2019 Plan, our board of directors may, subject to any legal limitations, exercise any powers or duties of the compensation committee or any other committee concerning the 2019 Plan. The compensation committee will, among others, select which eligible persons will receive options or other awards under the 2019 Plan and will determine, or recommend to our board of directors, the number of Ordinary Shares covered by those options or other awards, the terms under which such options or other awards may be exercised (however, vested options generally may not be exercised later than ten years from the grant date of an option and a lesser period if the grantee ceased to be employed by, or provide services to, the company) or may be settled or paid, and the other terms and conditions of such options and other awards under the 2019 Plan. All awards granted under the 2019 Plan shall not be transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, unless otherwise determined by our compensation committee. To the extent permitted under applicable law, our compensation committee will have the authority to accelerate the vesting of any outstanding awards at such time and under such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate. In the event of a change of control, as defined in the 2019 Plan, any award then outstanding shall be assumed or an equivalent award shall be substituted by the successor corporation of the merger or sale or any parent or affiliate thereof as determined by our board of directors. In the event that the awards are not assumed or substituted, our compensation committee may, in its discretion, accelerate the vesting, exercisability of the outstanding award, or provide for the cancellation of such award and payment of cash, as determined to be fair in the circumstances. Subject to particular limitations specified in the 2019 Plan and under applicable law, our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2019 Plan, and the compensation committee may amend awards outstanding under the 2019 Plan. In addition, an amendment to the 2019 Plan that requires shareholder approval under applicable law will not be effective unless approved by the requisite vote of shareholders. In addition, in general, no suspension, termination, modification or amendment of the 2019 Plan may adversely affect any award previously granted without the written consent of grantees holding a majority in interest of the awards so affected. The 2019 Plan will continue in effect until all Ordinary Shares available under the 2019 Plan are delivered and all restrictions on those shares have lapsed, unless the 2019 Plan is terminated earlier by our board of directors. No awards may be granted under the 2019 Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the date of adoption of the 2019 Plan unless our board of directors chooses to extend the term. Any equity award to an office holder, director or controlling shareholder, whether under the 2019 Plan or otherwise, may be subject to further approvals in addition to the approval of the compensation committee as described above. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees – C. Board Practices – Duties of Directors and Officers and Approval of Specified Related Party Transactions under the Israeli Companies Law.” F. Disclosure of Action to Recover Erroneously Awarded Compensation [Not applicable.] 167 ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS A. Major Shareholders The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our Ordinary Shares as of March 15, 2023 by: ● each person or entity known by us to own beneficially 5% or more of our outstanding Ordinary Shares; ● our directors and members of senior management, or our Named Directors and Officers; and ● all of our directors and members of senior management as a group. The beneficial ownership of our Ordinary Shares is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of the security, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of the security. For purposes of the table below, we deem Ordinary Shares issuable pursuant to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 27, 2023, if any, to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but we do not treat them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The percentage of Ordinary Shares beneficially owned is based on 33,082,492 Ordinary Shares outstanding as of March 27, 2023. Except where otherwise indicated, we believe, based on information furnished to us by such owners, that the beneficial owners of the ordinary shares listed below have sole investment and voting power with respect to such shares. None of our shareholders have different voting rights from other shareholders. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our Company. As of March 27, 2023, there was one shareholder of record of our Ordinary Shares. The number of record holders is not representative of the number of beneficial holders of our Ordinary Shares, as the shares of all our shareholders who hold Ordinary Shares that are traded on the TASE are recorded in the name of our Israeli share registrar, Registration Co. of United Mizrahi Bank Ltd. As of March 27, 2023, there were 73 U.S. persons that were holders of record of ADSs representing our Ordinary Shares, representing approximately 52% of our outstanding Ordinary Shares. The number of record holders is not representative of the number of beneficial holders of the ADSs, as the ADSs of all our shareholders who hold ADSs that are traded on NASDAQ are recorded in the name of their respective brokers. Unless otherwise noted below, the address for each beneficial owner is c/o BrainsWay Ltd., 19 Hartum Street, Bynet Building 3rd Floor, Har HaHotzvim, Jerusalem, 9777518, Israel. 168 5% or Greater Shareholders RTW Funds(2) Dr. David Zacut (3) Avner Hagai(3) Masters Capital Management, LLC(4) Wasatch Advisors Inc.(5) The Phoenix Provident Funds(1) Named Directors and Officers Dr. Yiftach Roth Prof. Avraham Zangen(6) Christopher von Jako(7) R. Scott Areglado(8) Hadar Levy(9) Christopher Boyer(10) Amit Ginou(11) Karen Sarid(12) Yossi Ben Shalom(13) Avner Lushi(14) Eti Mitrany(15) All directors and members of senior management as a group * Less than 1.0% Shares Beneficially Owned Number Percentage 3,204,762 2,273,948 2,179,609 1,800,000 1,800,000 1,673,390 1,083,390 937,143 158,750 57,500 418,377 41,250 114,775 27,500 322,500 20,625 20,625 7,665,992 9.69% 6.87% 6.59% 5.44% 5.44% 5.06% 3.27% 2.83% * * 1.26% * * * * * * 23.17% (1) The shares are beneficially owned by various direct or indirect, majority or wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Phoenix Holding Ltd. (the “Phoenix Provident Funds”). The Phoenix Provident Funds manage their own funds and/or the funds of others, including for holders of exchange-traded notes or various insurance policies, members of pension or provident funds, unit holders of mutual funds, and portfolio management clients. Each of the Phoenix Provident Funds operates under independent management and makes its own independent voting and investment decisions. The Phoenix Holding Ltd. Is a controlled subsidiary of Delek Group Ltd. The majority of Delek Group Ltd.’s outstanding share capital and voting rights are owned, directly and indirectly, by Itshak Sharon (Tshuva) through private companies wholly-owned by him, and the remainder is held by the public. The address of the Phoenix Provident Funds is HaShalom Road 53 Giv’atayim, 5345433, Israel. (2) The shares are held by RTW Master Fund, Ltd., one or more private funds (together the “Funds”) managed by RTW Investments, LP (the “Adviser”), and Roderick Wong. The Adviser, in its capacity as the investment manager of the Funds, has the power to vote and the power to direct the disposition of all Shares held by the Funds. Roderick Wong is the Managing Partner of the Adviser. The address of RTW Master Fund, Ltd. Is 412 West 15th Street Floor 9, New York, New York 10011. 169 (3) A director of the Company. This consists of shares held directly by the named beneficial owner as well as shares held by family members or affiliates of the named beneficial owner. (4) The shares are held by Masters Capital Management, LLC and Michael Masters has beneficial ownership by virtue of his role as a control person of Masters Capital Management, LLC. The address of Masters Capital Management, LLC is 3060 Peachtree Road, Suite 1425, Atlanta, Georgia 30305, United States of America. (5) The address of Wasatch Advisors Inc. is 505 S Wakara Way FL 3 Salt Lake City, UT, 84108-1246 United States. (6) The address of Prof. Avraham Zangen is Mish’ol HaHadas 23, Jerusalem, Israel. (7) Consists of 158,750 Ordinary Shares. Mr. Chris von Jako left the Company during February 2023. (8) Consists of options to purchase 57,500 Ordinary Shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The exercise price of the options is $4.72. The options expire on May 5, 2031. (9) Consists of 28,710 Ordinary Shares and options to purchase 385,500 Ordinary Shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The exercise price of the options is $4.65, as 220,000 expires on December 8, 2025, 128,00 expires on November 12, 2026 and the remainder expires on October 1, 2027. (10) Consists of options to purchase 41,250 Ordinary Shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The exercise price of the options is $4.68. The options expire on June 1, 2028. (11) Consists of 6,775 Ordinary Shares and options to purchase 108,000 Ordinary Shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The exercise price of the options is NIS 15.26, as 50,000 expires on December 8, 2025, 50,00 expires on November 12, 2026 and the remainder expires on July 1, 2023. Mr. Ginou’s employment with the company will conclude on June 20, 2023, following a 3-month notice period. (12) Consists of options to purchase 27,500 Ordinary Shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The exercise price of the options is NIS 15.26. The options expire on December 3, 2027. (13) Consists of 295,000 Ordinary Shares and options to purchase 27,500 Ordinary Shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The exercise price of the options is NIS 15.26. The options expire on November 12, 2026. (14) Consists of options to purchase 20,625 Ordinary Shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The exercise price of the options is NIS 15.26. The options expire on January 13, 2028. (15) Consists of options to purchase 20,625 Ordinary Shares currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. The exercise price of the options is NIS 15.26. The options expire on January 13, 2028. The voting rights of our major shareholders do not differ from the voting rights of holders of our Ordinary Shares who are not major shareholders. Each of the above listed securities entitles the holder to one vote at our Company’s shareholder meetings. Changes in Percentage Ownership by Major Shareholders Since January 1, 2021, there have been no significant changes in the percentage ownership held by any of our 5% or greater shareholders other than The Phoenix Provident Funds which decreased holdings from 8.90% to 5.09%, Dr. David Zacut increased holdings from 5.4% to 6.7% and Mr. Avner Hagai increased holdings from 5.3% to 6.5%, Cowen Financial Products LLC which decreased holdings below 5%. 170 Control by Another Corporation, Foreign Government or Other Persons To the best of our knowledge, the Company is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another corporation(s), by any foreign government or by any other natural or legal person(s) severally or jointly. B. Related Party Transactions Employment Agreements We have entered into written employment agreements with each member of our senior management. These agreements provide for notice periods of varying duration for termination of the agreement by us or by the relevant executive officer, during which time the executive officer will continue to receive base salary and benefits. These agreements also contain customary provisions regarding noncompetition, confidentiality of information, and assignment of inventions. However, the enforceability of the noncompetition provisions may be limited under applicable law. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Employee Matters—Under applicable employment laws, we may not be able to enforce covenants not to compete.” Employment Agreement with Hadar Levy our Chief Executive Officer In March 2023 we entered into an employment agreement with Hadar Levy reflecting his compensation package and other terms as our new CEO. The terms were approved by our shareholders in the annual general meeting held on March 20, 2023. The following is a description of Mr. Levy’s compensation package, effective as of the date that Mr. Levy was appointed as the CEO, namely February 13, 2023: Annualized gross base salary of NIS 1,020,000 (calculated on the basis of NIS 85,000 monthly); Performance-based bonus in a gross amount not exceeding six (6) months of then current base salary based on achievement of the milestones, goals and targets to be set each year by the Board; 320,000 options to purchase Ordinary Sharers of the Company, at an exercise price based on the closing price of the Company on the last trading day prior to the date of this shareholders meeting, subject to standard terms in the company's Amended and Restated 2019 Share Incentive Plan and compliance with all applicable laws. The options are subject to our standard 4 year vesting period, with acceleration in the event of a change of control; If Mr. Levy’s employment is terminated by the company without cause (1) where such termination occurs during the first two years of employment as CEO, Mr. Levy shall be entitled to a 6 month prior notice, and (2) where such termination occurs after the first two year of employment as CEO, Mr. Levy shall be entitled to a 4 month prior notice; Mr. Levy undertook not to compete with the products and services offered by the Company and not to do any interfering activities during the term of his employment and for 12 months of the date of termination of his employment for any reason. Engagement with executive directors We have engaged with each of our executive directors for compensation paid to them with respect to the services provided to the Company, for more information please see “Item 6B. – Compensation –Director Compensation.” Consulting Agreement with Prof. Avraham Zangen In April 2009, we entered into a consulting agreement, which was last amended in May 2014, with Prof. Avraham Zangen, our scientific founder and a member of our Board, under which Prof. Zangen provides advisory services to us in the field of neurobiology. Prof. Zangen’s monthly consulting fee is NIS 19,375. This agreement provides for a notice period of 180 days for termination of the agreement by Prof. Zangen and 30 days for termination of the agreement by us. Sponsorship of an Obesity Study at BGU In 2021, the Company entered into an addendum to a July 2012 agreement with Ben Gurion Negev Technology and Applications Ltd. which operates a lab associated with Prof. Zangen, a director of the Company. Under the terms of the addendum, we agreed to sponsor a 40-patient obesity study involving Deep TMS. Option Grants Each of our directors and members of senior management are participants in our Share Incentive Plan, pursuant to which they receive from time to time grants of options to purchase our Ordinary Shares. For more information, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Share Ownership— Award Plans.” 171 Since January 1, 2020, we granted options to purchase 370,000 Ordinary Shares to employees and directors, with a weighted average exercise price, following the completion of the Exchange Offer, of approximately $3.94 per share, or approximately NIS 13.87 per share (based on the exchange rate reported by the Bank of Israel on December 31, 2022), and 1,108,130 restricted share units (RSUs). Option Exchange On May 4, 2021, we commenced the Exchange Offer, which expired on June 2, 2021.Pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the Company accepted for cancellation Eligible Options to purchase an aggregate of 1,371,500 Ordinary Shares, representing approximately 93.06% of the total Ordinary Shares underlying the Eligible Options. On June 2, 2021, following the expiration of the Exchange Offer, the Company granted New Options to purchase 1,371,500 Ordinary Shares, pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Offer and the Company’s 2014 Share Incentive Plan, as amended by our Amended and Restated 2019 Share Incentive Plan (together, the “Plan”). The exercise price per Ordinary Share of the New Options granted pursuant to the Exchange Offer is $4.675 (NIS15.26 based on January 25, 2021 US$/NIS exchange rate of 1/3.265) (being the closing price per ADS of the Company, as reported on Nasdaq on January 25, 2021, the last day of trading prior to the approval of the Exchange Offer by our Board of Directors, divided by 2 to reflect the exercise price per Ordinary Share). Each New Option has the same expiration date, vesting schedule and other terms (other than exercise price) as the Eligible Option exchanged therefor. Directors and Officers Insurance Policy and Indemnification Agreements Our articles of association permit us to exculpate, indemnify, and insure each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Israeli Companies Law. We have obtained directors and officers insurance for each of our senior management and directors. We have provided an undertaking to our directors and senior management to exculpate to the fullest extent permitted by law and to indemnify them for certain liabilities, subject to limited exceptions, to the extent that these liabilities are not covered by insurance. This indemnification is limited, with respect to any monetary liability imposed in favor of a third party, to events determined as foreseeable by the board of directors based on our activities. The maximum aggregate amount of indemnification that we may pay to our directors and senior management based on such indemnification undertaking is the greater of (i) 25% of our shareholders’ equity pursuant to our most recent audited financial statements at the time the indemnification is actually paid, and (2) $20 million. Such indemnification amounts are in addition to any insurance amounts. 172 C. Interests of Experts and Counsel Not applicable. ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information The financial statements required by this item are found at the end of this Annual Report, beginning on page F-1. Legal Proceedings From time to time, we may become a party to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to any significant legal proceedings. On January 10, 2023 we settled a claim filed against us by Neuronetics, Inc. in the Delaware District court, on mutually agreeable terms and without any admission of liability or wrongdoing, including the release of certain potential counterclaims, to avoid the time, expense and uncertainty of litigation. Export Sales For geographical breakdown of the Company’s sales, see Note 17 to the financial statements. Dividend Policy We have never declared or paid cash dividends to our shareholders. We do not have current plans to pay cash dividends in the near term. We currently intend to reinvest any future earnings, if any, in developing and expanding our business. Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including future earnings, if any, our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects, applicable Israeli law and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. B. Significant Changes Except as otherwise disclosed in this Annual Report, no significant change has occurred since December 31, 2022. ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING A. Offer and Listing Details Our Ordinary Shares have been trading on the TASE under the symbol “BWAY” since January 2007. The ADSs representing our Ordinary Shares have been trading on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “BWAY” since April 16, 2019. There were no suspensions in the trading of our shares in 2022, 2021 and 2020. 173 B. Plan of Distribution Not applicable. C. Markets Our Ordinary Shares are listed and traded on the TASE, and ADSs, each representing two Ordinary Shares and evidenced by an American depositary receipt, or ADR, are traded on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “BWAY.” The ADRs were issued pursuant to a Depositary Agreement entered into with The Bank of New York. D. Selling Shareholders Not applicable. E. Dilution Not applicable. F. Expenses of the Issue Not applicable. ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A. Share Capital Not applicable. B. Memorandum and Articles of Association For a description of provisions of our articles of association relating to the power of directors; rights, preferences and restrictions attaching to each class of the shares; changes in control of the company; and other information required under Item 10.B, please see Exhibit 2.3 “Description of Share Capital,” which is incorporated herein by reference. C. Material Contracts For a description of our material agreements, please see Item 5.C Research and Development, Patents, and Licenses. D. Exchange Controls Israeli law and regulations do not impose any material foreign exchange restrictions on non-Israeli holders of our Ordinary Shares or on the Company with respect to the import or export of capital. Dividends, if any, paid to holders of our Ordinary Shares, and any amounts payable upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as well as the proceeds of any sale in Israel of our Ordinary Shares to an Israeli resident, may be paid in non-Israeli currency or, if paid in Israeli currency, may be converted into U.S. dollars at the rate of exchange prevailing at the time of conversion. 174 E. Taxation Israeli Tax Considerations General The following is a summary of the material tax consequences under Israeli law concerning the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our Ordinary Shares or ADSs (Shares). This discussion does not purport to constitute a complete analysis of all potential tax consequences applicable to investors upon purchasing, owning or disposing of our Shares. In particular, this discussion does not take into account the specific circumstances of any particular investor (such as tax-exempt entities, financial institutions, certain financial companies, broker-dealers, investors that own, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of our outstanding voting rights, all of whom are subject to special tax regimes not covered under this discussion). To the extent that issues discussed herein are based on legislation which has yet to be subject to judicial or administrative interpretation, there can be no assurance that the views expressed herein will accord with any such interpretation in the future. Potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors as to the Israeli or other tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of the Shares, including, in particular, the effect of any foreign, state or local taxes. General Corporate Tax Structure in Israel Israeli companies are generally subject to corporate tax on their taxable income at the rate of 23% for the 2023 tax year. Taxation of Shareholders Capital Gains Capital gains tax is imposed on the disposition of capital assets by an Israeli resident, and on the disposition of such assets by a non-Israeli resident if those assets are either (i) located in Israel; (ii) are shares or a right to a share in an Israeli resident corporation, or (iii) represent, directly or indirectly, rights to assets located in Israel, unless an exemption is available or unless an applicable double tax treaty between Israel and the seller’s country of residence provides otherwise. The Israeli Income Tax Ordinance distinguishes between “Real Gain” and the “Inflationary Surplus.” Real Gain is the excess of the total capital gain over Inflationary Surplus generally computed on the basis of the increase in the Israeli Consumer Price Index between the date of purchase and the date of disposition. Inflationary Surplus is not subject to tax. Real Gain accrued by individuals on the sale of the Shares will be taxed at the rate of 25%. However, if the individual shareholder is a “Controlling Shareholder” (i.e., a person who holds, directly or indirectly, alone or together with another, 10% or more of one of the Israeli resident company’s means of control) at the time of sale or at any time during the preceding 12-month period, such gain will be taxed at the rate of 30%. 175 Corporate and individual shareholders dealing in securities in Israel are taxed at the tax rates applicable to business income (23% in 2023), and a marginal tax rate of up to 50% in 2023 for individuals, including an excess tax (as discussed below). Notwithstanding the foregoing, capital gains generated from the sale of our Shares by a non-Israeli shareholder may be exempt from Israeli tax under the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance provided that the following cumulative conditions are met: (i) the Shares were purchased upon or after the registration of the Shares on the stock exchange (this condition will not apply to shares purchased on or after January 1, 2009), and (ii) the seller does not have a permanent establishment in Israel to which the generated capital gain is attributed. However, non-Israeli resident corporations will not be entitled to the foregoing exemption if Israeli residents: (i) have a 25% or more interest in such non-Israeli corporation or (ii) are the beneficiaries of, or are entitled to, 25% or more of the income or profits of such non-Israeli corporation, whether directly or indirectly. In addition, such exemption would not be available to a person whose gains from selling or otherwise disposing of the securities are deemed to be business income. In addition, the sale of the Shares may be exempt from Israeli capital gains tax under the provisions of an applicable double tax treaty. For example, the Convention between the Government of the U.S. and the Government of the State of Israel with respect to Taxes on Income (U.S.-Israel Double Tax Treaty) exempts a U.S. resident (for purposes of the treaty) from Israeli capital gain tax in connection with the sale of the Shares, provided that: (i) the U.S. resident owned, directly or indirectly, less than 10% of the voting power of the company at any time within the 12-month period preceding such sale; (ii) the U.S. resident, being an individual, is present in Israel for a period or periods of less than 183 days during the taxable year; and (iii) the capital gain from the sale was not derived through a permanent establishment of the U.S. resident in Israel; however, under the U.S-Israel Double Tax Treaty, the taxpayer would be permitted to claim a credit for such taxes against the U.S. federal income tax imposed with respect to such sale, exchange or disposition, subject to the limitations under U.S. law applicable to foreign tax credits. The U.S-Israel Double Tax Treaty does not relate to U.S. state or local taxes. Payors of consideration for the Shares, including the purchaser, the Israeli stockbroker or the financial institution through which the Shares are held, are obligated, subject to certain exemptions, to withhold tax upon the sale of Shares at a rate of 25% of the consideration for individuals and corporations. Upon the sale of traded securities, a detailed return, including a computation of the tax due, must be filed and an advanced payment must be paid to the Israeli Tax Authority on January 31 and July 31 of every tax year in respect of sales of traded securities made within the previous six months. However, if all tax due was withheld at source according to applicable provisions of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance and regulations promulgated thereunder, such return need not be filed, and no advance payment must be paid. Capital gains are also reportable on annual income tax returns. 176 Dividends Dividends distributed by a company to a shareholder who is an Israeli resident individual will generally be subject to income tax at a rate of 25%. However, a 30% tax rate will apply if the dividend recipient is a Controlling Shareholder, as defined above, at the time of distribution or at any time during the preceding 12-month period. If the recipient of the dividend is an Israeli resident corporation, such dividend will generally be exempt from Israeli income tax provided that the income from which such dividend is distributed, derived or accrued within Israel. Dividends distributed by an Israeli resident company to a non-Israeli resident (either an individual or a corporation) are generally subject to Israeli withholding tax on the receipt of such dividends at the rate of 25% (30% if the dividend recipient is a Controlling Shareholder at the time of distribution or at any time during the preceding 12-month period). These rates may be reduced under the provisions of an applicable double tax treaty. For example, under the U.S.-Israel Double Tax Treaty, the following tax rates will apply in respect of dividends distributed by an Israeli resident company to a U.S. resident: (i) if the U.S. resident is a corporation which holds during that portion of the taxable year which precedes the date of payment of the dividend and during the whole of its prior taxable year (if any), at least 10% of the outstanding shares of the voting stock of the Israeli resident paying corporation, and not more than 25% of the gross income of the Israeli resident paying corporation for such prior taxable year (if any) consists of certain types of interest or dividends the tax rate is 12.5%; (ii) if both the conditions mentioned in clause (i) above are met and the dividend is paid from an Israeli resident company’s income which was entitled to a reduced tax rate under The Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959, the tax rate is 15%; and (iii) in all other cases, the tax rate is 25%. The aforementioned rates under the U.S.-Israel Double Tax Treaty will not apply if the dividend income is attributed to a permanent establishment of the U.S. resident in Israel. Excess Tax Individual holders who are subject to tax in Israel (whether any such individual is an Israeli resident or non-Israeli resident), and who have taxable income that exceeds a certain threshold in a tax year (NIS 698,280 for 2023, linked to the Israeli Consumer Price Index) will be subject to an additional tax at the rate of 3% on his or her taxable income for such tax year that is in excess of such amount. For this purpose, taxable income includes taxable capital gains from the sale of securities and taxable income from interest and dividends, subject to the provisions of an applicable double tax treaty. Estate and Gift Tax Israel does not currently impose estate or gift taxes. 177 Foreign Exchange Regulations Non-residents of Israel who hold our Shares are able to receive any dividends, and any amounts payable upon the dissolution, liquidation, and winding up of our affairs, repayable in non-Israeli currency at the rate of exchange prevailing at the time of conversion. However, Israeli income tax is generally required to have been paid or withheld on these amounts. In addition, the statutory framework for the potential imposition of currency exchange control has not been eliminated and may be restored at any time by administrative action. U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to the ownership and disposition of our Ordinary Shares and ADSs by U.S. Holders, as defined below. This summary addresses solely U.S. Holders who hold Ordinary Shares or ADSs, as applicable, as capital assets for tax purposes. This summary is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code), current and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative and judicial decisions as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. In addition, this section is based in part upon representations of the depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. This summary does not address all U.S. federal income tax matters that may be relevant to a particular holder or all tax considerations that may be relevant with respect to an investment in our Ordinary Shares or ADSs. This summary does not address tax considerations applicable to a holder of our Ordinary Shares or ADSs that may be subject to special tax rules including, without limitation, the following: ● dealers or traders in securities, currencies or notional principal contracts; ● financial institutions; ● insurance companies; ● real estate investment trusts; ● banks; ● persons subject to the alternative minimum tax; ● tax-exempt organizations; ● traders that have elected mark-to-market accounting; ● investors that hold Ordinary Shares or ADSs as part of a “straddle”, “hedge”, or “conversion transaction” with other investments; ● regulated investment companies; 178 ● persons that actually or constructively own 10 percent or more of our voting shares; ● persons that are treated as partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income purposes and persons who hold the Shares through partnerships or other pass-through entities; and ● persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollars. This summary does not address the effect of any U.S. federal taxation other than U.S. federal income taxation. In addition, this summary does not include any discussion of state, local, or foreign tax consequences to a holder of our Ordinary Shares or ADSs. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor regarding the foreign and U.S. federal, state, local, and other tax consequences of an investment in Ordinary Shares or ADSs. For purposes of this summary, a “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of an Ordinary Share or ADS that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes: ● an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S.; ● a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in the U.S. or under the laws of the U.S. or any political subdivision thereof; ● an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or ● a trust (1) if (a) a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and (b) one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal tax purposes holds Ordinary Shares or ADSs, the U.S. federal tax treatment of its partners will generally depend upon the status of the partners and the activities of the partnership. Entities that are classified as partnerships for U.S. federal tax purposes and persons holding Ordinary Shares or ADSs through such entities should consult their own tax advisors. In general, if you hold ADSs, you will be treated as the holder of the underlying Ordinary Shares represented by those ADSs for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, gain or loss generally will not be recognized if you exchange ADSs for the underlying Ordinary Shares represented by those ADSs. 179 Distributions Subject to the discussion under “Item 10. Additional Information – E. Taxation – U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations – Passive Foreign Investment Companies” below, the gross amount of any distribution, including the amount of any Israeli taxes withheld from such distribution, see “Item 10. Additional Information – E. Taxation – Israeli Tax Considerations”, actually or constructively received by a U.S. Holder with respect to our Ordinary Shares (or, in the case of ADSs, received by the depositary) will be taxable to the U.S. Holder as foreign source dividend income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. The U.S. Holder will not be eligible for any dividends received deduction in respect of the dividends paid by us. Distributions in excess of earnings and profits will be non-taxable to the U.S. Holder to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Ordinary Shares or ADSs. Distributions in excess of such adjusted tax basis will generally be taxable to the U.S. Holder as capital gain from the sale or exchange of property as described below under “Sale or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs.” If we do not report to a U.S. Holder the portion of a distribution that exceeds earnings and profits, then the distribution will generally be taxable as a dividend. The amount of any distribution of property other than cash will be the fair market value of that property on the date of distribution. Under the Code, certain dividends received by non-corporate U.S. Holders will be subject to a maximum federal income tax rate of 20%. This reduced income tax rate is only applicable to dividends paid by a “qualified foreign corporation” that is not a PFIC for the year in which the dividend is paid or for the preceding taxable year, and only with respect to Ordinary Shares or ADSs held by a qualified U.S. Holder (i.e., a non-corporate holder) for a minimum holding period (generally 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date). As discussed below, however, we will likely be a “passive foreign investment company” (see “Item 10. Additional Information – E. Taxation – U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations – Passive Foreign Investment Companies” below) for our current taxable year and future taxable years. Accordingly, dividends paid by us to individual U.S. Holders may not be eligible for the reduced income tax rate applicable to qualified dividends. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the availability of this preferential tax rate under your particular circumstances. The amount of any distribution paid in a currency other than U.S. dollars (a “foreign currency”), including the amount of any withholding tax thereon, will be included in the gross income of a U.S. Holder in an amount equal to the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of the U.S. Holder’s (or, in the case of ADSs, the depositary’s) receipt of the dividend, regardless of whether the foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars. If the foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder generally should not be required to recognize a foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend. If the foreign currency received in the distribution is not converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder will have a basis in the foreign currency equal to its U.S. dollar value on the date of receipt. Any gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of the foreign currency will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss. 180 Subject to certain conditions and limitations, any Israeli taxes withheld on dividends may be creditable against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, subject to generally applicable limitations. The rules relating to foreign tax credits and the timing thereof are complex. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of a foreign tax credit in their particular situation. Sale or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs Subject to the discussion under “Item 10. Additional Information – Taxation — U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations – Passive Foreign Investment Companies” below, if a U.S. Holder sells or otherwise disposes of its Ordinary Shares or ADSs, gain or loss will be recognized for U.S. federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale or other disposition and such holder’s adjusted basis in the Ordinary Shares or ADSs. Such gain or loss generally will be a capital gain or loss, and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the holder had held the Ordinary Shares or ADSs for more than one year at the time of the sale or other disposition. Long-term capital gains realized by non-corporate U.S. Holders are generally subject to a preferential U.S. federal income tax rate. In general, gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition or our Ordinary Shares or ADSs will be U.S. source gain or loss for purposes of the foreign tax credit limitation. As discussed below in “Item 10. Additional Information – Taxation — U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations – Passive Foreign Investment Companies,” however, we may be a PFIC for our current taxable year and future taxable years. If we are a PFIC, any such gain will be subject to the PFIC rules, as discussed below, rather than being taxed as a capital gain. If a U.S. Holder receives foreign currency upon a sale or exchange of Ordinary Shares or ADSs, gain or loss will be recognized in the manner described above under “Distributions.” However, if such foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars on the date received by the U.S. Holder, the U.S. Holder generally should not be required to recognize any foreign currency gain or loss on such conversion. As discussed above under the heading “Item 10. Additional Information – E. Taxation – Israeli Tax Considerations – Taxation of Shareholders,” a U.S. Holder who holds Ordinary Shares or ADSs through an Israeli broker or other Israeli intermediary may be subject to Israeli withholding tax on any capital gains recognized on a sale or other disposition of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs if the U.S. Holder does not obtain approval of an exemption from the Israeli Tax Authorities or claim any allowable refunds or reductions. U.S. Holders are advised that any Israeli tax paid under circumstances in which an exemption from (or a refund of or a reduction in) such tax was available will not be creditable for U.S. federal income tax purposes. U.S. Holders are advised to consult their Israeli broker or intermediary regarding the procedures for obtaining an exemption or reduction. Medicare Tax on Unearned Income Certain U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates or trusts are required to pay an additional 3.8% tax on their net investment income, which would include dividends paid on the Ordinary Shares or ADSs and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs. 181 Passive Foreign Investment Companies Although we have not made a formal determination as to whether we would be classified as a PFIC, it is likely that we will be treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our current taxable year. A non-U.S. corporation is considered a PFIC for any taxable year if either: ● at least 75% of its gross income for such taxable year is passive income; or ● at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during a taxable year) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. For purposes of the above calculations, if a non-U.S. corporation owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of the total value of the outstanding shares of another corporation, it will be treated as if it (a) held a proportionate share of the assets of such other corporation, and (b) received a proportionate share of the income of such other corporation directly. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents, royalties, and capital gains, but generally excludes rents and royalties which are derived in the active conduct of a trade or business, and which are received from a person other than a related person. A separate determination must be made each taxable year as to whether we are a PFIC (after the close of each such taxable year). Because the value of our assets for purposes of the asset test will generally be determined by reference to the market price of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs, our PFIC status will depend in large part on the market price of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs, which may fluctuate significantly. Based on our retention of a significant amount of cash and cash equivalents, and depending on the market price of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs, we may be a PFIC for the current taxable year and future taxable years. If we are a PFIC for any year during which you hold the Ordinary Shares or ADSs, we generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to you for all succeeding years during which you hold the Ordinary Shares or ADSs, unless we cease to be a PFIC and you make a “deemed sale” election with respect to the Ordinary Shares or ADSs you hold. If such election is made, you will be deemed to have sold the Ordinary Shares or ADSs you hold at their fair market value on the last day of the last taxable year in which we qualified as a PFIC, and any gain from such deemed sale would be subject to the consequences described below. After the deemed sale election, the Ordinary Shares or ADSs with respect to which the deemed sale election was made will not be treated as shares in a PFIC unless we subsequently become a PFIC. For each taxable year we are treated as a PFIC with respect to you, you will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” you receive and any gain you realize from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs, unless you make a “mark-to-market” election as discussed below. Distributions you receive in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions you received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or your holding period for the Ordinary Shares or ADSs will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these special tax rules, if you receive any excess distribution or realize any gain from a sale or other disposition of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs: 182 ● the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the Ordinary Shares or ADSs; ● the amount of excess distribution or gain allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year before the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, must be included in gross income (as ordinary income) for the current tax year; and ● the amount allocated to each other year will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for that year, and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to. The tax liability for amounts allocated to years before the year of disposition or “excess distribution” cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains (but not losses) realized on the sale of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs cannot be treated as capital, even if you hold the Ordinary Shares or ADSs as capital assets. If we are treated as a PFIC with respect to you for any taxable year, to the extent any of our subsidiaries are also PFICs, you will be deemed to own your proportionate share of any such lower-tier PFIC, and you may be subject to the rules described in the preceding two paragraphs with respect to the shares of such lower-tier PFICs you would be deemed to own. As a result, you may incur liability for any “excess distribution” described above if we receive a distribution from such lower-tier PFICs or if any shares in such lower-tier PFICs are disposed of (or deemed disposed of). You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries. Alternatively, a U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” (as defined below) in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election for such stock to elect out of the general tax treatment for PFICs discussed above. If you make a mark-to-market election for the Ordinary Shares or ADSs, you will include in income for each year we are a PFIC an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs as of the close of your taxable year over your adjusted basis in such Ordinary Shares or ADSs. You are allowed a deduction for the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs over their fair market value as of the close of the taxable year. However, deductions are allowable only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains on the Ordinary Shares or ADSs included in your income for prior taxable years. Amounts included in your income under a mark-to-market election, as well as gain on the actual sale or other disposition of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs, are treated as ordinary income. Ordinary loss treatment also applies to the deductible portion of any mark-to-market loss on the Ordinary Shares or ADSs, as well as to any loss realized on the actual sale or disposition of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs to the extent the amount of such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included for the Ordinary Shares or ADSs. Your basis in the Ordinary Shares or ADSs will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. If you make a valid mark-to-market election, the tax rules that apply to distributions by corporations which are not PFICs would apply to distributions by us, except the lower applicable tax rate for qualified dividend income would not apply. If we cease to be a PFIC when you have a mark-to-market election in effect, gain or loss realized by you on the sale of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs will be a capital gain or loss and taxed in the manner described above under “Sale or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs.” 183 The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock,” which is a stock that is traded in other than de minimis quantities on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter, or regularly traded, on a qualified exchange or another market, as defined in applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. Any trades that have as their principal purpose meeting this requirement will be disregarded. The Ordinary Shares or ADSs are listed on the Nasdaq Global Market and, accordingly, provided the Ordinary Shares or ADSs are regularly traded, if you are a holder of Ordinary Shares or ADSs, the mark-to-market election would be available to you if we are a PFIC. Once made, the election cannot be revoked without the consent of the IRS unless the Ordinary Shares or ADSs cease to be marketable stock. If we are a PFIC for any year in which the U.S. Holder owns Ordinary Shares or ADSs but before a mark-to-market election is made, the interest charge rules described above will apply to any mark-to-market gain recognized in the year the election is made. If any of our subsidiaries are or become PFICs, the mark-to-market election will not be available with respect to the shares of such subsidiaries that are treated as owned by you. Consequently, you could be subject to the PFIC rules with respect to income of the lower-tier PFICs the value of which already had been taken into account indirectly via mark-to-market adjustments. A U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisors as to the availability and desirability of a mark-to-market election, as well as the impact of such election on interests in any lower-tier PFICs. In certain circumstances, a U.S. Holder of stock in a PFIC can make a “qualified electing fund election” to mitigate some of the adverse tax consequences of holding stock in a PFIC by including in income its share of the corporation’s income on a current basis. However, we do not currently intend to prepare or provide the information that would enable you to make a qualified electing fund election. Unless otherwise provided by the U.S. Treasury, each U.S. shareholder of a PFIC is required to file an annual report containing such information as the U.S. Treasury may require. A U.S. Holder’s failure to file the annual report will cause the statute of limitations for such U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax return to remain open with regard to the items required to be included in such report until three years after the U.S. Holder files the annual report, and, unless such failure is due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, the statute of limitations for the U.S. Holder’s entire U.S. federal income tax return will remain open during such period. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the requirements of filing such information returns under these rules, taking into account the uncertainty as to whether we are currently treated as or may become a PFIC. YOU ARE STRONGLY URGED TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE IMPACT OF OUR POTENTIAL PFIC STATUS ON YOUR INVESTMENT IN THE ORDINARY SHARES OR ADSs AS WELL AS THE APPLICATION OF THE PFIC RULES TO YOUR INVESTMENT IN THE ADSs. 184 Backup Withholding and Information Reporting Payments of dividends with respect to Ordinary Shares or ADSs and the proceeds from the sale, retirement, or other disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs made by a U.S. paying agent or other U.S. intermediary will be reported to the IRS and to the U.S. Holder as may be required under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. We, or an agent, a broker, or any paying agent, as the case may be, may be required to withhold tax (backup withholding), currently at the rate of 24%, if a non-corporate U.S. Holder that is not otherwise exempt fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number and comply with other IRS requirements concerning information reporting. Certain U.S. Holders (including, among others, corporations and tax-exempt organizations) are not subject to backup withholding. Any amount of backup withholding withheld may be used as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors as to their qualification for exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining an exemption. U.S. Holders may be required to file certain U.S. information reporting returns with the IRS with respect to an investment in our Ordinary Shares or ADSs, including, among others, IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets). As described above under “Item 10. Additional Information – Taxation — U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations – Passive Foreign Investment Companies,” each U.S. Holder who is a shareholder of a PFIC must file an annual report containing certain information. Substantial penalties may be imposed upon a U.S. Holder that fails to comply with the required information reporting. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the backup withholding tax and information reporting rules. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN OUR ORDINARY SHARES OR ADSs IN LIGHT OF SUCH INVESTOR’S PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES. F. Dividends and Paying Agents Not applicable. G. Statement by Experts Not applicable. H. Documents on Display We are subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, applicable to foreign private issuers, and under those requirements, we file reports with the SEC. Those other reports or other information are available to the public through the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. 185 As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act, related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors, and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act, to file annual, quarterly, and current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we are required to comply with the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and, accordingly, file current reports on Form 6-K, annual reports on Form 20-F and other information with the SEC. In addition, since our Ordinary Shares are traded on the TASE, we have filed Hebrew language periodic, and immediate reports with, and furnish information to, the TASE and the Israeli Securities Authority, as required under Chapter Six of the Israel Securities Law, 1968. Copies of our filings with the Israeli Securities Authority can be retrieved electronically through the MAGNA distribution site of the Israeli Securities Authority (www.magna.isa.gov.il) and the TASE website (www.maya.tase.co.il). We maintain a corporate website at www.brainsway.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this Annual Report. I. Subsidiary Information Not applicable. ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK Market risk is the risk of loss related to changes in market prices, including interest rates and foreign exchange rates, of financial instruments that may adversely impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Our overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on our financial performance. Risk of Interest Rate Fluctuation and Credit Exposure Risk At present, our credit and interest risk arise from cash and cash equivalents, deposits with banks as well as accounts receivable. A substantial portion of our liquid instruments is invested in short-term deposits. We estimate that because the liquid instruments are invested mainly for the short-term, the credit, and interest risk associated with these balances is low. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing the income we receive from our investments without significantly increasing risk and loss. Our investments are exposed to market risk due to fluctuations in interest rates, which may affect our interest income and the fair market value of our investments. We manage this exposure by performing ongoing evaluations of our investments. 186 Foreign Currency Exchange Risk The U.S. dollar is our functional and reporting currency. Although a substantial portion of our expenses (mainly salaries and related costs) are denominated in NIS, accounting for approximately 41% of our expenses in the year ended December 31, 2022, all of our financing has been in U.S. dollars, and the substantial majority of our liquid assets are held in U.S. dollars. Furthermore, while we anticipate that a portion of our expenses, principally salaries and related personnel expenses in Israel will continue to be denominated in NIS, we expect to incur an increasing amount of expenses in U.S. dollars as we increase our marketing and sales personnel, and enhance our clinical studies. Changes of 5% in the U.S. dollar/NIS exchange rate would have increased/decreased operating expenses by approximately $784/$867thousand during the year ended December 31, 2022. We also have expenses, although to a much lesser extent, in other non-U.S. dollar currencies, in particular the Euro. Moreover, for the next few years we expect that the substantial majority of our revenues from the sale or lease of our systems in the United States, if any, will be denominated in U.S. dollars. Since a portion of our expenses is denominated in NIS and other non-U.S. currencies, we are exposed to risk associated with exchange rate fluctuations vis-à-vis the non-U.S. currencies. We do not hedge our foreign currency exchange risk. In the future, we may enter into formal currency hedging transactions to decrease the risk of financial exposure from fluctuations in the exchange rates of our principal operating currencies. These measures, however, may not adequately protect us from the material adverse effects of such fluctuations. ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES A. Debt Securities Not applicable. B. Warrants and Rights Not applicable. C. Other Securities Not applicable. D. American Depositary Shares Each of the American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, represents two (2) Ordinary Shares. The ADSs trade on The Nasdaq Global Market. 187 The form of the deposit agreement for the ADSs and the form of American Depositary Receipt (ADR) that represents an ADS have been incorporated by reference as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Copies of the deposit agreement are available for inspection at the principal office of The Bank of New York Mellon, located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286, and at the principal office of our custodians in Israel, Bank Leumi Le-Israel, 34 Yehuda Halevi St., Tel Aviv 65546, Israel. Fees and Expenses Persons depositing or withdrawing shares or American Depositary Shareholders must pay: $5.00 (or less) per 100 American Depositary Shares (or portion of 100 American Depositary Shares, including issuances resulting from a distribution Depositary Shares) ● Issuance of shares or rights or other property ● Cancellation of American Depositary Shares for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates $.05 (or less) per American Depositary Share ● Any cash distribution to American Depositary Shareholders A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to you ● Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities which are distributed had been shares and the shares had been deposited for issuance of American Shareholders by the depositary to American Depositary Shares $.05 (or less) per American Depositary Shares per calendar year ● Depositary services Registration or transfer fees ● Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of the depositary or its agent when you deposit or withdraw shares Expenses of the depositary (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement) ● Cable, telex, and facsimile transmissions ● Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian have to ● As necessary pay on any American Depositary Share or share underlying an American Depositary Share, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited securities ● As necessary 188 The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deduction from cash distributions or by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary may collect any of its fees by deduction from any cash distribution payable (or by selling a portion of securities or other property distributable) to ADS holders that are obligated to pay those fees. The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid. From time to time, the depositary may make payments to us to reimburse us for costs and expenses generally arising out of establishment and maintenance of the ADS program, waive fees and expenses for services provided to us by the depositary or share revenue from the fees collected from ADS holders. In performing its duties under the deposit agreement, the depositary may use brokers, dealers, foreign currency dealers or other service providers that are owned by or affiliated with the depositary and that may earn or share fees, spreads or commissions. The depositary may convert currency itself or through any of its affiliates and, in those cases, acts as principal for its own account and not as agent, advisor, broker or fiduciary on behalf of any other person and earns revenue, including, without limitation, transaction spreads, that it will retain for its own account. The revenue is based on, among other things, the difference between the exchange rate assigned to the currency conversion made under the deposit agreement and the rate that the depositary or its affiliate receives when buying or selling foreign currency for its own account. The depositary makes no representation that the exchange rate used or obtained in any currency conversion under the deposit agreement will be the most favorable rate that could be obtained at the time or that the method by which that rate will be determined will be the most favorable to ADS holders, subject to the depositary’s obligations under the deposit agreement. The methodology used to determine exchange rates used in currency conversions is available upon request. ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES Not applicable. ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS Not applicable. ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES (a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures We performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed on Form 20-F and filed with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported timely within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act, is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. There can be no assurance that our disclosure controls and procedures will detect or uncover all failures of persons within the company to disclose information otherwise required to be set forth in our reports. Nevertheless, our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. Based on our evaluation, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report are effective at such reasonable assurance level. 189 (b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting Our management, under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that: · pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and asset dispositions; · provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; · provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures are made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and board of directors (as appropriate); and · provide reasonable assurance regarding the prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements. Due to its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on the framework for Internal Control-Integrated Framework set forth by The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) (2013). Based on our assessment and this framework, our management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2022. 190 (c) Attestation Report of Registered Public Accounting Firm This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting due to an exemption for emerging growth companies provided in the JOBS Act. (d) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2022, that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting. ITEM 16. [RESERVED] ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT Our board of directors has determined that Ms. Karen Sarid and Ms. Eti Mitrany are audit committee financial experts. Ms. Karen Sarid and Ms. Eti Mitrany are independent directors for the purposes of The Nasdaq Listing Rules. ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS As of the date of this Annual Report, we have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. This code of ethics is posted on our website, https://investors.brainsway.com/static- files/4f9e73f4-18d6-409a-b198-74984439a2e0. ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm The following table sets forth, for each of the years indicated, the aggregate fees billed by our independent registered public accounting firm for professional services. Services Rendered Audit (1) Tax fees (2) All other fees (3) Total Year Ended December 31, 2021 2022 220 92 — 312 205 74 50 329 (1) Audit fees consist of services that would normally be provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements, including services that generally only the independent accountant can reasonably provide. (2) Audit-related fees for assurance and related services that were reasonably related to the performance of the audit not reported under “Audit Fees”. (3) Tax fees relate to tax compliance, tax planning, and tax advice. (4) Fees relating to F-3 registration statement and follow-on underwritten public offering of ADSs. 191 Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures Our audit committee’s specific responsibilities in carrying out its oversight of the quality and integrity of the accounting, auditing, and reporting practices of the Company include the approval of audit and non-audit services to be provided by the external auditor. The audit committee approves in advance the particular services or categories of services to be provided to the Company during the following yearly period and also sets forth a specific budget for such audit and non-audit services. Additional non-audit services may be pre-approved by the audit committee. During 2022, all services provided to us by Ernst & Young were approved by our Audit Committee pursuant to paragraph (c)(7)(i) of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X. ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES Not applicable. ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS In November 2022, Dr. David Zacut and Mr. Avner Hagai, directors of our board of directors, separately purchased our ordinary shares in open market purchases. Dr. Zacut purchased 431,797 ordinary shares on the open market for a total amount of 1,607,676 NIS, at an average price of approximately 3.72 NIS per share, and Mr. Hagai purchased 403,312 ordinary shares on the open market for a total amount of 1,581,048 NIS, at an average price of approximately 3.92 NIS per share. Additionally, in December 2022 Mr. Yossi Ben Shalom, a director of our board of directors, purchased 147,500 ADRs (representing 295,000 ordinary shares) on the open market for a total amount of $277,300, at an average price of $1.88 per ADR. 192 ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT Not applicable. ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Nasdaq Stock Listing Rules and Home Country Practices As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on The Nasdaq Global Market, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of certain requirements of the rules of The Nasdaq Global Market. Pursuant to the “foreign private issuer exemption”: ● we established a quorum requirement such that the quorum for any meeting of shareholders is two or more shareholders holding at least 331/3% of our voting rights, which complies with Nasdaq requirements; however, if the meeting is adjourned for lack of quorum, the quorum for such adjourned meeting will be any number of shareholders, instead of 331/3% of our voting rights; ● we also follow Israeli corporate governance practice in lieu of Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5635(c), which requires shareholder approval for certain dilutive events (such as issuances that will result in a change of control, certain transactions other than a public offering involving issuances of a 20% or greater interest in us and certain acquisitions of the shares or assets of another company) and prior to an issuance of securities when a stock option or purchase plan is to be established or materially amended or other equity compensation arrangement made or materially amended, pursuant to which stock may be acquired by officers, directors, employees or consultants. By contrast, under the Israeli Companies Law, shareholder approval is required (subject to certain limited exceptions) for, among other things: (a) transactions with directors concerning the terms of their service (including indemnification, exemption, and insurance for their service or for any other position that they may hold at a company); (b) extraordinary transactions with controlling shareholders of publicly held companies; (c) terms of office, and employment or other engagement of our controlling shareholder, if any, or such controlling shareholder’s relative; (d) approval of transactions with the company’s Chief Executive Officer with respect to his or her compensation, whether in accordance with the approved compensation policy of the company or not, or transactions with officers of the company not in accordance with the approved compensation policy; (e) approval of the compensation policy of the company for office holders; and (f) certain private placements involving the issuance of 20% or more of our total voting rights, or private placements as a result of which a person will become a controlling shareholder of the company. In addition, under the Israeli Companies Law, a merger requires approval of the shareholders of each of the merging companies; and Otherwise, we comply with the rules generally applicable to U.S. domestic companies listed on The Nasdaq Global Market. However, we may in the future decide to use the foreign private issuer exemption with respect to some or all of the other Nasdaq corporate governance rules. ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE Not applicable. 193 ITEM 16I. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS Not applicable. ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Not applicable. ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The financial statements required by this item are found at the end of this Annual Report, beginning on page F-1. ITEM 19. EXHIBITS See Exhibit Index on page 194. BRAINSWAY LTD EXHIBIT INDEX 1.1 2.1 2.2 2.3 4.1 4.2 4.3 Articles of Association of the Registrant, as amended (unofficial English translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F, filed with the Commission on April 12, 2022). Form of Deposit Agreement between BrainsWay Ltd., The Bank of New York Mellon as Depositary, and owners and holders from time to time of ADSs issued thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-6 filed by The Bank of New York Mellon with the SEC on February 1, 2019). Form of American Depositary Receipt (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-6 filed by The Bank of New York Mellon with the SEC on February 1, 2019). Description of Share Capital (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F, filed with the Commission on April 12, 2022). Amended and Restated BrainsWay 2019 Share Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F, filed with the Commission on April 19, 2021). Form of Letter of Exculpation and Indemnification (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019). **Compensation Policy for Executive Officers and Directors, dated December 22, 2021 as amended on March 20, 2023. 194 4.4 4.5 4.6** 4.7 4.8 4.9 4.10 4.11 4.12 4.13 4.14 Employment Agreement, dated April 3, 2006, by and between Brain Research and Development Services Ltd. and Dr. Yiftach Roth, as amended by First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated May 9, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019). Employment Agreement, dated November 24, 2019, between BrainsWay Ltd. and Christopher Von Jako (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F, filed with the Commission on March 23, 2020) and an amendment dated March 4, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F, filed with the Commission on April 12, 2022). Employment Agreement, dated March 22, 2023, between BrainsWay Inc. and Hadar Levy as Chief Executive Officer. Employment Agreement, dated March 25th, 2021, between BrainsWay Inc. and R. Scott Areglado (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F, filed with the Commission on April 12, 2022). Patent License Agreement, dated July 7, 2003, by and between BrainsWay, Inc. and the United States Public Health Service (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019). Patent License Amendment, dated August 24, 2005, by and between BrainsWay, Inc. and the United States Public Health Service (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019). Second Amendment to Patent License Agreement, dated April 17, 2008, by and between BrainsWay, Inc. and the United States Public Health Service (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019). Research and License Agreement, dated June 2, 2005, by and between BrainsWay, Inc. and Yeda Research and Development Company Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019). First Addendum Agreement, dated August 19, 2007, by and between BrainsWay, Inc. and Yeda Research and Development Company Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019). Second Addendum Agreement, dated January 18, 2009, by and between BrainsWay, Inc. and Yeda Research and Development Company Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019). Third Addendum Agreement, dated March 23, 2010, by and between BrainsWay, Inc. and Yeda Research and Development Company Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019). 195 4.15 4.16 4.17 4.18 8.1 Fourth Addendum Agreement, dated November 12, 2009, by and between BrainsWay, Inc. and Yeda Research and Development Company Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019). First Amendment to Fourth Addendum Agreement, dated May 11, 2010, by and between BrainsWay, Inc. and Yeda Research and Development Company Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019). Fifth Addendum Agreement, dated February 22, 2018, by and between BrainsWay, Inc. and Yeda Research and Development Company Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019). Underwriting Agreement, dated February 23, 2021, between the Company and Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Form 6-K filed by the Company with the SEC on February 25, 2021). List of Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC on January 14, 2019). 12.1** Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 12.2** Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 13** 15.1** Consent of Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer, Member Firm of Ernst & Young Global. 101 Certification by Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The following financial statements from the Company’s 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 formatted in Inline XBRL: (i) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (v) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Cover Page Interactive Data File. 104 ** Filed herewith. 196 The Registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf. SIGNATURES BRAINSWAY LTD. By: /s/ Hadar Levy Name: Hadar Levy Title: Chief Executive Officer By: /s/ R. Scott Areglado Name: R. Scott Areglado Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Date: March 27, 2023 197 BRAINSWAY LTD. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2022 U.S. DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS INDEX Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 1281) Consolidated Statements of Financial Position Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive loss Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-1 Page F-3 F-4 F-5 F-6 F-7 – F-8 F-9 – F-49 AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2022 AND 2021 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2022, 2021 AND 2020 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES F-2 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of BRAINSWAY LTD. and its subsidiaries Opinion on the Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of the financial position of BrainsWay Ltd. and its subsidiaries (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). Basis for Opinion These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. /S/ KOST FORER GABBAY & KASIERER KOST FORER GABBAY & KASIERER A Member of Ernst & Young Global We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2003. Tel-Aviv, Israel March 27, 2023 F-3 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) ASSETS CURRENT ASSETS: Cash and cash equivalents Short-term deposits Trade receivables, net Inventory Other current assets Total current assets NON-CURRENT ASSETS: System components Leased systems, net Other property and equipment, net Other long-term assets Total non-current assets Total assets LIABILITIES AND EQUITY CURRENT LIABILITIES: Trade payables Deferred revenues Liability in respect of research and development grants Other accounts payable Total current liabilities NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES: Deferred revenues and other liabilities Liability in respect of research and development grants Total non-current liabilities EQUITY: Share capital Share premium Share-based payment reserve Currency Translation Adjustments Accumulated deficit Total equity Total equity and liabilities Note 2022 2021 December 31, 4 5 6 7 8 8 8 14a 9 10 14a 15 16 $ $ $ $ $ 47,581 $ 271 4,844 3,837 1,556 58,089 1,220 $ 3,118 1,008 1,042 6,388 64,477 $ 1,116 $ 1,477 1,057 4,491 8,141 4,923 6,016 10,939 364 138,146 6,180 (2,188) (97,105) 45,397 64,477 $ 16,921 40,428 6,332 - 1,766 65,447 4,463 3,813 1,055 954 10,285 75,732 1,102 2,195 978 4,792 9,067 3,419 5,921 9,340 363 137,566 5,340 (2,188) (83,756) 57,325 75,732 The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. F-4 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) Revenues Cost of revenues Gross profit Research and development expenses, net Selling and marketing expenses General and administrative expenses Total operating expenses Operating loss Finance expense, net Loss before income taxes Income taxes Net loss and total comprehensive loss Basic and diluted net loss per share Note 17a 17b 17c 17d 17e 17f 13 18 $ $ $ 2022 Year ended December 31, 2021 2020 27,177 $ 7,129 20,048 7,678 18,199 6,854 32,731 12,683 351 13,034 315 13,349 $ (0.40) $ 29,657 $ 6,599 23,058 6,393 15,880 5,784 28,057 4,999 1,420 6,419 43 6,462 $ (0.21) $ 22,057 5,058 16,999 5,823 11,283 4,722 21,828 4,829 319 5,148 237 5,385 (0.24) The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. F-5 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) Balance at January 1, 2020 Net loss and total comprehensive loss Forfeiture of share options Issuance of shares, net (*) Expiration of share options Cost of share-based payment Balance at December 31, 2020 Net loss and total comprehensive loss Exercise of share options Expiration of share options Issuance of shares, net (**) Cost of share-based payment Balance at December 31, 2021 Net loss and total comprehensive loss Exercise of share options Expiration of share options Issuance of shares, net Cost of share-based payment Balance at December 31, 2022 $ Share capital Share premium Reserve for share-based payment transactions Currency translation adjustments Accumulated deficit Total equity 233 - - - 233 - 1 - 129 - 363 - 1 - - - 364 93,649 - - 466 1,020 - 95,135 - 158 142 42,131 - 137,566 - 436 197 (53) - 138,146 4,435 - (187) (466) (1,020) 986 3,748 - (159) (142) - 1,893 5,340 - (437) (197) - 1,474 6,180 (2,188) - - - - (2,188) - - - - (2,188) - - - - (2,188) (71,909) (5,385) - - - (77,294) (6,462) - - - (83,756) (13,349) - - - (97,105) 24,220 (5,385) (187) - - 986 19,634 (6,462) - - 42,260 1,893 57,325 (13,349) - - (53) 1,474 45,397 (*) Net of issuance expenses of $4,444 thousand. (**) Net of issuance expenses of $2,940 thousand. The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. F-6 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) Cash flows from operating activities: Total comprehensive loss Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: 2022 Year ended December 31, 2021 2020 $ (13,349) $ (6,462) $ (5,385) Adjustments to profit or loss items: Depreciation and amortization Depreciation of leased systems Impairment and disposal Withdrawal of lease due to termination of contract Finance expenses, net Cost of share-based payment Income taxes Total adjustments to reconcile loss Changes in asset and liability items: Increase in inventory Increase in trade receivables Increase in other accounts receivable Increase (decrease) in trade payables Increase in other accounts payable Increase in deferred revenues and other liabilities Total changes in asset and liability Cash paid and received during the year for: Interest paid Interest received Income taxes paid Total cash paid and received during the year Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities Cash flows from investing activities: Proceeds from (purchase of) disposal of property and equipment and system components, net Withdrawal of (investment in) short-term deposits, net investment in long-term deposits, net Net cash used in investing activities Cash flows from financing activities: Receipt of government grants Repayment of liability in respect of research and development grants Repayment of lease liability Issuance of share capital, net Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities Exchange rate differences on cash and cash equivalents Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year $ F-7 558 976 816 - 351 1,474 315 4,490 (3,595) 1,456 (403) - 298 790 (1,454) (46) 1,042 (443) 553 (9,760) 1,936 40,254 (21) 42,169 15 (977) (533) (52) (1,547) (202) 30,660 16,921 47,581 $ 560 1,126 1,295 - 1,420 1,893 43 6,337 - (849) (1,226) 289 815 2,039 1,068 (62) 17 (14) (59) 884 (2,238) (40,000) 22 (42,216) 492 (761) (475) 42,260 41,516 (224) (40) 16,961 16,921 $ 438 1,180 1,061 (5) 319 799 237 4,029 - (7) (97) (552) 515 320 179 (71) 61 (249) (259) (1,436) (2,470) - 5 (2,465) 42 (655) (417) - (1,030) 218 (4,713) 21,674 16,961 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) (a) Significant non-cash transactions: Purchase of property and equipment on credit Recognition of new lease liability and right-of-use Termination of lease liability and right of-use $ $ - $ 301 - $ - $ 587 (64) $ 23 48 (51) F-8 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 1: GENERAL a. A general description of the Company and its activity: BrainsWay is a leader in advanced non-invasive neurostimulation treatments for mental health disorders. The Company is advancing neuroscience with its proprietary Deep Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation (Deep TMS™) platform technology to improve health and transform lives. The Company has obtained from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) three cleared indications backed by pivotal studies demonstrating clinically proven efficacy. Current indications include MDD (Major Depressive Disorder), obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), and smoking addiction. The Company received its first commercial Deep TMS product received clearance from the FDA in 2013, for the treatment of MDD in adult patients who have failed to achieve satisfactory improvement from anti-depressant medication. In April 2021, the Company received FDA clearance for a shorter innovative MDD treatment and in August 2021, the Company received an additional clearance from the FDA for expansion of the existing MDD clearance to include the non-invasive treatment of anxiety symptoms. The Company received a clearance from the FDA in August 2020, for use of its Deep TMS system as an aid in short-term smoking cessation in adults. BrainsWay Ltd. (the “Company”) and its wholly owned subsidiaries, BrainsWay, Inc. (“Inc”), Brain R&D Services Ltd. (“Brain R&D”), BrainsWay USA Inc (“USA Inc”), collectively (the “Group”) derive revenues from the sale and lease of its systems. In 2022, the Company extended its FDA clearance for MDD (including anxious depression) to our H7 Coil, also via the 510(k) process. b. Following the global macroeconomic developments in 2022, there was an increase in rates of inflation in Israel and worldwide. As part of the measures taken to restrain inflationary price increases, central banks around the world, including the Bank of Israel, began raising their benchmark interest rates. In 2022 these effects continued, albeit to a lesser extent than seen during the initial onset of the pandemic in 2020, which resulted in less commercial activity than could have otherwise been achieved. The extent to which the COVID-19 or other global pandemic impacts our results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including further outbreaks of existing or new variant strains, new information which may emerge concerning the nature and effects of the pandemic, and/or any governmental mandates or other similar actions instituted to contain the virus or treat its impact, among others. F-9 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 1: GENERAL (Continued) c. d. The Company has a negative cash flow from operating activities and an operating loss of $9,760 and $12,683 for the year ended December 31, 2022, respectively. The Company’s management and board of directors believe that the Company has the current funding to finance its business activity according to its plans in the foreseeable future. The financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022 were authorized for issuance in accordance with a resolution of the board of directors on March 27, 2023. NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES The following accounting policies have been applied consistently in the financial statements for all periods presented, unless otherwise stated. a. Basis of presentation of the financial statements: These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. The Company’s financial statements have been prepared on a cost basis, except for certain financial instruments which are presented at fair value through profit or loss. The Company has elected to present the profit or loss items using the function of expense method. b. Consolidated financial statements: The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of companies that are controlled by the Company (subsidiaries). Control is achieved when the Company is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. Potential voting rights are considered when assessing whether an entity has control. The consolidation of the financial statements commences on the date on which control is obtained and ends when such control ceases. The consolidated financial statements of the Company and of the subsidiaries are prepared as of the same dates and periods. The consolidated financial statements are prepared using uniform accounting policies by all companies in the Group. Significant intragroup balances and transactions and gains or losses resulting from intragroup transactions are eliminated in full in the consolidated financial statements. F-10 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued) c. Functional currency, presentation currency and foreign currency: 1. Functional currency and presentation currency: The functional currency is the currency that best reflects the economic environment in which the Company operates and conducts its transactions, is separately determined for each Group entity and is used to measure its financial position and operating results. The Group determines the functional currency of each Group entity. The Company’s functional and presentation currency is the US Dollar for all reported periods and subsidiaries. 2. Transactions, assets and liabilities in foreign currency: Transactions denominated in foreign currency are recorded upon initial recognition at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. After initial recognition, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency are translated at each reporting date into the functional currency at the exchange rate at that date. Exchange rate differences, other than those capitalized to qualifying assets or accounted for as hedging transactions in equity, are recognized in profit or loss. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency and measured at cost are translated at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency and measured at fair value are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rate prevailing at the date when the fair value was determined. d. Cash equivalents: Cash equivalents are considered as highly liquid investments, including unrestricted short-term bank deposits with an original maturity of three months or less from the date of investment or with a maturity of more than three months, but which are redeemable on demand without penalty and which form part of the Group's cash management. e. Short-term deposits: Short-term bank deposits are deposits with an original maturity of more than three months from the date of investment and which do not meet the definition of cash equivalents. The deposits are presented according to their terms of deposit. f. Inventories and system components: Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of inventories comprises costs of purchase and costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less estimated costs of completion and estimated costs necessary to make the sale. The Company periodically evaluates the condition and age of inventories and makes provisions for slow moving inventories accordingly. F-11 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued) g. Revenue recognition: Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized when the control over the goods or services is transferred to the customer. The transaction price is the amount of the consideration that is expected to be received based on the contract terms, excluding amounts collected on behalf of third parties (such as taxes). In determining the amount of revenue from contracts with customers, the Company evaluates whether it is a principal or an agent in the arrangement. The Company is a principal when the Company controls the promised goods or services before transferring them to the customer. In these circumstances, the Company recognizes revenue for the gross amount of the consideration. When the Company is an agent, it recognizes revenue for the net amount of the consideration, after deducting the amount due to the principal. The Company primarily generates revenue from two major streams: (a) sale of systems and related services and (b) lease of systems. Revenues from sale of systems and related services: Revenue from sale of systems is recognized at the point in time when control of the system is transferred to the customer, generally upon shipment of the system to the customer. Revenue from rendering of extended warranty services is recognized over time, during the period the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided by the Company’s performance. The Company charges its customers based on payment terms agreed upon in specific agreements. When payments are made before or after the service is performed, the Company recognizes the resulting contract asset or liability. Revenue from operating leases: A lease in which substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the leased asset have not been transferred to the lessee is classified as an operating lease. Lease payments are recognized as income in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Initial direct costs incurred in respect of the lease agreement are added to the carrying amount of the underlying asset and recognized as an expense over the lease term on the same basis as the lease income. Costs of obtaining a contract: In order to obtain certain contracts with customers, the Company incurs incremental costs in obtaining the contract (such as sales commissions which are contingent on making binding sales). Costs incurred in obtaining the contract with the customer which would not have been incurred if the contract had not been obtained and which the Company expects to recover are recognized as an asset and amortized on a systematic basis that is consistent with the provision of the services under the specific contract. F-12 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued) An impairment loss in respect of capitalized costs of obtaining a contract is recognized in profit or loss when the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the remaining amount of consideration that the Company expects to receive for the goods or services to which the asset relates less the costs that relate directly to providing those goods or services and that have not been recognized as expenses. The Company has elected to apply the practical expedient allowed by IFRS 15 according to which incremental costs of obtaining a contract are recognized as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the asset is one year or less. Contract liabilities: A contract liability, presented as deferred revenues, is the obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer for which the Company has received consideration (or an amount of consideration is due) from the customer. Deferred revenue will be recognized as revenue in profit and loss when the work is performed. The Company elected to apply the practical expedient in IFRS 15 and does not provide disclosure of the remaining unsatisfied performance obligations with respect to contracts that have a term of up to one year. Allocating the transaction price: For contracts that consist of more than one performance obligation at contract inception, the Company allocates the contract transaction price to each performance obligation identified in the contract on a relative stand-alone selling price basis. The stand-alone selling price is the price at which the Company would sell the promised goods or services separately to a customer. h. Government grants: Government grants are recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the grants will be received and the Company will comply with all attached conditions. Government grants received from the Israel Innovation Authority (“IIA”) are recognized upon receipt as a liability if future economic benefits are expected from the research project, that will result in royalty-bearing sales. A liability for the grant is first measured at fair value using a discount rate that reflects a market rate of interest. The difference between the amount of the grant received and the fair value of the liability is accounted for as a government grant and recognized as a reduction of research and development expenses. After initial recognition, the liability is measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Royalty payments are treated as a reduction of the liability. If no economic benefits are expected from the research activity, the grant received are recognized as a reduction of the related research and development expenses. In that event, the royalty obligation is treated as a contingent liability in accordance with IAS 37. Amounts paid as royalties are recognized as settlement of the liability. F-13 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued) i. Taxes on income: Current or deferred taxes are recognized in profit or loss, except to the extent that they relate to items which are recognized in other comprehensive income or equity. 1. Current taxes: The current tax liability is measured using the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date, as well as adjustments required in connection with the tax liability in respect of previous years. 2. Deferred taxes: Deferred taxes are computed in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts in the financial statements and the amounts attributed for tax purposes. Deferred taxes are measured at the tax rate that is expected to apply when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is not probable that they will be utilized. Temporary differences that can be deducted for which deferred tax assets had not been recognized are reviewed at each reporting date and a respective deferred tax asset is recognized to the extent that utilization is probable. Taxes that would apply in the event of the disposal of investments in subsidiaries have not been taken into account in computing deferred taxes, as long as the disposal of the investments in subsidiaries is not probable in the foreseeable future. Also, deferred taxes that would apply in the event of distribution of earnings by subsidiaries as dividends have not been taken into account in computing deferred taxes, since the distribution of dividends does not involve an additional tax liability or since it is the Company’s policy not to initiate distribution of dividends from a subsidiary that would trigger an additional tax liability. Deferred taxes are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset a current tax asset against a current tax liability and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxpayer and the same taxation authority. F-14 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued) j. Leases: The Company accounts for a contract as a lease when the contract terms convey the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. For leases in which the Company is the lessee, the Company recognizes on the commencement date of the lease a right-of-use asset and a lease liability, excluding leases whose term is up to 12 months and leases for which the underlying asset is of low value. For these excluded leases, the Company has elected to recognize the lease payments as an expense in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term. In measuring the lease liability, the Company has elected to apply the practical expedient in the Standard and does not separate the lease components from the non- lease components (such as management and maintenance services, etc.) included in a single contract. On the commencement date, the lease liability includes all unpaid lease payments discounted at the interest rate implicit in the lease, if that rate can be readily determined, or otherwise using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate. After the commencement date, the Company measures the lease liability using the effective interest rate method. On the commencement date, the right-of-use asset is recognized in an amount equal to the lease liability plus lease payments already made on or before the commencement date and initial direct costs incurred. The right-of-use asset is measured applying the cost model and depreciated over the shorter of its useful life and the lease term. Following are the amortization periods of the right-of-use assets by class of underlying asset: Lease facilities Motor vehicles The Company tests for impairment of the right-of-use asset whenever there are indications of impairment pursuant to the provisions of IAS 36. For leases in which the Company is the lessor, refer to revenue recognition in Note 2f. F-15 Years 2 to 3 3 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued) k. Leased systems, net: The cost of self-constructed systems (leased systems) includes the cost of materials, direct labor and share-based payment, as well as any costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management, less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. The impairment and disposals of leased systems and system components recognized in cost of revenues was $816, $1,295 and $1,061 for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. l. Other property and equipment, net: Other property and equipment are measured at cost, including directly attributable costs, less accumulated depreciation, accumulated impairment losses and any related investment grants and excluding day-to-day servicing expenses. Cost includes spare parts and auxiliary equipment that are used in connection with plant and equipment. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the assets at annual rates as follows: Leased systems Laboratory equipment Computers Office furniture and equipment Leasehold improvements % 15 15 33 6 - 15 (*) Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term (including the extension option held by the Group and intended to be exercised) and the useful life of the improvement. The useful life, depreciation method and residual value of an asset are reviewed at least each year-end and any changes are accounted for prospectively as a change in accounting estimate. Depreciation of an asset ceases at the earlier of the date that the asset is classified as held for sale and the date that the asset is derecognized. F-16 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued) m. Impairment of non-financial assets: The Company evaluates the need to record an impairment of non-financial assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount is not recoverable. If the carrying amount of non-financial assets exceeds their recoverable amount, the assets are reduced to their recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of sale and value in use. In measuring value in use, the expected cash flows are discounted using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects the risks specific to the asset. The recoverable amount of an asset that does not generate independent cash flows is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss. An impairment loss of an asset is reversed only if there have been changes in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognized. Reversal of an impairment loss, as above, shall not be increased above the lower of the carrying amount that would have been determined (net of depreciation or amortization) had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years and its recoverable amount. The reversal of impairment loss of an asset presented at cost is recognized in profit or loss. n. Financial instruments: The Company has short-term financial assets, such as trade receivables, in respect of which the Company applies the simplified approach in IFRS 9 and measures the loss allowance in an amount equal to the lifetime expected credit losses. o. Fair value measurement: Carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits, trade receivables, other current assets, trade payables and other account payables approximate their fair value due to the short-term maturities of the instruments. p. Provisions: A provision in accordance with IAS 37 is recognized when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. F-17 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued) q. Employee benefit liabilities: 1. Short-term employee benefits: Short-term employee benefits are benefits that are expected to be settled wholly before twelve months after the end of the annual reporting period in which the employees render the related services. These benefits include salaries, paid annual and sick leave, recreation and social security contributions and are recognized as expenses as the services are rendered. A liability in respect of a cash bonus or a profit-sharing plan is recognized when the Company has a legal or constructive obligation to make such payment as a result of past service rendered by an employee and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made. 2. Post-employment benefits: The Group has defined contribution plans pursuant to Section 14 of the Severance Pay Law (“Section 14”) under which the Group pays fixed contributions and has no legal or constructive obligation to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient amounts to pay all employee benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. The Israeli Severance Pay Law, 1963 (“Severance Pay Law”), specifies that employees are entitled to severance payment following the termination of their employment. Under the Severance Pay Law, the severance payment is calculated as one month salary for each year of employment, or a portion thereof. The Company’s liability for severance pay is covered by the provisions of. Under Section 14, employees are entitled to monthly deposits, at a rate of 8.33% of their monthly salary, made on behalf of the employee with insurance companies. Payments in accordance with Section 14 release the Company from any future severance payments in respect of those employees. Contributions to the defined contribution plan in respect of severance or retirement pay are recognized as an expense when contributed concurrently with performance of the employee’s services and no additional provision is required in the financial statements. F-18 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued) r. Share-based payment transactions: The Company’s employees and other service providers are granted remuneration in the form of equity-settled share-based payment (options and restricted shares). The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured at the fair value of the equity instruments granted at grant date. The fair value of an option granted is determined using the Binomial Lattice option-pricing model (“Binomial model”). The Binomial model takes into account variables such as volatility, dividend yield rate, and risk-free interest rate and also allows for the use of dynamic assumptions and considers the contractual term of the option, the probability that the option will be exercised prior to the end of its contractual life, and the probability of termination or retirement of the option holder in computing the value of the option. The fair value of the restricted shares granted is determined using the closing price of the Company's share, as quoted in the Tel-Aviv Stock Exchange (TASE) on the day of the grant. The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognized in profit or loss together with a corresponding increase in equity during the period which the performance and/or service conditions are to be satisfied ending on the date on which the relevant employees become entitled to the award (“the vesting period”). The cumulative expense recognized for equity-settled transactions at the end of each reporting date includes the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. No expense is recognized for awards that do not ultimately vest. If the Company modifies the conditions on which equity-instruments were granted, an additional expense is recognized for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share-based payment arrangement or is otherwise beneficial to the employee/other service provider at the modification date. s. Research and development expenditures: Research expenses are recognized in profit or loss when incurred. t. Loss per share: Loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. The Company does not have dilutive instruments since it generates loss in each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022. F-19 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued) u. Amendment to IAS 16, "Property, Plant and Equipment": In January 2020, the IASB issued an amendment to IAS 1, "Presentation of Financial Statements" regarding the criteria for determining the classification of liabilities as current or non-current ("the Original Amendment"). In October 2022, the IASB issued a subsequent amendment ("the Subsequent Amendment"). According to the Subsequent Amendment: Only covenants with which an entity must comply on or before the reporting date will affect a liability's classification as current or non-current. An entity should provide disclosure when a liability arising from a loan agreement is classified as non-current and the entity's right to defer settlement is contingent on compliance with future covenants within twelve months from the reporting date. This disclosure is required to include information about the covenants and the related liabilities. The disclosures must include information about the nature of the future covenants and when compliance is applicable, as well as the carrying amount of the related liabilities. The purpose of this information is to allow users to understand the nature of the future covenants and to assess the risk that a liability classified as non-current could become repayable within twelve months. Furthermore, if facts and circumstances indicate that an entity may have difficulty in complying with such covenants, those facts and circumstances should be disclosed. According to the Original Amendment, the conversion option of a liability affects the classification of the entire liability as current or non-current unless the conversion component is an equity instrument. The Original Amendment and Subsequent Amendment are both effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2024, and must be applied retrospectively. Early application is permitted. The Company is evaluating the effects of the Amendments on its financial statements. F-20 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued) v. Amendment to IAS 8, "Accounting Policies, Changes to Accounting Estimates and Errors": In February 2021, the IASB issued an amendment to IAS 8, "Accounting Policies, Changes to Accounting Estimates and Errors" ("the Amendment"), in which it introduces a new definition of "accounting estimates". Accounting estimates are defined as "monetary amounts in financial statements that are subject to measurement uncertainty". The Amendment clarifies the distinction between changes in accounting estimates and changes in accounting policies and the correction of errors. The Amendment is to be applied prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023 and is applicable to changes in accounting policies and changes in accounting estimates that occur on or after the start of that period. Early application is permitted. w. Amendment to IAS 12, "Income Taxes": In May 2021, the IASB issued an amendment to IAS 12, "Income Taxes" ("IAS 12"), which narrows the scope of the initial recognition exception under IAS 12.15 and IAS 12.24 ("the Amendment"). According to the recognition guidelines of deferred tax assets and liabilities, IAS 12 excludes recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities in respect of certain temporary differences arising from the initial recognition of certain transactions. This exception is referred to as the "initial recognition exception". The Amendment narrows the scope of the initial recognition exception and clarifies that it does not apply to the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities arising from transactions that are not a business combination and that give rise to equal taxable and deductible temporary differences, even if they meet the other criteria of the initial recognition exception. The Amendment applies for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023, with earlier application permitted. In relation to leases and decommissioning obligations, the Amendment is to be applied commencing from the earliest reporting period presented in the financial statements in which the Amendment is initially applied. The cumulative effect of the initial application of the Amendment should be recognized as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings (or another component of equity, as appropriate) at that date. The Company estimates that the initial application of the Amendment is not expected to have a material impact on its financial statements. F-21 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 3: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS USED IN THE PREPARATION OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS In the process of applying the significant accounting policies in the financial statements, the Group has made the following judgments, estimates and assumptions, which have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the financial statements: a. Judgments: Classification of leases – the Company as a lessor: In order to determine whether to classify a lease as a finance lease or an operating lease, the Company evaluates whether the lease transfers substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the asset. Determining the fair value of share-based payment transactions: The fair value of share-based payment transactions is determined upon initial recognition by the Binomial model. The Binomial model is based on share price and exercise price and assumptions regarding expected volatility, term of share option, dividend yield and risk-free interest rate. b. Estimates and assumptions: The preparation of the financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that have an effect on the application of the accounting policies and on the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in accounting estimates are reported in the period of the change in estimate. The key assumptions made in the financial statements concerning uncertainties at the reporting date and the critical estimates computed by the Group that may result in a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below. ● Grants from the IIA: Government grants received from the IIA are recognized as a liability if future economic benefits are expected from the research and development activity that will result in royalty-bearing sales. There is uncertainty regarding the estimated future cash flows and discount rate used to measure the amount of the liability. ● Legal claims: In estimating the likelihood of outcome of legal claims filed against the Company and its investees, the companies rely on the opinion of their legal counsel. These estimates are based on the legal counsel's best professional judgment, taking into account the stage of proceedings and legal precedents in respect of the different issues. Since the outcome of the claims will be determined in courts, the results could differ from these estimates. F-22 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 3: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS USED IN THE PREPARATION OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS · Deferred tax assets Deferred tax assets are recognized for unused carryforward tax losses and deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the losses can be utilized. Significant management judgment is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognized, based upon the timing and level of future taxable profits, its source and the tax planning strategy. NOTE 4: CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS Cash for immediate withdrawal Cash equivalents - bank deposits less than three months Total NOTE 5: SHORT-TERM DEPOSITS Bank deposits December 31, 2022 2021 $ $ 7,307 $ 40,274 47,581 $ 15,471 1,450 16,921 December 31, 2022 2021 $ 271 $ 40,428 Short-term deposits at banks are for periods of up to one year. The deposits earn annual interest at the respective term of the deposits of approximately 0.5%. F-23 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 6: TRADE RECEIVABLES, NET a. Trade receivables, net: Open accounts (1) Less-allowance for credit losses Trade receivables, net December 31, 2022 2021 5,945 $ (1,101) 4,844 $ 7,588 (1,256) 6,332 $ (1) Trade receivables generally have 90-day credit terms. Certain customers payments are made through monthly credit card transactions. b. Movement in allowance credit losses: Balance as of January 1, 2021 Provision for the year Derecognition of bad debts Balance as of December 31, 2021 Provision for the year Derecognition of bad debts Balance as of December 31, 2022 F-24 U.S. dollars in thousands 1,432 323 (499) 1,256 282 (437) 1,101 $ $ BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 6: TRADE RECEIVABLES, NET (Continued) Following is information about the credit risk exposure of the Company’s trade receivables: December 31, 2022: Not past due < 30 days $ Gross carrying amount Allowance for doubtful accounts $ Trade receivables, net 1,570 $ 4 $ 1,566 999 $ 87 $ 912 December 31, 2021: Not past due < 30 days Gross carrying amount $ Allowance for doubtful accounts $ Trade receivables, net 2,715 $ 7 $ 2,708 910 $ 64 $ 846 NOTE 7: OTHER CURRENT ASSETS 30 - 60 days U.S. dollars in thousands 61 - 90 days U.S. dollars in thousands 357 $ 48 $ 309 330 $ 60 $ 270 30 - 60 days U.S. dollars in thousands 61 - 90 days U.S. dollars in thousands 847 $ 59 $ 788 693 $ 97 $ 596 91 - 120 days >120 days Total 491 $ 78 $ 413 2,198 $ 824 $ 1,374 $ 5,945 1,101 4,844 91 - 120 days >120 days Total 435 $ 65 $ 370 1,988 $ 964 $ 1,024 $ 7,588 1,256 6,332 Government authorities Consumables Prepaid expenses and other Other current assets F-25 December 31, 2022 2021 606 $ - 950 1,556 $ 388 200 1,178 1,766 $ $ BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 8: SYSTEM COMPONENTS, LEASED SYSTEMS, OTHER PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET December 31, 2022: System Components Leased systems Computers use assets equipment improvements Right of Leasehold Total Laboratory equipment and Office furniture and Cost: Balance at January 1, 2022 Additions Transfer to Leased systems Reductions Balance at December 31, 2022 Accumulated depreciation: Balance at January 1, 2022 Additions Reductions Balance at December 31, 2022 $ $ 4,463 5,930 (836) (8,337) (**) 1,220 $ 7,463 $ - 836 (1,072) (*) 7,227 1,170 $ 106 - - 1,276 1,635 $ 301 - (1,122) 814 135 $ 90 - - 225 69 30 - $ 14,935 6,457 - (18) (10,549) 10,843 81 - - - - $ 3,650 $ 976 (517) 857 $ 69 - 981 $ 476 (1,126) 63 $ 13 - 4,109 926 331 76 53 2 - 55 $ 5,604 1,536 (1,643) 5,497 Depreciated cost at December 31, 2022 $ 1,220 $ 3,118 $ 350 $ 483 $ 149 $ 26 $ 5,346 (*) Derived mainly from returned systems as well as sale of leased systems. (**) Reduction in systems components for the year ended December 31, 2022, mainly includes (a) reclassification to inventory in the amount of $3,837, (b) impairment provision in the amount of $816 and (c) system components sold in the amount of $3,006. F-26 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 8: PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET December 31, 2021: System Components Laboratory equipment and Office furniture and Leased systems Computers use assets equipment improvements Leasehold Right of Total Cost: Balance at January 1, 2021 Additions Transfer to Leased systems Reductions Balance at December 31, 2021 Accumulated depreciation: Balance at January 1, 2021 Additions Reductions Balance at December 31, 2021 $ $ 3,642 5,448 (985) (3,642) (**) 4,463 $ 8,620 $ - 985 (2,142) (*) 7,463 845 $ 325 - - 1,170 1,335 $ 587 - (287) 1,635 96 $ 39 - - 135 - - - - $ 3,422 $ 1,126 (898) 775 $ 82 - 735 $ 470 (224) 56 $ 7 - 3,650 857 981 63 52 17 - - 69 52 1 - 53 $ 14,590 6,416 - (6,071) 14,935 $ 5,040 1,686 (1,122) 5,604 Depreciated cost at December 31, 2021 $ 4,463 $ 3,813 $ 313 $ 654 $ 72 $ 16 $ 9,331 (*) Derived mainly from returned systems as well as sale of leased systems. (**) Reduction in systems components for the year ended December 31, 2021, mainly includes (a) impairment provision in the amount of $1,295 and (b) system components sold in the amount of $1,789. F-27 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 9: OTHER ACCOUNTS PAYABLE Employee and payroll accruals Accrued expenses Tax payable Liabilities to related parties (1) Lease liabilities Other accounts payable (1) A current non-interest-bearing account. NOTE 10: NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES Composition: Deferred revenues (a) Lease liabilities (b) Other liabilities Total non-current liabilities December 31, 2022 2021 $ $ 1,868 $ 2,309 - 80 234 4,491 $ December 31, 2022 2021 4,669 254 - $ 4,923 $ 1,139 2,899 18 236 500 4,792 3,157 254 8 3,419 a. Including an amount of $1,479 relating to deferred distribution fees received as of the both years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. For more information see note 14c. F-28 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 10: NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES (Continued) b. Lease liabilities: December 31, 2022: Maturity analysis: Less than one year One to five years Total lease commitments Impact of discounting remaining lease payments Lease liabilities as of December 31, 2022: Current Non-current Total December 31, 2021: Maturity analysis: Less than one year One to five years Total lease commitments Impact of discounting remaining lease payments Total lease liabilities as of December 31, 2021 Current Non-current Total F-29 U.S. dollars in thousands 265 269 534 (46) 488 234 254 488 U.S. dollars in thousands 537 258 795 (41) 754 500 254 754 $ $ BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 11: FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS a. Financial risks factors: The Company is exposed to foreign currency risk, interest risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s senior management oversees the management of these risks in accordance with the policies approved by the board of directors. 1. Foreign currency risk: The currency exposure arises from current accounts and deposits that are mainly managed in NIS and from liability in respect of employee payroll accruals that are paid in NIS. 2. Interest rate risk: Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. The Company's exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Company's long-term liabilities in respect of government grants received from IIA. The repayment of grants received by the Company from 2018 have interest rate that reference LIBOR and are expected to be repaid after 2021. In March 2021, the IBA released the LIBOR cessation statement, pursuant to which the IBA publicly announced that it intends to cease publication of the USD LIBOR settings on June 30, 2023. In addition, the FCA provided that starting January 1, 2022, new use of USD LIBOR is banned, subject to limited exceptions. 3. Credit risk: Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations as a customer or under a financial instrument leading to a loss to the Group. The Group is exposed to credit risk from its operating activity (primarily trade receivables). 4. Liquidity risk: The Group monitors its risk of a shortage of cash using a quarterly budget. F-30 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 11: FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued) The table below presents the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments: December 31, 2022: Trade payables Other accounts payable Liability in respect of research and development grants Lease liability Less than one year $ 1,116 $ 4,257 1,057 234 1 to 2 years 2 to 3 years 3 to 4 years 4 to 5 years - $ - 1,267 161 - $ - 1,392 61 - $ - 1,442 32 - $ - 1,319 - > 5 years - $ - Total 1,116 4,257 5,076 11,553 488 - Total $ 6,664 $ 1,428 $ 1,453 $ 1,474 $ 1,319 $ 596 $ 17,414 December 31, 2021: Trade payables Other accounts payable Liability in respect of research and development grants Lease liability Less than one year $ 1,103 $ 4,292 1,103 537 1 to 2 years 2 to 3 years 3 to 4 years 4 to 5 years - $ - 1,373 158 - $ - 1,793 100 - $ - 2,270 - - $ - 2,678 - > 5 years - $ - Total 1,103 4,292 3,190 12,407 795 - Total $ 7,035 $ 1,531 $ 1,893 $ 2,270 $ 2,678 $ 3,190 $ 18,597 F-31 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 11: FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued) b. Sensitivity tests relating to changes in foreign currency: Sensitivity test to changes in the NIS exchange rate: Gain (loss) from the change: Increase of 5% in exchange rate Decrease of 5% in exchange rate December 31, 2022 2021 $ $ 8 $ (8) $ 130 (130) As of December 31, 2022, the Company has excess of financial liabilities over financial assets in NIS in relation to US dollar of $ 165. As of December 31, 2022, the Company has excess of financial assets over financial liabilities in Euro and CAD in relation to US dollar of $ 79 and $123, respectively. An increase or decrease of 5% of the US dollar relative to the Euro would not have a significant effect on the Company. Sensitivity tests and principal work assumptions: The selected changes in the relevant risk variables were determined based on management’s estimate as to reasonable possible changes in these risk variables. The Company has performed sensitivity tests of principal market risk factors that are liable to affect its reported operating results or financial position. The sensitivity tests present the profit or loss in respect of each financial instrument for the relevant risk variables chosen for that instrument as of each reporting date. The test of risk factors was determined based on the materiality of the exposure of the operating results or financial condition of each risk with reference to the functional currency and assuming that all the other variables are constant. NOTE 12: EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AND LIABILITIES Employee benefits consist of short-term and post-employment benefits. Defined contribution plans: Section 14 to the Severance Pay Law, 1963 applies to all of the Company’s employees pursuant to which the fixed contributions paid by the Group into pension funds and/or policies of insurance companies release the Group from any additional liability to employees for whom said contributions were made. These contributions benefits represent defined contribution plans. Expense in respect of defined contribution plans was $345 and $329 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. F-32 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 13: TAXES ON INCOME a. Tax rates applicable to the Company and subsidiaries: 1. Tax rate applicable to the Company and Brain R&D: The Israeli corporate income tax rate was 23% in 2022, 2021 and 2020. A company is taxable on its real capital gains at the corporate income tax rate in the year of sale. 2. Tax rate applicable to US subsidiaries: The subsidiaries are subject to U.S federal tax at the rate of 21%. On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "Tax Act") was signed into law making significant changes to U.S. income tax law. These changes include, but are not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax years 2018 onwards and created new taxes on certain foreign- sourced earnings and certain related-party payments. The Tax Act required the Company to pay U.S. income taxes on accumulated foreign subsidiaries earnings not previously subject to U.S. income tax at a rate of 15.5% to the extent of foreign cash and certain other net current assets and 8% on the remaining earnings. c. Tax assessments: The Company and the Israeli subsidiary received final tax assessments through tax year 2016. The subsidiary, Inc, received final tax assessments through the 2019 tax year. d. Carryforward losses for tax purposes: Carryforward losses for tax purposes as of December 31, 2022 amount to approximately $79 million in Brainsway Ltd. (on an Israeli consolidated basis). e. Deferred taxes: The Company did not record deferred tax assets with respect to net operating losses incurred by the Company and the Israeli subsidiary since it is not probable that they will generate a taxable income in future years. The Company recorded deferred tax assets in the amount of $276 and $458 as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, in respect of temporary differences in the US subsidiaries. Tax reconciliation: f. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the main differences between the statutory corporate tax benefits of $2,998 and $1,476, and the tax expense (in respect of income generated by the US subsidiaries) in the amounts of $315 and $43 are mainly attributable to the carryforward losses in Israel, for which no deferred taxes were recorded. F-33 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 14: CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, COMMITMENTS AND CHARGES a. Brain R&D received from the Israeli Government participation grants in research and development and, in return, it is currently obligated to pay royalties amounting to 3% of sales of products from such grants up to 100% of total grants received. The Company's provision for royalties payable to the IIA as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 amounts to $7,073 and $6,899, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, the maximum royalties payable by the Company in the future in respect of active projects is $11,553, including interest at the LIBOR rate. Through December 31, 2021, royalties paid were $4,380. b. The Company entered into a few distribution agreements with third parties regarding different territories around the world. According to these distribution agreements, the third parties are generally granted the exclusive right to market, distribute, lease and/or sale, use and promote sales of the systems in the relevant territories for a period defined in the agreement, generally ranging from 3 to 10 years. The Company supplies the systems to the distributors, and they promote and provide various services (such as installation, training and maintenance) to local costumers. These distributors are typically contractually committed to meet minimum order quantities, absent which may serve as grounds for termination. F-34 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 14: CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, COMMITMENTS AND CHARGES (Continued) c. In September 2013, the Company entered into a distribution agreement in Japan with Century Medical Inc., a member of the Itochu concern, which specializes in the import and distribution of medical systems and equipment in Japan. According to the agreement, the distributor was granted the exclusive right to market the Company’s system for the treatment of major depression in patients in Japan for a ten-year period which begins after the required regulatory approvals for marketing the system in Japan and after either obtaining reimbursement or deployment of a commercial product to a clinical site. If the distributor meets the minimum quantities which it has committed during the contractual term, the agreement will be extended for an additional five year period. The distributor is granted a right of first offer to distribute the Company’s system in Japan without further codification. In consideration for the above, the distributor is obligated to pay the Company distribution fees of 190 million Yen (approximately $1.8 million), whereby 100 million Yen was paid in September 2013 and 90 million Yen was paid in 2019. In each year of the agreement in which the distributor meets the respective annual predetermined revenue target, 10% of the distribution fees are to be returned to the distributor. The distribution fee which the Company expects to be entitled to is presented in deferred revenues and is recognized as revenue during the estimated exclusivity term. The distributor is to pay the Company for any treatment made with the Company’s system (pay- per-use), but in no case less than the pre-determined annual amount. The agreement prescribes conditions in which the Company or the distributor may terminate the agreement, including a requirement to conduct a clinical trial in order to obtain the PMDA approval and non-compliance with the requirement to purchase minimum predetermined quantities. The agreement sets a minimum payment threshold to the Company that is examined every few years throughout the contractual term. If the distributor does not qualify for the minimum payment threshold at the end of each period, the Company will be entitled to terminate the distribution agreement, unless the parties reach another agreement between them. The agreement further determines that the distributor will act on its account to receive the regulatory approvals that are required to market the Company’s system for the treatment of depression in patients in Japan and to receive reimbursement coverage at the price range established in the agreement. On January 22, 2018, the distributor in Japan applied to the Pharmaceutical and Medical Devices Agency (“PMDA”), which is responsible for all import and export licenses of pharmaceuticals and medical equipment to Japan, for approval of marketing and selling the Company’s systems in Japan. On January 2019, approval of the PMDA was received. The Company is currently working through its distributor in Japan with the relevant bodies in Japan to update the local society guidelines to include Deep TMS in order to obtain reimbursement coverage under the Japanese National Health Insurance Plan. F-35 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 14: CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, COMMITMENTS AND CHARGES (Continued) d. In March 2014, the Company entered into an exclusive marketing and distribution agreement of the Company’s system with a third party in Israel for a maximum period of 15 years, subject to meeting minimum sales targets as set in the agreement. In April 2014, the distributor paid the Company a one-time exclusivity fee of NIS 1 million. Effective July 2019, the Company assumed direct operations for customers in Israel, after terminating its distribution agreement with the third-party distributor, pursuant to which a portion of the exclusivity fee (up to NIS 600 thousand) was determined to be refundable via annual payments, which depend on future sales. To date, the Company paid a total of NIS 300 thousand (excluding VAT) of this amount. e. License agreements: 1. In July 2003, Inc signed a license agreement with the agencies of the U.S. Public Health Service within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“PHS”), according to which the Company was granted an exclusive license to develop, manufacture, make use of, market, sell and import products and processes to be developed in the framework of the license agreement with respect to TMS and a right to enter into sublicense agreements, subject to approval of the PHS. In return, Inc is committed to pay PHS earned royalties of 2% (beyond the first $10 million in cumulative sales, a milestone which has passed), with a minimum annual royalty of $2,000, subject to the terms in the agreement. In addition, if Inc enters into a sub-license agreement, it is committed to pay royalties of 8% of the net consideration received for the grant of the sub-license. The agreement is valid until the expiration of the last to expire of the licensed patent rights under the agreement. PHS is entitled to cancel the agreement if Inc does not comply with the conditions detailed in the agreement. 2. In June 2005 and March 2010, Inc signed a research and licensing agreement and addendum with Yeda Research and Development Company Ltd. (“Yeda”), according to which Inc was granted an exclusive license to intellectual property that can be used for research, development, marketing and manufacturing of products in the field of TMS treatment and may have the right to grant sublicenses subject to conditions specified in the agreement in consideration of royalty payment as follows: a) b) 1% of net sales systems based upon certain patents (which include technology licensed from PHS); 3% for the first $10,000 of net sales, and 2% for net sales over $10,000, for all other Deep TMS products solely based on certain patents licensed exclusively from Yeda provided however in the event that the products are sold to a sublicensee and are thereafter sold by such sublicensee, the royalties paid to Yeda will be based on the higher of the net sales by the licensee or the net sales of the sale by the sublicensee. F-36 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 14: CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, COMMITMENTS AND CHARGES (Continued) c) 4%-8% of the net cash proceeds that the Company receives in respect of granting sublicenses or options for sublicenses dependent on the patents licensed. Royalties are payable at the later of 15 years after the first commercial sale or the patent life (20 years through October 2021). The agreement expires at the later of: the expiration of the last patent, 15 years after Inc starts to sell products integrating the patent and after a period of 20 years during which no sales are made. The license agreement with Yeda may be subject to modifications in the event that the license agreement with PHS is modified (see 1, above) and may be cancelled based on various conditions, including the cancellation of the PHS agreement. On February 22, 2018, Inc and Yeda signed an additional addendum to the agreement (the "fifth addendum"), according to which Inc received the right to examine an additional invention based upon the patent issued in connection with research in the field of rotational electrical fields owned by Yeda. Under the fifth addendum, the Company has the right to include the aforementioned invention and the intellectual property accompanying it under the Yeda license agreement. In January 2020, the Company exercised the right granted to it under the fifth addendum, and accordingly royalties on net sales of products which are based on the use of the invention and know-how subject to the fifth addendum will be paid to Yeda at increased rates of 1.6%-2% in addition to the royalties described above and, in certain cases, at a flat rate of 2%. In respect of products under the fifth addendum that are not based on patents or research results for which the license was granted according to the original agreement (excluding the fifth addendum), royalties on net sales will be at the fixed rate of 5%. F-37 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 15: EQUITY a. Composition of share capital: Ordinary shares of NIS 0.04 par value each 120,000,000 33,053,323 120,000,000 32,911,134 December 31, 2022 December 31, 2021 Authorized Issued and outstanding Authorized Issued and outstanding Number of shares b. Movement in share capital: Issued and outstanding capital: Balance as of January 1, 2022 Vesting of restricted shares Balance as of December 31, 2022 c. Rights attached to shares: Number of shares NIS par value 32,911,134 142,189 1,316,445 5,688 33,053,323 1,322,133 Ordinary shares confer their holders’ rights to receive dividends in cash and in Company’s shares, right to nominate the Company’s directors and rights to participate in distribution of dividends upon liquidation in proportion to their holdings. Also, Ordinary shareholders have one vote at the shareholders’ meeting such that each share confers one vote to its holder. F-38 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 15: EQUITY (Continued) d. Capital management in the Company: The Company’s capital management objectives are to preserve the Group’s ability to ensure business continuity thereby creating a return for the shareholders, investors and other interested parties. The Company is not under any minimal equity requirements, nor is it required to attain a certain level of capital return. F-39 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 16: SHARE-BASED PAYMENT a. The expense recognized in the financial statements for services received is shown in the following table: Equity-settled share-based payment plans to employees, directors and consultants $ 1,474 $ 1,893 $ 799 Year ended December 31, 2021 2022 2020 b. The share-based payment transactions that the Company granted to its employees, directors and consultants are shown in the following table: Range of exercise prices - - 4.91 3.87 4.67 3.41 Options outstanding as of December 31, 2022(*) Weighted Average remaining contractual Term Weighted Average exercise price ($) Options exercisable December 31, 2022 1,429,600 120,000 3.92 3.48 4.60 3.60 1,319,533 47,500 *) Options and restricted shares. c. The fair value of the Company’s options granted for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 was estimated using the Binomial model with the following assumptions: Dividend yield (%) Expected volatility (%) Risk-free interest rate (%) Expected exercise factor 2022 - - - 2.8 64.44 2.90 33.00 0.06 F-40 Year ended December 31, 2021 - - - 2.8 50.49 0.06 64.44 1.59 2020 - - - 2.8 76.78 0.62 48.00 0.14 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 16: SHARE-BASED PAYMENT (Continued) d. Movement of options during the year: Outstanding at January 1, Granted Expired Forfeited Outstanding at December 31, Exercisable at December 31, Year ended December 31, 2022 2021 Number of options 1,552,383 $ 50,000 (16,000) (36,783) 1,549,600 $ 1,367,033 $ Weighted average exercise price(*) $ Number of options Weighted average exercise price(*) $ 4.6 3.9 3.3 4.5 4.6 4.4 1,522,975 $ 135,000 (52,625) (52,967) 1,552,383 $ 1,070,917 $ 7.5 4.7 5.9 6.8 4.6 4.7 (*) The exercise price of all options denominated in NIS and was translated to USD in the table above using the exchange rate as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The contractual life of the options is ten years from the grant date. The weighted average remaining contractual life for the options outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 was approximately three years and five years, respectively. During 2021, the Company completed a repricing of outstanding options via an exchange offer pursuant to which the Company exchanged previously granted options with new options. For those that chose to participate in the exchange, the repricing resulted in an updated exercise price of $4.675 or NIS 15.26 per ordinary share, and is otherwise subject to the same expiration date, vesting schedule and other terms as previously existed prior to the exchange offer. Several employees chose not to participate in the exchange because their options were subject to a lower exercise price than that offered in the repricing. Accordingly, the exercise price range for options outstanding as of December 31, 2022 was NIS 10.61-15.26. F-41 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 16: SHARE-BASED PAYMENT (Continued) e. Movement of restricted shares during the year: Outstanding at January 1, Granted Vested Forfeited Outstanding at December 31, 2022 Number of 2021 Number of Restricted shares Restricted shares 45,000 549,730 (15,000) (20,200) 559,530 559,530 $ 498,400 (142,189) (146,701) 769,040 $ F-42 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 17: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS a. Additional information on revenues: Revenues reported in the financial statements for each group of similar products and services: Revenues from lease Revenues from sale Revenue Geographic information: Year ended December 31, 2021 13,449 $ 16,208 2022 10,995 $ 16,182 27,177 $ 29,657 $ $ $ 2020 13,628 8,429 22,057 Revenues reported in the financial statements derived from the Company’s country of domicile (Israel) and foreign countries based on the location of the customers, are as follows: U.S. APAC Europe Israel Other *) Less than 1% b. Cost of revenues: Cost of revenues - lease Cost of revenues - sales Cost of revenues Year ended December 31, 2022 % 2021 % 2020 % $ 21,223 4,192 1,747 - 15 $ 79 15 6 -*) -*) 26,094 - 2,031 149 1,383 88 $ - 7 1 4 19,330 - 1,847 150 730 88 - 8 1 3 $ 27,177 100 $ 29,657 100 $ 22,057 100 $ $ 2022 2,202 $ 4,927 7,129 $ Year ended December 31, 2021 3,090 $ 3,509 6,599 $ 2020 3,201 1,857 5,058 F-43 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 17: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (Continued) c. Research and development expenses, net: Salaries and related benefits Subcontractors Laboratory materials Patents Share-based payment Travel Depreciation Other Less-Government grants Research and development expenses, net d. Selling and marketing expenses: Salaries and related benefits Agent commissions Marketing Travel Share-based payment 2022 $ Year ended December 31, 2021 2020 4,516 $ 1,318 494 200 357 14 99 690 (10) 7,678 $ 3,580 $ 961 665 204 411 28 107 538 (101) 6,393 $ 2022 Year ended December 31, 2021 2020 10,268 $ 425 5,105 1,915 486 8,887 $ 392 4,782 1,121 698 $ $ 3,289 1,530 275 288 182 2 87 383 (213) 5,823 6,458 335 3,627 611 252 Selling and marketing expenses $ 18,199 $ 15,880 $ 11,283 F-44 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 17: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (Continued) e. General and administrative expenses: Salaries and related benefits Professional fees and office expenses Depreciation Travel Allowance for doubtful accounts Share-based payment 2022 Year ended December 31, 2021 2020 2,324 $ 3,310 312 11 281 616 6,854 $ 2,283 $ 2,031 407 10 323 730 5,784 $ 1,339 1,609 351 17 1,058 348 4,722 $ $ F-45 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 17: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (Continued) f. Finance income and expense: Finance income: Interest-income revaluation of bank deposits Revaluation of warrants Exchange rate differences Finance income Finance expense: Liability in respect of research and development grants Bank commissions Exchange rate differences Interest expense of lease liability Finance expense Finance expense, net NOTE 18: NET LOSS PER SHARE Year ended December 31, 2021 2022 2020 $ $ $ $ 1,109 $ 8 - 1,117 $ 1,148 $ 22 252 46 1,468 $ 225 $ 30 - 255 $ 1,171 $ 81 363 60 1,675 $ 351 1,420 61 40 448 549 762 40 - 66 868 319 Number of shares and loss used in the computation of net loss per share: 2022 Year ended December 31, 2021 2020 Loss Loss Loss attributable to attributable to attributable to equity holders Weighted equity holders Weighted equity holders of the Company number of shares*) of the Company number of shares*) of the Company Weighted number of shares*) Used in the computation of basic and diluted net loss 32,980,997 $ 13,349 31,154,258 $ 6,462 22,453,025 $ 5,385 *) Computation of diluted loss per share did not include potential ordinary shares that would result from conversion of outstanding options and warrants, since their conversion has anti-dilutive effect. F-46 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 19: BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES a. Balances with interested and related parties: Composition: As of December 31, 2022 Other accounts payable As of December 31, 2021 Other accounts payable b. Benefits to interested and related parties: $ $ Key management personnel Other interested and related parties 66 14 $ Key management personnel Other interested and related parties 45 192 $ Salary to those employed by the Company or on its behalf Directors’ fees to those not employed by the Company or on its behalf Number of individuals to whom the salary and benefits relate: Related and interested parties employed by the Company or on its behalf Directors not employed by the Company F-47 Year ended December 31, 2021 2022 2020 762 280 3 5 8 885 148 3 5 8 769 60 2 6 8 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 19: BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES (Continued) c. Key management personnel: Share-based payment to those employed by the Company or on its behalf Share-based payment to those not employed by the Company or on its behalf d. Transactions with interested and related parties: Year ended December 31, 2022 Year ended December 31, 2021 445 90 2022 287 28 2020 182 150 Research and development expenses General and administrative expenses Year ended December 31, 2021 Research and development expenses General and administrative expenses $ $ $ $ F-48 Key management personnel*) Other interested and related parties 81 308 107 $ 861 968 $ 389 Key management personnel (*) Other interested and related parties 82 238 112 $ 1,137 1,249 $ 320 BRAINSWAY LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) NOTE 19: BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES (Continued) Key management personnel*) Other interested and related parties - - 201 201 236 $ 150 619 1,005 $ Year ended December 31, 2020 Research and development expenses Selling and marketing General and administrative expenses $ $ *) Some of the key management personnel are interested parties by virtue of holdings. e. For information regarding the fair value of the options granted to directors, see Note 16b. F-49 Exhibit 4.3 BrainsWay Ltd. (The "Company") Compensation Policy (the “Policy” or “Compensation Policy”) As adopted by the Company's Shareholders on December 22, 2021 as amended March 20, 2023. 1. Definitions “Board” "Committee" "Company" "Companies Law" "Director" "Securities Law" "Subsidiaries" "Retirement Bonus" - Bonus, payment, compensation or any other benefit awarded to an officer with regard to conclusion of their office with the - The Company's board of directors; - The Company's compensation committee; - BrainsWay Ltd.; - The Companies Law, 1999, Israel; - The members of the Board of the Company; - The Securities Law, 1968, Israel; - As defined under Section 1 of the Securities Law. Company; "Officer" "Stock Option Plan" - Amended and Restated 2019 Share Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time, or such other equity incentive - As defined in the Companies Law, excluding the Directors; “Base Salary” - A fixed amount paid by the Company to its Officers in return for work performed. Base salary does not include benefits, plan, including an employee stock purchase plan, adopted by the Company from time to time; "Cost" - Cost to the employing entity. bonuses or any other potential compensation; 2. Overview 2.1. General 2.1.1. The Compensation Policy considers, inter alia, the Company's risk management parameters, size and nature of its operations and, with regard to terms of office and employment which include variable components, the Officer's long-term contribution to achieving the Company's objectives and to maximizing shareholders value, taking into account the scope and reach of the Officer's role. 2.1.2. The Compensation Policy was prepared with due consideration to the nature of the Company’s operations in the life-sciences sector, territories where the Company operates, market capitalization on the applicable stock exchange or trading platforms on which the Company's ordinary shares and American Depository Shares (“ADS”) are then listed or traded, as well as other criteria. The compensation amounts and ratios are generally based on a survey conducted by Compvision Ltd. for the Company, which refers to the different positions, both Israeli and international comparison group and reflect a market benchmark for the Company. 2.1.3. The compensation principles, targets and benchmarks are derived, inter alia, form the Company's annual work plan and from long- term plans as determined by the Board from time to time. 1 2.1.4. For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that in case of any amendment made to provisions of the Companies Law and any other relevant rules and regulations in a manner that will facilitate the Company with respect to its action with regard to Officer compensation, the Company may be entitled to follow these provisions even if they contradict the principles of this Policy. 2.2. Overall Compensation - Ratio Between Fixed and Variable Compensation 2.2.1. This Policy aims to balance the mix of "fixed compensation", comprised of Base Salary and benefits (“Fixed Compensation") and "variable compensation", comprised of cash bonuses and equity-based compensation (“Variable Compensation") in order to, among other things, appropriately incentivize Officers and Directors to meet BrainsWay's short and long term goals while taking into consideration the Company’s need to manage a variety of business risks. 2.2.2. The total Variable Compensation of each Officer shall not exceed 85% of the total compensation package of such an Officer on an annual basis. The Board believes that such range expresses the appropriate compensation mix in the event that all performance objectives are achieved and assumes that all compensation elements are granted with respect to a given year. 2.2.3. It should be clarified, that the Fixed Compensation may constitute 100% of the total compensation package for an Officer in any year (under circumstances in which a variable component will not be approved for that year and/or in the event of a failure to meet the set goals, if and when determined). 2.3. Intra-Company Compensation Ratio In the process of drafting this Policy, BrainsWay’s Board has examined the ratio between employer cost, as such term is defined in the Companies Law, associated with the engagement of the Officers (the “Officers Cost") and the average and median employer cost associated with the engagement of the other employees of BrainsWay (the “Other Employees Cost" and the “Ratio", respectively). The Board believes that the current Ratio does not adversely impact the work environment in BrainsWay. The following are the ratios as of the date of the approval of this Compensation Policy: Position CEO Other Officers Directors 2.4. Compensation Components Ratio to average Other Employees Cost 12.13 3.21 5.73 Ratio to the median Other Employees Cost 14.62 3.34 8.77 Compensation components will include each of the following a. Base Salary; b. Benefits; c. Cash bonuses; d. Equity based compensation; e. Retirement and termination; and f. Exemption, Indemnification and Insurance. 2.5. Compensation Currency While the Company's employment agreements and/or consulting agreements may be in NIS, USD or any other currency, the Company's compensation costs (including salaries, benefits and consulting) are reported in the Company's financial statements in USD. Thus, all compensation components are presented in this policy in USD. Conversion from USD to the relevant currency for the purposes of complying with this Policy shall be made when determining and approving a specific compensation component. 2 2.6. Interpretation The language of this Compensation Policy uses the male pronoun only as a measure of comfort. This Policy applies to both male and female Officers. 3. Officers' areas of responsibility, education and experience The compensation package to the Officers and Directors is individually determined by the Committee and the Board (unless other approvals are required under any applicable law) according to the educational background, prior vocational experience, qualifications, role, business responsibilities, past performance and previous compensation arrangements of such Officer. 4. Base Salary 4.1. Position: Company CEO The annual Base Salary for the Company CEO shall be up to USD $550,000 for a full-time position.1 4.2. Position: Officers (other than CEO) The annual Base Salary for each Officer (other than CEO) shall not exceed an amount of US $425,0002. 4.3. Position: Directors 4.3.1. Chairman of the Board (the “Chairman”) The monthly remuneration of the chairman of the Board of Directors in the Company shall not exceed an annual cash fee retainer of US $280,000 (for full-time position). The monthly wage shall be reduced in a linear manner in the case of a reduction in the scope of the position. 4.3.2. Other Directors 4.3.2.1. All BrainsWay's Board members, excluding the chairman of the Board, may be entitled to an annual cash fee retainer of up to USD $50,000, BrainsWay committee membership annual cash fee retainer of up to USD $15,000, and committee chairperson annual cash fee retainer of up to USD $20,000 (not to be paid both as committee member and chairperson). 4.3.2.2. In addition to the above, to the extent a Director is tasked to assist the Company's management on special and strategic projects or matters requiring specialized expertise and/or significant additional time beyond the scope expected within a Director’s regular responsibilities, such Director shall be entitled to a monthly amount of up to US $15,000 for each full month in which the Director assisted with said project/matter. 4.3.3. In spite of the above, the compensation of the Company’s external directors, if any, shall be in accordance with the Companies Regulations (Rules Regarding the Compensation and Expenses of an External Director), 5760-2000, as amended by the Companies Regulations (Relief for Public Companies Traded in Stock Exchange Outside of Israel), 5760-2000, as such regulations may be amended from time to time. 1 2 This amount is not intended as a reflection of current market value for the indicated role; rather it is expressed as an upper limit to ensure appropriate flexibility, including such as required to meet future needs of the Company. This amount is not intended as a reflection of current market value for the indicated role; rather it is expressed as an upper limit to ensure appropriate flexibility, including such as required to meet future needs of the Company. 3 4.3.4. It is hereby clarified that the compensation (and limitations) stated under Section 4.3.2.1 will not apply to directors who serve as Officers or consultants of the Company, and in such case the compensation shall be on the terms agreed upon between such director with the Company and duly approved under applicable law. 4.4. Officers Benefits 4.4.1. The following benefits may be granted to Officers in order, among other things, to comply with legal requirements: · · · Vacation days in accordance with market practice and applicable law, including redemption thereof; Sick days in accordance with market practice and applicable law; Convalescence pay according to applicable law; · Monthly remuneration for a study fund, as allowed by applicable law and with reference to the Company's practice and common market practice; · · Contribution by the Company on behalf of the Officer to an insurance policy or a pension fund, as allowed by applicable law and with reference to the Company's policies and procedures and common market practice; and Contribution by the Company on behalf of the Officer towards work disability insurance, as allowed by applicable law and with reference to the Company's policies and procedures and common market practice. 4.4.2. The Company may offer additional benefits to the Officers, including but not limited to: communication, company car and travel benefits, insurances, other benefits (such as newspaper subscriptions, academic and professional studies, etc.) including their gross up. 4.5. Expenses Reimbursement The Company CEO and all other Officers and Directors will be entitled to reimbursement of reasonable per diem (“שא"ל”) expenses incurred in the course of discharging its office, including expenses with respect to attending meetings, travel and entertainment expenses, against provision of receipts, Director declaration, and/or such other reasonable documentation as may be requested. The Company may pay such expenses by credit card. Expense reimbursement for overseas travel will be in conformity with the Company's policy. 4.6. Non-Material Change A change in the fixed compensation of the CEO, which was approved by the Committee and the Board, shall be considered to be non- material according to section 272(d) so long as it does not exceed 10% of the fixed compensation, and all within the framework of the Policy. According to section 1B3 to the Companies Regulations (Relief in Transactions with Related Parties), 2000, non-material changes in the terms of employment of an officer who is subject to the CEO, will not require Committee approval, as stated in section 272(d) to the Companies Law. For these purposes, a change shall be considered to be non-material so long as the change in the compensation does not exceed 10% of the fixed compensation and has been approved by the CEO, and all within the framework of the Policy. 4 5. Cash Bonuses 5.1. Company-Wide Threshold Conditions for Annual Target Bonus Payment The following cumulative conditions (the “Company-Wide Threshold Conditions”) must be fulfilled by the Company in order for Officers to qualify for an Annual Target Bonus in any given year: 5.1.1. Adherence to at least 80% of the parameters of the Bonus Goals (as defined below); and 5.1.2. The Company does not have negative cash flow or other circumstances which would endanger its ability to meet its liabilities over the course of the following 18 months (after payment of the proposed bonuses.) 5.2. Annual Target Bonus 5.2.1. Allocation Criteria. The Company may award (subject to the approvals of the Committee and the Board) an annual bonus to its Officers due to their contribution to the Company. The annual bonus to the Company’s Officers (the “Annual Target Bonus”) shall be determined substantially based on measurable criteria, and with respect to its less significant part may be determined at the discretion of the Committee and the Board, in accordance with the following breakdown: Position Company/Individual Performance Measures Company’s Discretion CEO Other Officers 75%-100% 75%-100% 0%-25% 0%-25% 5.2.2. The measurable criteria and their relative weight shall be determined by the Committee and the Board in respect of each calendar year. These measurable criteria will be based on, inter alia, the Company’s financial results, the scope of the Company’s business activity, the CEO’s opinion on the contribution of the Officer to the Company, the distribution of the annual bonus over the year, objectives relating to compliance with the Company’s work plans and with various budget objectives, including, inter alia, compliance with objectives relating to revenues, expenses, investments, etc., meeting various financial objectives, such as objectives relating to the annual profit (net profit, pre-tax profit, etc.) and the Company’s EBITDA, objectives relating to the recruitment and development of professional personnel, objectives relating to raising investments, debt, etc., objectives relating to the Company’s business operations and the Company’s operations as a company traded on NASDAQ, objectives relating to the realization of the Company’s assets, the acquisition of new activities and/or companies and objectives relating to an increase of the return on the Company’s assets (the “Bonus Goals”). 5.2.3. Maximum Amount. The maximum amount for the Annual Target Bonus that may be paid in any fiscal year shall not exceed six (6) monthly Base Salaries (equivalent to 50% of the Base Salary on an annualized basis) to the CEO, and five (5) monthly Base Salaries (equivalent to 41.66% of the Base Salary on an annualized basis) to any other Officer. 5.2.4. Minimum Personal Achievement Threshold for Annual Target Bonus. In addition to satisfaction by the Company of the above- mentioned Company-Wide Threshold Conditions, in order for an individual Officer to qualify for any portion of the Annual Target Bonus in any given year, the Officer must have achieved at least 50% of the bonus criteria that have been specified for such Officer by the Company in such year. 5.2.5. Overachievement Bonus. In the event of overachievement (satisfaction of over 100%) of the bonus criteria by an Officer or CEO that have been specified for such Officer by the Company in a given year, the Company may pay out an additional amount of up to four (4) monthly Base Salaries (equivalent to 33.33% of the Base Salary on an annualized basis) to the CEO, and an additional amount of up to three (3) monthly Base Salaries (equivalent to 25% of the Base Salary on an annualized basis) to any other Officer (the “Overachievement Bonus”). 5 5.3. Special Bonus 5.3.1. In addition to the Annual Target Bonus and the Overachievement Bonus , the Company (subject to the approvals of the Committee and the Board)) shall have the authority to grant Officers, on a per event basis, a special bonus (a “Special Bonus”) as an award for the following: (i) special contribution (outstanding personal achievement, outstanding personal effort, and/or outstanding Company performance, such as related to mergers and acquisitions, offerings, or special recognition in case of retirement); (ii) relocation overseas (i.e. conditioned upon continued employment with the Company, the Company may reimburse an Officer for his or her actual reasonable relocation expenses when relocating to another country or state, and upon return), and/or; (iii) talent attraction purposes (e.g such as for a “hiring,” “sign-on” or “inducement” bonus), all at the full discretion of the Committee and the Board (and with respect to the CEO, also the Company’s general meeting of shareholders, as required). 5.3.2. Maximum Special Bonus Amount. The maximum amount for the Special Bonus that may be paid an in any fiscal year shall not exceed six (6) monthly Base Salaries (equivalent to 50% of the Base Salary on an annualized basis) to the CEO, and five (5) monthly Base Salaries (equivalent to 41.66% of the Base Salary on an annualized basis) to any other Officer. 5.3.3. Maximum Payout Cap. The aggregate amount of any Special Bonus, the Annual Target Bonus and the Overachievement Bonus awarded to each Officer on an annualized basis3, as calculated at grant date, shall not exceed 200% of Base Salary on an annual basis of such Officer, as the case may be (the “Maximum Aggregate Cap”). 5.3.4. Form of Consideration. Any bonuses allowed under this policy may be paid out in any form of consideration that the Company deems appropriate. 5.4. Bonus upon Termination during a Fiscal Year Except in the event of termination for cause as that term as defined in the Company’s policies, procedures and/or agreements, should the Company terminate the employment or service of an Officer prior to the end of a fiscal year, the Company may, but is not obligated to, pay the Officer the pro rata share of that fiscal year’s annual bonus, based on the period such Officer was employed by the Company or has served in the Company, and based on the Officer’s satisfaction of the applicable performance metrics. 5.5. Compensation Recovery (“Clawback”): 5.5.1. In the event of an accounting restatement, the Company shall be entitled to recover from its Officers the bonus compensation in the amount in which such bonus exceeded what would have been paid under the financial statements, as restated, provided that a claim is made by the Company prior to the third anniversary of fiscal year end of the restated financial statements. 5.5.2. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, subject to compliance with applicable law, the compensation recovery will not be triggered in the following events: · · · The financial restatement is required due to changes in the applicable financial reporting standards; or The Committee has determined that Clawback proceedings in the specific case would be impossible, impractical or not commercially or legally efficient; or The amount to be paid under the Clawback proceedings is less than 10% of the relevant bonus received by the Officer. 3 Taking into consideration the vesting period of any grant. 6 5.5.3. Nothing in this Section limits the Company’s obligation to comply with any “Clawback” or similar provisions regarding disgorging of profits imposed on Officers by virtue of applicable securities laws. 5.6. Committee and Board Discretion The Company's Committee and Board may reduce the bonus awarded to an Officer at their discretion, including under the following circumstances: material deterioration of the Company's position or such material deterioration anticipated by the Board, deterioration in the state of the economy, deterioration in the performance of the Officer or inappropriate conduct by the Officer. 6. Equity-Based Compensation 6.1. The Committee and the Board shall review from time to time the overall equity-based grant for all Officers. When doing so, the Committee and the Board shall take into consideration: (1) each Officer's (including Board members) contribution to the Company including expected contribution; and (2) creating an effective long-term incentive to harness and motivate Officers. 6.2. The equity-based compensation offered by the Company may be in the form of share options, restricted shares and/or other equity-based awards, such as RSUs, in accordance with the then- current Stock Option Plan. The total equity grants to employees, directors and consultants of the Company that are still subject to any share incentive plan of the Company at any given time will not exceed a rate of 10% of the Company’s issued and outstanding share capital on a fully diluted basis. 6.3. Subject to any applicable law and at the Committee and the Board’s discretion, as applicable, the Company may determine the tax regime under which equity-based compensation may be granted, including a tax regime which will maximize the benefit to the Officers. 6.4. The fair market value of equity-based compensation awarded to each Officer on an annual basis4, as calculated at grant date, shall not exceed 200% of Base Salary on an annual basis of such Officer, as the case may be. Such quantity shall not include the annual implication of prior equity allocations made in previous years. 6.5. The fair market value of equity-based compensation awarded to each non-management director (including the chairman) in a given year5, as calculated at grant date, shall not exceed 400% of the annual cash fee retainer of such director, as the case may be. Such quantity shall not include the annual implication of prior equity allocations made in previous years. 6.6. In the case of a grant of options, the exercise price for each option shall be determined based on the closing price of the Company’s ADSs6 on the NASDAQ exchange on the day prior to the approval by the Board (or if authorized, the Committee), or by the shareholders meeting (if required). 6.7. All equity-based incentives granted to Officers and Directors shall be subject to vesting periods in order to promote long-term retention of such recipients. Generally, grants of equity under ordinary circumstances shall vest over a period of four (4) years, starting on the Officer or director's grant date, as follows: (i) Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Options shall vest on the first year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; and (ii) The remainder portion of the Options shall vest in equal quarterly installments at the end of each quarter over the following thirty-six (36) months, such that all the Options shall be fully vested on the four (4) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date. 4 5 6 Taking into consideration the vesting period of any grant. Taking into consideration the vesting period of any grant. As of the date of the drafting of this policy, one (1) ADS is equivalent to two (2) ordinary shares of the Company. Thus, for example, assuming this ratio remains in place, a grant of options to purchase 1,000 ordinary shares would be subject to an exercise price of half the closing ADS price on the NASDAQ exchange on the day prior to the required approval. 7 6.8. In extraordinary circumstances, equity grants to Officers (excluding Directors) may be subject to vesting period equal to shorter vesting periods of at least two (2) years. Grants to directors shall vest over a period of at least one (1) year. Such grants may be vested on a quarterly, semi-annual or an annual basis, or based on other time periods (which may not be necessarily equal), as determined by the Company (subject to the approvals of the Committee and the Board, and with respect to the Company's directors and CEO- also the Company's general meeting of shareholders). The Company (subject to the abovementioned required approvals) may, but is not required to, condition the vesting of part or all of the equity-based incentives, for some or all of its Officers, upon the achievement of predetermined performance goals. The Company (subject to the abovementioned required approvals) may also set terms relating to vesting in connection with an Officer leaving the Company (due to a dismissal, resignation, death, or disability). All other terms of the equity awards shall be in accordance with the Stock Option Plan and other related practices and policies. 7. Retirement and Termination 7.1. Severance pay: in the case of termination (other than termination of an Officer for cause), the Officer will be eligible to receive severance pay in accordance with any applicable law. 7.2. Notice period: 7.2.1. The Company may give an Officer a notice period of up to three (3) months, provided that the termination of employment of such officer happened without cause. 7.2.2. The Company may waive the Officer's services to the Company during the notice period or any part thereto and may pay the amount payable in lieu of notice, plus the value of benefits and bonuses, even in case of immediate termination. 7.3. Non-compete bonus: Subject to compliance with applicable laws, the Company may grant an Officer a bonus upon termination of employment in return for a commitment by the Officer not to compete with Company business. The extent of the non-compete commitment would be determined by the Company's Committee and Board. Such bonus shall be calculated according to a key of up to two (2) monthly Base Salaries for each three (3) months of non-compete period and shall not exceed a total of twelve (12) monthly Base Salaries. 7.4. Retirement bonus: the Company may grant an Officer a retirement bonus upon termination without cause of employment. The retirement bonus shall not exceed twelve (12) monthly Base Salaries for Officers that engaged with the Company for over twelve (12) months. Such retirement bonus, if applicable, shall be awarded based on the Officer's tenure, the Company's achievements during the relevant period and the Officer's contribution to such achievements, and the circumstances of such Officer's retirement from the Company. 7.5. Change of Control: the Company may grant an Officers a bonus if its office is terminated or deemed terminated by the Company within twelve (12) months following a "change of control" (as defined in a Stock Option Plan approved by the Committee and the Board) upon such conditions determined by the Committee and the Board. The bonus shall not exceed twelve (12) monthly Base Salaries for each Officer. It is clarified that a sale of the majority of the assets of the Company shall not be deemed as a “Change of Control” if after such sale the remaining assets held by the Company are not materially different than at the time the Officer was hired. 7.6. For the avoidance of doubt, all of the above bonuses (i.e. in this section 7) may be applied on an accumulative and not necessarily on an independent basis, save for the non-competition, which if applies is to the exclusion of the other termination provisions (except for the notice period). 8. Exemption, Insurance, and Indemnification 8.1. General: In addition to its compensation in accordance with the provisions of this Policy, each Officer shall be entitled to exemption, insurance and indemnification subject to the limitation and the approvals under of any applicable law and the provisions of this Policy. In this Section 8 “Officers” shall include “Directors”. 8 8.2. Exemption (Waiver of liability): the Company may waive the Officer's liability for any damage incurred by the Company, directly or indirectly, due to any breach of the Officer's due care duty towards the Company and/or any affiliated entity by its action and pursuant to his position as an Officer. 8.3. Officer Liability Insurance (claims made): the Company shall obtain a D&O liability insurance policy for its and its Subsidiaries Officers, from time to time, subject to the following terms and conditions: (a) the total insurance coverage under the insurance policy shall not exceed US $100 million; and (b) the purchase of such policy shall be approved by the Committee which shall determine that such policy costs reflect the current market conditions, and it shall not materially affect the Company's profitability, assets or liabilities. 8.4. Officer’s liability insurance (run-off): should the Company sell its operations (in whole or in part) and/or in case of merger, spin-off or any other significant business combination involving the Company and/or part or all of its assets or any other occasion which terminates its D&O insurance, the Company may obtain an Officer’s liability insurance policy (run-off/tail) with regard to the relevant operations, subject to the following terms and conditions: (a) the insurance term shall not exceed 7 years; (b) the coverage amount shall not exceed US $100 million; and (c) the purchase of such policy shall be approved by the Committee which shall determine that such policy reflects the current market conditions, and it shall not materially affect the Company's profitability, assets or liabilities 8.5. Indemnification in advance: the Company may provide a commitment to indemnify in advance any Officer of the Company in the course of its position as Officer of the Company and its Subsidiaries thereof, all subject to the terms of the letter of indemnification, as approved by the Company' from time to time. 8.6. Retroactive indemnification: the Company may provide retroactive indemnification to any Officer to the extent allowed by the Companies Law. 8.7. The Officers shall be entitled to receive from the Company a note of exemption and indemnification in accordance with the than customary and approved exemption and indemnification. 9. Engagement as a contractor or through a management company The Company may engage an Officer as an independent contractor rather than as a salaried employee. In such a case, the maximum cost of employment would be calculated based on the maximum cost for a salaried employee in a similar position, and guidelines of the Compensation Policy would apply to such an officer, mutatis mutandis. 10. Miscellaneous 10.1. The Committee and the Board are responsible for the management of the compensation plan and its implementation and all of the actions required therefor including the authority to interpret the provisions of the compensation policy in any event of doubt with regard to the implementation. 10.2. It is emphasized that nothing in that stated in this compensation policy shall prejudice existing agreements and/or binding practices (if any) between the Company and the officers prior to approval of this compensation policy. 10.3. In the event of any change in the relevant law or any other relevant rules and regulations or the in interpretation therewith, which is more lenient than the provisions of this compensation policy, the Committee and the Board shall be entitled to adopt the more lenient provisions to follow these provisions even if they contradict the principles of this Policy, and this without requiring approval of the shareholders meeting of the Company in connection therewith. 10.4. The Committee and the Board will examine from time to time the compensation policy and the need for its adjustment in the face of a material change of the circumstances which had prevailed when it was determined or for other reasons. 9 10.5. The Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer shall be responsible for the actual Implementation of this Policy and shall report immediately regarding to any issues relating thereto to the Committee and the Board. 10.6. During the effectiveness period of this policy, an internal review over the Implementation of the policy by the Company. 10.7. The US Dollar-New Israeli Shekel exchange rate, or any other exchange rate, shall be calculated as the rate on the date of the engagement of the beneficiary with the Company or the date upon which the actual grant is made/approved (the “Exchange Rate Date"). 10.8. Changes may occur in the identity of Officers from year to year, and persons who served as Officers in one year and whose terms of employment or office were subject to this Compensation Policy may not necessarily continue to serve as Officers in subsequent years, and thus, their terms of employment or office would not be subject to this Compensation Policy, and vice versa. Moreover, the Company may revise the terms of employment or office of any Officer at any time, and is under no obligation to apply the same terms of employment or office to any Officer applied to them in previous years. 10.9. This Policy shall not confer any right on Officers to whom this Compensation Policy applies, nor on any other third party, to receive any compensation whatsoever. 10.10. Note, for the sake of clarification, that the content of this policy does not detract from provisions of the Companies Law with regard to the manner of approval of contracting between the Company and any Officer or Director with regard to its terms. 10.11. Any payment made to Officers pursuant to compensation plans, in addition to the fixed compensation component, is not and shall not be deemed part of the Officer's regular pay for all intents and purposes, and shall not form basis for calculation and/or eligibility and/or accrual of any benefits and will not, notwithstanding the foregoing, be a component included in payment of paid leave, severance pay, contributions to provident funds, etc. 10.12. It is hereby clarified that the amounts and benefits described in this document apply across all geographic jurisdictions. 10.13. As part of the approval process of each annual plan, with its various components, changes to Company objectives, market conditions, the Company's position, etc. would be reviewed annually by the Board. Consequently, the targets, benchmarks and compensation targets for each plan would be reviewed annually, and their actual application would be subject to change based on decisions made by the Board from time to time. * * * 10 Exhibit 4.6 Amendment to Employment Agreement between BrainsWay and Hadar Levy ------------------------------------------------------ This Amendment (the “Amendment”) is made as of the date last set forth below by Brain Research and Development Services, Ltd. and/or its affiliates (collectively, “BrainsWay” or “Employer”) and Mr. Hadar Levy (“Executive”), with respect to the Employment Agreement previously entered into on April 13, 2022 (the “Original Agreement”). Considering Mr. Levy’s appointment to the role of Chief Executive Officer effective February 13, 2023, and pursuant to the duly approved resolutions of the Board of Directors and shareholders of BrainsWay LTD., the parties agree as follows: 1. The parties hereby agree that effective as of February 13, 2023, the terms and conditions reflected in “Annex A” hereto shall supersede and replace Exhibit A to the Original Agreement. 2. Except as otherwise stated in this amendment and/or in Annex A hereto, the terms and conditions set forth in the Original Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Annex B, shall continue to apply in full force and affect. 3. Mr. Levy’s employment agreement, as modified herein, shall be subject to such additional policies, procedures, and all rules, regulations, and laws applicable to and/or governing his new role as contemplated herein. AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED, By BrainsWay Signature: Name/Title: Date: By Executive Signature: Name: Date: Ami Boehm, Chairman 22.03.23 Hadar Levy 22.03.23 (Replaces Exhibit A (page 6) to the previous Employment Agreement with Hadar Levy dated April 13, 2022) ANNEX A EFFECTIVE AS OF FEBRUARY 13, 2023, THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THIS ANNEX A SHALL SUPERSEDE ALL OTHER TERMS IN THE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT 1. Name of Executive 2. ID No. of Executive 3. Role/Title 4. Effective Date: 5. Notice Period: 6. Scope of Position 7. Monthly Base Salary: 8. Global Overtime Pay (per month): 9. Number of Overtime hours per month 10. Amount of vacation Days per Year: 11. Sick Leave Days per Year: 12. Keren Hishtalmut (Educational Fund) 13. Car Allowance 14. Bonus 15. Equity Hadar Levy Chief Executive Officer February 13, 2023 If terminated by Company (i.e. without Cause) within two years February 13, 2023, a 6 month Notice Period shall apply. If terminated by Company (i.e. without Cause) thereafter, a 4 month Notice Period shall apply 100% 68,000 NIS 17,000 NIS 40 23 Per Applicable Law. Entitled Senior Level Executive (in accordance with any company policies and procedures as may be amended from time to time) Target Annual Bonus not to exceed six (6) months of then current base salary based on achievement of the milestones, goals and targets to be set each year by the Board; Subject to compensation policy. A new grant of 320,000 options to purchase Ordinary Sharers of the Company, at an exercise price equal to the closing price per share on the last trading day prior to the date of shareholder approval, subject to standard terms in the company's Amended and Restated 2019 Share Incentive Plan and compliance with all applicable laws. The options will vest over a period of four years beginning on February 13, 2023, with the first 25% vesting on the last date of the 12 month period following the vesting commencement date, and with the remaining 75% vesting in 12 equal portions – each upon the last day of every three month period thereafter until the options are fully vested, provided that, the options will only vest at the designated time if Mr. Levy continues to be employed with the Company at the time of each such scheduled vesting. In the event that a Change of Control (as defined herein) occurs, with respect to any options in this grant that have not yet vested as of the date of the Change of Control, the vesting date of such unvested options shall be accelerated to the day immediately prior to the Change of Control. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of such Change of Control, the exercise price shall remain unchanged as set forth above. “Change of Control” means (i) the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any person or entity, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of securities of the Company representing in excess of fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power on the Company’s board or of the Company’s then outstanding securities, if such person/entity or his or its affiliate(s) do not own in excess of 50% of such voting power on the date of this grant, or (ii) the future disposition by the Company (whether direct or indirect, by sale of assets or stock, merger, consolidation or otherwise) of all or substantially all of their business and/or assets in one transaction or series of related transactions (other than a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company). To be memorialized in a in standard options agreement between the parties, subject to the terms and conditions therein.  ANNEX B [Original Agreement] THIS PERSONAL EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made this 13th day of April 2022 by and between Brain R&D Services, Ltd., corporate number 513443788, whose registered address is 19 Hartum Street, HarHotzvim, Jerusalem, Israel (the “Company”) and Hadar Levy (I.D. EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT ) (the “Executive”). WHEREAS the Company wishes to employ an employee in the position set forth hereunder; and WHEREAS the parties agree to enter into this Agreement which will replace any prior agreements and understandings, written, oral or otherwise between the parties effective as of 1 day of August 2022 (the “Commencement Date”); and WHEREAS the Executive has declared that he has the required knowledge, experience and expertise to fulfill the said position under the terms set forth herein; and WHEREAS the Company wishes, based on the Executive’s aforementioned declaration, to employ the Executive, and the Executive wishes to be employed by the Company, as of the Commencement Date (as such term is defined hereunder); and WHEREAS the parties desire to state the entire terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment by the Company, as set forth below. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises, covenants and other agreements contained herein, the parties hereby agree as follows: 1. Contents of Agreement/Definitions 1.1. The preamble and the exhibits to this Agreement constitute an integral part hereof and are hereby incorporated by reference. 1.2. The headings in this Agreement are for the purpose of convenience only and shall not be used for the purposes of interpretation. 1.3. This Agreement is in lieu of the notification of the terms of employment that is required under the applicable law. 1.4. The Executive represents that no provision of any law, regulation, agreement or other document prohibits him from entering into this Agreement. 2. Employment and Position 2.1. The Executive’s employment with the Company shall continue for an unlimited period, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. 2.2. Company hereby agrees to employ Executive; and Executive hereby agrees to be employed by Company in the position as described in Exhibit A hereto (the “Position”). 3. Executive’s Duties Executive affirms and undertakes throughout the term of this Agreement: 3.1. To devote his entire working time, know-how, expertise, talent, experience and best efforts to the business and affairs of the Company and to the performance of his duties to the Company. 3.2. To perform and discharge well and faithfully, with devotion, honesty and fidelity, his obligations pursuant to his Position. 3.3. Not to receive, at any time, whether during the term of this Agreement and/or at any time thereafter, directly or indirectly, any payment, benefit and/or other consideration, from any third party in connection with his employment with the Company, without the Company’s prior written authorization. 3.4. To immediately and without delay inform the Company of any affairs and/or matters that might constitute a conflict of interest with Executive’s Position and/or employment with Company (including its affiliates) and/or the interests of the Company (including its affiliates). Page 1 of 13 3.5. Not, without the prior written authorization of the Company, to publish or distribute to anyone outside the Company any information or material attributed to the Company (including its affiliates) or in which the Executive is identified as the employee of the Company (including its affiliates). 3.6. Not to submit any proposal to any present or prospective client of the Company (including its affiliates), either orally or in writing, without the prior written approval by the Company. 3.7. Not to identify any client of the Company (or of the Company’s affiliates) to anyone outside the Company (including its affiliates) without the prior written permission of the relevant client or the Company. 3.8. Upon the request of the Company, to execute any document with any of the Company’s affiliates, as may be required by the Company from time to time, as is reasonable for business purposes or in pursuit of the Company’s business interests. 3.9. Not, without the prior written consent of the Company, to undertake or accept any other paid or unpaid employment or occupation or engage in or be associated with, directly or indirectly, any other businesses, duties or pursuits except for de minimis non-commercial or non-business activities. 3.10. To comply with all the Company’s disciplinary regulations, work-rules, policies, procedures and objectives, as in effect from time to time. 3.11. To adhere to any applicable law or provision, pertaining to his employment. 3.12. To protect the good name of the Company and not to perform any act that may bring the Company into disrepute. 3.13. Agrees to the transfer of any information concerning the Executive and held by the Company to a database (including a database located abroad) and to third parties in general, as is reasonable for business purposes or in pursuit of the Company’s business interests (which include, without limitation, human resources management and assessment of potential transactions). 3.14. To comply with the Company’s Policy for Prevention of Sexual Harassment at the Workplace, as appears on the Company’s Notice Board, and undertakes to act in accordance with said policy. 3.15. To keep the contents of this Agreement confidential and not to disclose the existence or contents of this Agreement to any third party without the prior written consent of the Company. 4. Time and Attention 4.1. Location. The Executive will work at the premises of the Company, wherever they shall be located from time to time, or any other reasonable location, as decided by the Company in its sole discretion. 4.2. Hours and Days of Work. In general, work for the Company shall be performed on Sunday through Thursday, unless determined and instructed otherwise by the Company, as set forth hereunder. A regular workday with the Company shall consist of 8.6 hours, not including a daily break which shall be taken by the Executive, and which shall be the Executive’s responsibility to take. Saturday (Shabbat) shall be the Executive’s recognized and official rest day. 4.3. Hours of Work and Rest Law. Executive agrees and acknowledges that due to the Executive's senior managerial position in the Company and the special amount of trust involved in the Position in which the Executive shall be employed the Hours of Work and Rest Law, 1951 (the “Hours of Work and Rest Law”) does not apply to the Executive's employment. The Executive acknowledges that the set amount of the Monthly Salary (as defined hereunder) agreed upon reflects the requirements of the position to work additional and irregular hours. Therefore, the Executive shall not be entitled to claim or receive payments or any additional pay for overtime working hours, or work performed on Fridays, Saturdays or Jewish festival holidays. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not generally be required to work on Fridays, Saturdays or Jewish holidays. 4.4. Recording of Hours. Per the requirements under applicable law, the Executive shall cooperate with the Company in maintaining a record of the number of hours of work performed, in accordance with the Company’s policy and instructions. 5. Consideration, Benefits and Payments 5.1. Salary. 5.1.1. As payment for the fulfillment of the obligations set forth herein, the Company shall pay the Executive a monthly salary in the amount specified in Exhibit A (“Monthly Salary”). 5.1.2. An amount equal to 10% of the Monthly Salary of the Executive shall be considered as a special compensation for the Executive’s obligation for confidentiality, return of confidential information, non-competition, non-solicitation, and no conflicting obligations set forth in Exhibit B herein (the “Special Compensation”). The Executive shall be obligated to return all Special Compensation amounts received from the Company upon violation of any of the said obligations set forth in Exhibit B hereto. Company maintains the right to withhold and set off any amounts due to the Executive following such violation, and all such amounts owed to the Company shall bear interest and shall be linked to the Cost-of-Living Index in accordance with the law. All the above shall not derogate from any of the Company’s rights pertaining to said violation by the Executive. Page 2 of 13 5.1.3. The Company will pay the Executive the Monthly Salary until the 9th of each month, for the previous month. 5.2. Pension Insurance 5.2.1. The Company and the Executive will obtain and maintain Managers’ Insurance or a pension fund according to the Executive’s choice (“Pension Insurance”). The contributions to the Pension Insurance shall be as follows: 5.2.1.1. Company shall contribute to the Pension Insurance an amount equal to 14.83% of the Monthly Salary out of which 6.5% are designated for premium payments (the “Company Contribution”) and 8.33% are designated for severance payments and the Executive shall contribute 6% of the Monthly Salary (“Executive’s Contribution”) toward the premiums payable in respect of such Pension Insurance. 5.2.1.2. In the event the Executive elects to obtain Managers Insurance, the Company Contribution shall include payments toward a Disability Insurance (“Ovdan Kosher Avoda”), which may be included within the Managers Insurance Policy, for the exclusive benefit of the Executive, provided that the Company’s contribution towards premium payments shall not be less than 5%. For the removal of any doubt, it is hereby clarified that the Company Contribution together with any payments towards Disability Insurance shall not exceed 7.5% of the Executive's Monthly Salary. 5.2.1.3. The Executive hereby instructs the Company to transfer to the Pension Insurance the amounts of the Executive’s and the Company’s contributions from each Monthly Salary payment, on account of the Pension Insurance. 5.2.2. 5.2.3. It is hereby agreed that upon termination of employment under this Agreement, the Company shall release to the Executive all amounts accrued in the Insurance Policy on account of both the Company’s and Executive’s Contributions. However, it is hereby agreed that if the Executive is dismissed under the circumstances defined in Section 16 and/or Section 17 of the Severance Pay Law - the Executive shall not be entitled to any Severance Pay. It is hereby clearly agreed and understood that the amounts accrued in the Pension Insurance Policy on account of the Company’s Contribution shall be in lieu and in full and final substitution of any severance pay the Executive shall be or become entitled to under any applicable Israeli law. This section is in accordance with Section 14 of the Severance Pay Law, and the General Approval of the Labor Minister, dated June 30, 1998, issued in accordance to the said Section 14, a copy of which is attached hereby as Exhibit C. 5.3. Advanced Study Fund. 5.3.1. The Company and the Executive shall open and maintain an advanced study fund (the “Fund”). Use of the funds accumulated in the Fund shall be in accordance with the by-laws of the Fund. 5.3.2. The Company shall contribute to the Fund an amount equal to seven and a half percent (7.5%) and the Executive shall contribute to such Fund an amount equal to two and a half percent (2.5%) of each Monthly Salary payment. 5.3.3. Any tax liability shall be borne exclusively by the Employee. 5.4. Car Allowance. Executive shall be entitled to payment of car allowance as set forth in Exhibit A hereto. 5.5. Annual vacation, Sick Leave and Convalescence Pay (Dmey Havra’ah). 5.5.1. Subject to the provisions of the Annual Vacation Law, 1951 (the “Vacation Law”) Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation days during each year of Executive’s employment in the amount set forth in Exhibit A hereto (the “Annual Vacation Allowance”). At the end of each calendar year, Executive can accumulate the unused balance of the vacation days standing to his credit for the following two years. In any case, the Executive shall not be entitled to accumulate more than the Maximum Vacation Allowance set forth in Exhibit A. Any unused vacation days exceeding the said maximum amount will be redeemed for cash at the Executive’s request. Page 3 of 13 5.5.2. The Executive shall be entitled to pay Sick Leave during each year of employment in accordance with any applicable law. 5.5.3. The Executive shall be entitled to Convalescence Pay in accordance with any applicable law. 5.6. Bonus. Subject to the terms and conditions of the compensation policy and decisions by the Board of BrainsWay LTD. (the “Parent”), Executive will be eligible to receive an annual performance bonus. The actual bonus percentage and payment in any given year is discretionary and will be subject to assessment of Executive’s performance, the Company’s performance (including but not limited to satisfaction of any applicable annual threshold conditions and bonus goals), adherence to the terms and conditions of any applicable compensation policies, as well as business conditions at the Company as determined by the Company’s and/or the Parent’s board of directors (the “Board”) or the Company’s and/or the Parent’s compensation committee . Executive must be employed on the date designated for payment of annual bonuses to earn any part of that bonus. The Bonus for 2022 shall be in accordance with the terms set forth in Exhibit A hereto. 6. Confidentiality, Non-Compete and Proprietary Rights The Executive shall, simultaneously herewith, execute the Confidential, Non-Compete and Proprietary Rights Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit B. For the removal of any doubt, execution of such Confidential, Non- Compete and Proprietary Rights Agreement by the Executive - is a condition precedent to this Agreement becoming effective. 7. Term and Termination of Employment 7.1. Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall commence on the Commencement Date and continue for an unfixed period of time. Either party may terminate the Executive’s employment by providing prior written notice in the number of days set forth in Exhibit A hereto (the “Notice Period”). Without derogating from the rights of the Company under this Agreement and/or any applicable law, the Company may terminate this Agreement forthwith with immediate effect, at any time, by paying to the Executive compensation in lieu of the Notice Period. 7.2. Notwithstanding the aforementioned, the Company shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement forthwith with immediate effect, at any time, by providing notice thereof to Executive, where said termination is a termination for Cause (as defined below). In such event, without derogating from the rights of the Company under this Agreement and/or any applicable law, Executive shall not be entitled to any Notice Period or any payment in lieu of any Notice Period. The following reasons shall be deemed Cause: (i) (ii) the Executive commits a fundamental breach of this Agreement, including a breach of his covenants in Exhibit B hereto; the Executive performs any act that entitles the Company legally to dismiss him without paying him any severance pay in connection with such dismissal; (iii) the Executive breaches his duty of good faith to the Company; or (iv) the Executive’s intentional gross misconduct in the performance of his obligations under this Agreement in a manner that causes (or is likely to cause) material harm to the Company. 7.3. During the Notice Period, whether notice has been given by the Executive or by the Company, the Executive shall continue to render his services to the Company unless instructed otherwise by the Company, and shall cooperate with the Company and use his best efforts to assist the integration into the Company organization of the person or persons who will assume the Executive’s responsibilities. 8. General Provisions 8.1. 8.2. Subject to Company’s policies, the Company will reimburse the Executive or pay for all preapproved expenses incurred by the Executive in performing his duties under this Agreement. The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof (i) will not constitute a default under or breach of any agreement or other instrument to which he is a party or by which he is bound, including without limitation, any confidentiality or non-competition agreement, (ii) do not require the consent of any person or entity, and (iii) shall not utilize during the term of Executive’s employment any proprietary information of any third party, including prior employers of the Executive. Page 4 of 13 8.3. Executive shall not be entitled to any additional bonus, payment or other compensation in connection with Executive’s employment with Company, other than as provided in this Agreement. 8.4. Company shall withhold, or charge Executive with, all taxes and other compulsory payments as required under applicable law with respect to all payments, benefits and/or other compensation paid to Executive in connection with Executive’s employment with Company. 8.5. Company shall be entitled to offset from any and/or all payments to which Executive shall be entitled thereof, any and/or all amounts to which Company shall be entitled from Executive at such time. 8.6. Company’s failure or delay in enforcing any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not, in any way, be construed as a waiver of any such provisions, or prevent Company thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement which were previously not enforced. 8.7. 8.8. Except as otherwise herein expressly provided, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company, its successors and assigns, including, without limitation, any subsidiary or affiliated entity and shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, Executive, Executive’s heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of Executive hereunder shall not be assignable or delegable. This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement between the parties hereto, supersedes any and all prior discussions, agreements and correspondence with regard to the subject matter hereof, and may not be amended, modified or supplemented in any respect, except by a subsequent writing executed by both parties hereto. 8.9. All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be given or made in writing and telecopied, mailed (by registered or certified mail) or delivered by hand to the respective party at the address set forth in the caption of this Agreement or to such other address (or telecopier number) as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose of notice to the other party hereto. Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective (i) if given by facsimile, when such facsimile is transmitted to the facsimile number specified herein and the appropriate answerback is received or (ii) if given by any other means, when delivered at the address specified herein. 8.10. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of Israel without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law and the courts of Israel, District of Tel Aviv, shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the parties hereto and subject matter hereof. 8.11. Reference is hereby made to the “Confirmation re Absence of Employer-Employee Relationship and Claims from Prior Employment” stemming from his prior employment, which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, and which shall serve as an integral part of this Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first appearing above. Brain R&D Services, Ltd. Executive By: Christopher R. von Jako, PhD Hadar Levy Page 5 of 13 Exhibit A to the Personal Employment Agreement by and between Brain R&D Services, Ltd. and the Executive whose name is set forth herein IN THE EVENT THAT ANY DETAILS SET FORTH IN THIS EXHIBIT ARE NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE EXHIBIT HEREUNDER SHALL SUPERSEDE THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT AND APPLY TO THE TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT OF THE EXECUTIVE. Name of Executive: ID No. of Executive: Position in the Company: Supervisor: Commencement Date: Notice Period: Monthly Salary: Amount of vacation Days per Year: Maximum Amount of Accrued Vacation: Sick Leave Days per Year: Keren Hishtalmut (Educational Fund): Car Allowance: Hadar Levy Senior Vice President, COO/GM CEO August 1, 2022 60 days. 67,500 NIS 23 23 Per Applicable Law. Entitled Up to 5,000 NIS per month Bonus: One time Relocation Expenses: For calendar year 2022, provided satisfaction of any threshold conditions (יאנת ףס) set by the Board, Executive will be eligible to receive an annual bonus as follows: 1. A target amount of up to 202,500 NIS [25% of annual salary], depending on satisfaction of the board-approved MBOs (including company and personal goals) in place for FY 2022); plus 2. A target amount of up to 81,000 NIS [10% of annual salary], determined on a sliding scale based on achieving revenues outside the United States of at least $6.0 million and up to $7.5 million (e.g. thus, assuming OUS revenues of $6.75 million, an amount of 40,500 NIS would potentially apply); plus 3. An amount equal to 121,000 NIS [15% of annual salary], based on achieving revenues outside the United States of at least $7.5 million (i.e. with no part of this amount applicable in the event of achievement of OUS revenues below $7.5 million, and no additional amounts applicable for OUS revenues above $7.5 million). Up to US$30,000 paid directly (i.e. not reimbursed) for direct shipping costs and family travel expenses at coach class, upon receipt of appropriate invoices and documentation. In the event Executive resigns earlier than three months from the Commencement Date, any amount paid under this section shall be refunded by Executive and/or may be offset by Company from any amounts payable upon conclusion of employment. Brain R&D Services, Ltd. Executive By: Christopher R. von Jako, PhD Hadar Levy Page 6 of 13 NON-COMPETITION, PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT EXHIBIT B THIS NON-COMPETITION, PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is effective as of the first day of your employment with the Company (“Effective Date”) and made by and between Brain R&D Services, Ltd, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel, with business address at 19 Hartum St. Jerusalem, Israel (the “Company”) and Hadar Levy, I.D. No. 025176884 (the “Executive”). Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Company” shall also include all direct and indirect existing and future subsidiary, parent or related entity of the Company. In consideration and as a condition of Executive’s engagement with the Company, the compensation paid therefore and the benefits received therefore, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, it is hereby agreed as follows: 1. Confidential Information 1.1. Definition. “Confidential Information” means any proprietary or confidential data and information that Executive may author, create, make, produce, obtain or otherwise acquire or have access to during the course of Executive’s engagement with the Company (whether before or after the date of this Agreement), which pertain to the Company, or any of its clients, customers, employees, shareholders, licensees, licensors, vendors or affiliates. Confidential Information includes without limitation Intellectual Property (as defined in Section 2(b) below), trade secrets, data and databases; business plans, records, and affairs; customer files and lists; special customer matters; sales practices; methods and techniques; commercial and technical concepts, strategies and plans; sources of supply and vendors; special business relationships with vendors, agents, and brokers; promotional materials and information; financial matters; technologies and processes; product specifications; procedures; pricing information; technical data; operations and production costs; processes; designs; formulae; algorithms; software; applications and other similar matters which are confidential. Confidential Information shall not include any information that (i) is in the public domain at the time of disclosure, (ii) subsequently enters the public domain other than by breach of Executive’s obligations hereunder or by breach of another person’s or entity’s confidentiality obligations, or (iii) is shown by documentary evidence to have been known by Executive prior to disclosure to Executive by the Company. 1.2. Confidentiality. Except as herein provided, Executive agrees that during and after termination of Executive’s engagement with the Company, Executive (i) shall keep Confidential Information (as defined below) confidential and shall not directly or indirectly, use, divulge, publish or otherwise disclose or allow to be disclosed any aspect of Confidential Information without the Company’s prior written consent; (ii) shall refrain from any action or conduct which might reasonably or foreseeable be expected to compromise the confidentiality or proprietary nature of the Confidential Information; and (iii) shall follow recommendations made by the Board of Directors, officers or supervisors of the Company from time to time regarding Confidential Information. 1.3. Ownership. Executive acknowledges and agrees that all Confidential Information and all tangible materials containing Confidential Information are and shall remain at all times the sole and exclusive property of the Company. Page 7 of 13 1.4. Proprietary Information of Third Parties. Executive agrees that he/she has not and will not, during the term of the engagement, (i) improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer or other person or entity with which Executive has an agreement or duty to keep in confidence information acquired by Executive, if any, or (ii) bring onto the premises of the Company any document or confidential or proprietary information belonging to such employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such employer, person or entity. Executive will indemnify the Company and hold it harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of suit, arising out of or in connection with any violation of the foregoing. Executive recognizes that the Company may have received, and in the future may receive, from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to Company’s undertaking to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. Executive agrees that he/she owes the Company and such third parties, during Executive’s engagement with the Company and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person or firm and to use it in a manner consistent with, and for the limited purposes permitted by, the Company’s agreement with such third party. 1.5. Open Source Software. To the extent the services, deliverables, Intellectual Property (as defined in this Agreement) or any other work product provided by Executive include any software, computer code and/or firmware, any such services, deliverables, Inventions or work product shall not incorporate or include any Open Source (as defined below), unless explicitly approved in writing by Company in each instance. In addition, all services, deliverables, Inventions and any other work product provided by Executive shall on delivery be free of viruses, malicious code, time bombs, Trojan horses, back doors, drop dead devices, worms, or other code of any kind that may disable, erase, display any unauthorized message, permit unauthorized access, automatically or remotely stop software, code and/or firmware from operating, or otherwise impair the services, deliverables, Inventions or work product or the Company network or any part thereof . “Open Source” means any software that requires as a condition of its use, the modification and/or distribution of such software or other software incorporated into, derived from or distributed with such software be: (i) disclosed or distributed in source code form; (ii) licensed for the purpose of making derivative works; or (ii) redistributable at no charge. 1.6. Conflicting Activities. While engaged with the Company, Executive will not work as an employee, consultant or contractor of any competing organization to the Company, or engage in any other activities which conflict with the obligations to the Company, without the express prior written approval of the Company. 1.7. Return of Confidential Material. Upon Company’s request or in the event of Executive’s termination of engagement with Company for any reason whatsoever, Executive agrees promptly to surrender and deliver to Company all records, materials, equipment, drawings, documents and data of any nature pertaining to any Confidential Information or to Executive’s engagement, and Executive will not retain or take any tangible materials or electronically stored data, containing or pertaining to any Confidential Information that Executive may produce, acquire or obtain access to during the course of Executive’s engagement. 2. Ownership of Intellectual Property 2.1. Definition. “Intellectual Property” means proprietary and intellectual property rights, including without limitation copyrights, inventions, discoveries, patents, designs, trademarks, whether or not registered or capable of being registered, original ideas, trade secrets, source and object code, algorithms, formulae, materials, methods, processes, procedures, improvements and enhancements of the foregoing, and all rights corresponding to the foregoing throughout the world. 2.2. Assignment of Intellectual Property. Except as provided in Section 2(f) below, Executive hereby assigns and transfers to Company, to the fullest extent under applicable law, and without additional compensation and consideration, Executive’s entire right, title and interest in and to all the Intellectual Property authored, developed, created, made, conceived or reduced to practice by Executive, whether solely or jointly with others, prior to or during the period of Executive’s engagement with Company that (i) relate in any manner to the actual or demonstrably anticipated business, work, or research and development of Company, its affiliates or subsidiaries, (ii) is developed in whole or in part on Company’s time or using Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities or Confidential Information, or (iii) result from or are suggested by any task assigned to Executive or any work performed by Executive for or on behalf of Company, its affiliates or subsidiaries, or by the scope of Executive’s duties and responsibilities with Company, its affiliates or subsidiaries (“Company Intellectual Property”). In the event that Executive believes that Executive is entitled to ownership, either in whole or in part, of Intellectual Property pursuant to Section 2(f) below, Executive shall notify Company of such in writing, and by following other procedures required by the Company. Except in such cases as the Board of Directors of Company confirms in writing that Executive is entitled to ownership, Executive agrees that all Intellectual Property is the sole property of Company. Page 8 of 13 2.3. Without derogating from the aforementioned, the Executive herby explicitly waives: (i) any interest, claim or demand that he had, have, or may have in the future for, or may be entitled to, with respect to consideration, compensation or royalty payment in connection with Company Intellectual Property, including, but not limited to, any claims for consideration, compensation or royalty payments pursuant to Section 134 to the Israeli Patent Law – 1967 (the “Patent Law”); (ii) any moral rights, artists’ rights, or any other similar rights worldwide (“Moral Rights”) that he had, have or may have in the future in or with respect to the Company Intellectual Property. 2.4. Disclosure of Intellectual Property. Executive agrees that in connection with Company Intellectual Property: (i) Executive shall promptly disclose it in writing, and by following other procedures required by the Company, to Executive’s immediate supervisor at Company with a copy to the Board of Directors of the Company, regardless of whether Executive believes such Intellectual Property is covered by Section 2(f) or not, in order to permit Company to claim rights to which it may be entitled under this Agreement; and (ii) Executive shall, at Company request, promptly execute a written assignment of title to Company for any Company Intellectual Property, and will preserve any such Company Intellectual Property as Confidential Information of Company. 2.5. Executive’s Assistance. Executive agrees to assist Company, or its designee, at Company expense, in every proper way to secure Company rights in the Company Intellectual Property in any and all countries, including the disclosure to Company of all pertinent information and data with respect thereto, the execution of all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments and other instruments that Company shall deem necessary in order to apply for and obtain such rights and in order to assign and convey to Company, its successors, assigns, and nominees the sole and exclusive rights, title and interest in and to such Company Intellectual Property. Executive further agrees that Executive’s obligation to execute or cause to be executed, when it is in Executive’s power to do so, any such instrument or papers shall continue after the termination of Executive’s engagement with Company. If Company is unable because of Executive’s mental or physical incapacity or for any other reason to secure Executive’s signature to apply for or to pursue any application for any patents or copyright registrations covering Company Intellectual Property, then Executive hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as Executive’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to act for and in Executive’s behalf and stead to execute and file any such applications and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution. 2.6. Exception to Assignments. Company Intellectual Property shall not include any Intellectual Property that Executive develops entirely on Executive’s own time, without use of any Company assets and which is not useful with and does not relate to Company actual or proposed business, products or research and development. 2.7. Other Obligations. Executive acknowledges that Company from time to time may have agreements with other persons or with the government authorities, or agencies thereof, that impose obligations or restrictions on Company regarding Intellectual Property made during the course of work thereunder or regarding the confidential nature of such work. Executive agrees to be bound by all such obligations and restrictions and to take all action necessary to discharge the obligations of Company thereunder. Page 9 of 13 3. Non-Competition Executive agrees that as long as he/she is in the employ of the Company and for a period of twelve (12) months after termination of employment, for any reason, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, either alone or jointly with others or as an employee, agent, consultant owner, partner, joint venturer, stockholder, broker, principal, corporate officer, director, licensor or in any other capacity or as an employee of any person, firm or company, anywhere in the world, engage in, become financially interested in, be employed by or have any connection with any business or venture that is engaged in any activities involving (i) products or services competing with the Company’s products or services, or with such of the Company’s Affiliates products and services which relate to the Company actual or proposed business, products or research and development, as they shall be at the time of termination of my employment, or (ii) information, processes, technology or equipment which competes with information, processes, technology or equipment in which the Company has a proprietary interest, or in which any of the Company’s Affiliates then has a proprietary interest and which are related to the Company actual or proposed business, products or research and development. The foregoing shall not apply to (i) holdings of securities of any company the shares of which are publicly traded on an internationally recognized stock exchange, which do not exceed 1% of the issued share capital of such public company, so long as Executive has no active role in such public company as a director, officer, employee, consultant (including as an independent consultant) or otherwise, or (ii) de minimis non- commercial activities. Executive further agrees that as long as he/she is in the employ of the Company and for a period of twelve (12) months after termination of employment, for any reason, Executive shall not- either directly or indirectly, either alone or jointly with others or as an employee, agent, consultant owner, partner, joint venturer, stockholder, broker, principal, corporate officer, director, licensor or in any other capacity or as an employee of any person, firm or company, anywhere in the world- solicit, canvas or approach in competition with the Company, any person or entity which, to Executive’s knowledge, was provided with goods or services by the Company (“Customer”), provided goods or services to the Company (“Provider”) or who invested or contemplated investment in the Company (“Investor”) at any time during the 24 months immediately prior to the Termination Date, for the purpose of offering or receiving goods or services of the same type as or similar to the goods or services supplied or received by the Company at the Termination Date or for the purpose of soliciting investment in an entity other than the Company. 4. Non-Solicitation During the term of Executive’s service with the Company and for a period of twelve (12) months after termination of employment, for any reason, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly, including personally or in any business in which Executive is an employee, officer, director, shareholder, consultant or contractor, for any purpose or in any place, solicit or encourage or endeavor to solicit or encourage or cause others to solicit or encourage any employees of the Company or of the Company’s Affiliates to terminate their employment with the Company or with the Company’s Affiliates as applicable. 5. Breach of Obligations Executive is aware that a breach of his/her obligations as detailed above, or part of them, will cause the Company or the Company’s Affiliates serious and irreparable damage, and that no financial compensation can be an appropriate remedy to such damage. Therefore, in addition to the return of the Special Compensation pursuant to the terms of the Personal Employment Agreement to which this Agreement is attached, Executive agrees, that if such a breach occurs, the Company, any of the Company’s Affiliates or any of their designee(s) shall be entitled, without prejudice, to take all legal means necessary, and all and any injunctive relief as is necessary to restrain any continuing or further breach of this Agreement. Page 10 of 13 6. Acknowledgements and Declarations Executive hereby declares and acknowledges that: 6.1. Executive’s confidentiality and non-competition obligations under this Agreement are fair, reasonable, and proportional, especially in light of the Special Compensation Executive receives under the employment agreement to which this Agreement is attached, and are designed to protect the Company’s and the Company Affiliates’ secrets and their confidential information, which constitute the essence of their protected business and commercial advantage in which significant capital investments were made. 6.2. Any breach of Executive’s obligations under this Agreement shall contradict the nature of the special trust and loyalty between Executive and the Company, the fair and proper business practices and the duty of good faith and fairness between the parties. Any such breach shall harm the Company and/or the Company Affiliates and shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement and the employment agreement to which this Agreement is attached. 6.3. Executive’s obligations under this Agreement and the restricted period of time and geographical area specified herein are reasonable and proportional, and do not prevent Executive from developing his/her general knowledge and professional expertise in the area of his/her business, without infringing on or breaching any of the Company’s rights. 7. Miscellaneous 7.1. Governing Law; Consent to Personal Jurisdiction. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Israel, without regard to the choice of law provisions thereof. Executive hereby expressly consents to the personal jurisdiction of the courts located in Tel-Aviv-Jaffa district, Israel, for any lawsuit arising from or relating to this Agreement. 7.2. Assignment. The undertakings set forth herein may be assigned by the Company. Executive may not assign or delegate his/her duties under this Agreement without the Company’s prior written approval. This Agreement shall be binding upon Executive’s heirs, successors and permitted assignees. 7.3. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and both of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. 7.4. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the full and complete agreement between the parties and supersedes any and all agreements or understandings, whether written or oral, concerning the subject matter of this Agreement, and may only be amended by a document signed by both parties. 7.5. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is found to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be automatically adjusted to the minimum extent necessary for validity or enforceability. In any event, the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date. Brain R&D Services, Ltd. Executive By: Christopher R. von Jako, PhD Hadar Levy Page 11 of 13 EXHIBIT C GENERAL APPROVAL REGARDING PAYMENTS BY EMPLOYERS TO A PENSION FUND AND INSURANCE FUND IN LIEU OF SEVERANCE PAY (This is a non-formal English translation. Original Hebrew version is available at the HR department) By virtue of my power under section 14 of the Severance Pay Law, 1963 (hereinafter: the “Law”), I certify that payments made by an employer commencing from the date of the publication of this approval publication for his employee to a comprehensive pension benefit fund that is not an insurance fund within the meaning thereof in the Income Tax (Rules for the Approval and Conduct of Benefit Funds) Regulations, 1964 (hereinafter: the “Pension Fund”) or to managers insurance including the possibility of an insurance pension fund or a combination of payments to an annuity fund and to a non-annuity fund (hereinafter: the “Insurance Fund), including payments made by him by a combination of payments to a Pension Fund and an Insurance Fund, whether or not the Insurance Fund has an annuity fund (hereinafter: the “Employer’s Payments), shall be made in lieu of the severance pay due to the said employee in respect of the salary from which the said payments were made and for the period they were paid (hereinafter: the “Exempt Salary”), provided that all the following conditions are fulfilled: 1. The Employer’s Payments - 1.1. To the Pension Fund are not less than 141/3% of the Exempt Salary or 12% of the Exempt Salary if the employer pays for his employee in addition thereto also payments to supplement severance pay to a benefit fund for severance pay or to an Insurance Fund in the employee’s name in an amount of 21/3% of the Exempt Salary. In the event the employer has not paid an addition to the said 12%, his payments shall be only in lieu of 72% of the employee’s severance pay; 1.2. To the Insurance Fund are not less than one of the following: (1) 131/3% of the Exempt Salary, if the employer pays for his employee in addition thereto also payments to secure monthly income in the event of disability, in a plan approved by the Commissioner of the Capital Market, Insurance and Savings Department of the Ministry of Finance, in an amount required to secure at least 75% of the Exempt Salary or in an amount of 21/2% of the Exempt Salary, the lower of the two (hereinafter: “Disability Insurance”); (2) 11% of the Exempt Salary, if the employer paid, in addition, a payment to the Disability Insurance, and in such case the Employer’s Payments shall only replace 72% of the Employee’s severance pay; In the event the employer has paid in addition to the foregoing payments to supplement severance pay to a benefit fund for severance pay or to an Insurance Fund in the employee’s name in an amount of 21/3% of the Exempt Salary, the Employer’s Payments shall replace 100% of the employee’s severance pay. 2. No later than three months from the commencement of the Employer’s Payments, a written agreement is executed between the employer and the employee in which: 2.1. 2.2. The employee has agreed to the arrangement pursuant to this approval in a text specifying the Employer’s Payments, the Pension Fund and Insurance Fund, as the case may be; the said agreement shall also include the text of this approval; The employer waives in advance any right, which it may have to a refund of monies from his payments, unless the employee’s right to severance pay has been revoked by a judgment by virtue of Section 16 and 17 of the Law, and to the extent so revoked and/or the employee has withdrawn monies from the Pension Fund or Insurance Fund other than by reason of an entitling event; in such regard “Entitling Event” means death, disability or retirement at after the age of 60. 3. This approval is not such as to derogate from the employee’s right to severance pay pursuant to any law, collective agreement, extension order or employment agreement, in respect of salary over and above the Exempt Salary. I, the undersigned, hereby acknowledge and approve that I have read all the above mentioned, received any and all clarifications which I required, and will act according to it. Approval Hadar Levy Name ID Number Signature April 13, 2022 Date Page 12 of 13 Exhibit D Addendum to Employment Agreement To: BrainsWay USA, Inc. Brain R&D Services, Ltd. BrainsWay, Inc. BrainsWay LTD Re: Confirmation re Absence of Employer-Employee Relationship and Claims from Prior Employment I, the undersigned, Hadar Levy, Israeli I.D. No. Inc., BrainsWay USA, Inc., Brain R&D Services, Ltd. and/or any of their affiliates as follows: irrevocably warrant, declare, confirm, and undertake towards BrainsWay LTD., BrainsWay 1. On July 31, 2022 my employment with BrainsWay USA, Inc. (the: “BUSA”) was/will terminate(d) (the “Termination Date”). 2. 2. On April [ 13th ] 2022 I signed an employment agreement (the: “Employment Agreement”) for my employment with Brain R&D Services, Ltd. (the: “Company”). 3. 4. I acknowledge that the Company is a separate legal entity from BUSA and there does not now exist, nor shall there exist during the course of the provision of my employment in the Company, an employer-employee relationship between myself and BUSA. I neither have, nor shall I have in the future, any claim and/or demand and/or contention against BUSA or any of its affiliates in connection with the existence of any employer-employee relationship and/or my entitlement to payment of any kind including but not limited to; salary, compensation, benefits, pension, social security, recreation pay, severance pay and so forth from BUSA for the period prior to or following the Termination Date. I further declare that I do not have any claims of any kind, including but not limited to those arising out of unpaid payments of any kind, resulting from my previous employment with any of the aforementioned entities, and that to the extent any such claims exist, I hereby waive any and all rights relating to same to the extent permitted by all applicable laws. 5. I hereby specifically acknowledge that BUSA is not responsible for my employment in any way, and any services I may be required to provide BUSA as part of my employment in the Company, shall not constitute any form of contractual relationship between myself and BUSA. 6. The provisions of this declaration shall survive termination or expiration of the Employment Agreement for any reason and shall remain in full force and effect at all times thereafter, and I acknowledge that the Company and BUSA rely on this declaration. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned has affixed his signature hereto on the day and year first set forth above. Signature Date April 13, 2022 Page 13 of 13 CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 Exhibit 12.1 I, Hadar Levy, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of BrainsWay Ltd.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have: a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d. Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 27, 2023 /s/ Hadar Levy Hadar Levy Chief Executive Officer CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 Exhibit 12.2 I, R. Scott Areglado, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of BrainsWay Ltd.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have: a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d. Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 27, 2023 /s/ R. Scott Areglado R. Scott Areglado Chief Financial Officer CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 In connection with the Annual Report of BrainsWay Ltd. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the period ended December 31, 2022 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned officers of the Company certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to such officer's knowledge: (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Exhibit 13 Dated: March 27, 2023 /s/ Hadar Levy Hadar Levy Chief Executive Officer /s/ R. Scott Areglado R. Scott Areglado Chief Financial Officer Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Exhibit 15.1 We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form F-3 No. 333- 259610) of BrainsWay Ltd. and in the related Prospectus of our report dated March 27, 2023, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of BrainsWay Ltd. included in this Annual Report (Form 20-F) for the year ended December 31, 2022. /s/ Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer KOST FORER GABBAY & KASIERER A Member of Ernst & Young Global Tel-Aviv, Israel March 27, 2023 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above